e10vk
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2007
|
or
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the transition period
from to
|
Commission File Number: 0-51937
Compass Diversified
Holdings
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
57-6218917
|
(Jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
Commission File
Number: 0-51938
Compass Group Diversified
Holdings LLC
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
20-3812051
|
(Jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
Sixty One Wilton Road
Second Floor Westport, CT
(Address of principal
executive offices)
|
|
06880
(Zip Code)
|
(203) 221-1703
(Registrants telephone
number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
|
|
|
Title of Each Class
|
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
|
|
Shares representing beneficial interests in
Compass Diversified Holdings (trust shares)
|
|
NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc.
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of
the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrants are collectively a
well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the
Securities
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrants are collectively not
required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or
Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrants (1) have
filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrants were required to file such reports), and
(2) have been subject to such filing requirements for the
past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer o
|
|
Accelerated
filer þ
|
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
Smaller reporting
company o
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrants are collectively
a shell company (as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange
Act). Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of the outstanding shares of trust
stock held by non-affiliates of Compass Diversified Holdings at
June 30, 2007 was $384,118,020 based on the closing price
on the Nasdaq on that date. For purposes of the foregoing
calculation only, all directors and officers of the registrant
have been deemed affiliates.
There were 31,525,000 shares of trust stock without par
value outstanding at February 29, 2008.
Table of
Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
PART I
|
Item 1.
|
|
Business
|
|
|
4
|
|
Item 1A.
|
|
Risk Factors
|
|
|
56
|
|
Item 1B.
|
|
Unresolved Staff Comments
|
|
|
73
|
|
Item 2.
|
|
Properties
|
|
|
73
|
|
Item 3.
|
|
Legal Proceedings
|
|
|
75
|
|
Item 4.
|
|
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
PART II
|
Item 5.
|
|
Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder
Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
|
|
|
75
|
|
Item 6
|
|
Selected Financial Data
|
|
|
78
|
|
Item 7.
|
|
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations
|
|
|
79
|
|
Item 7A.
|
|
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
|
|
|
104
|
|
Item 8.
|
|
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
|
|
|
104
|
|
Item 9.
|
|
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
|
|
|
104
|
|
Item 9A
|
|
Controls and Procedures
|
|
|
104
|
|
Item 9B.
|
|
Other Information
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
PART III
|
Item 10.
|
|
Directors and Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
|
|
|
105
|
|
Item 11.
|
|
Executive Compensation
|
|
|
105
|
|
Item 12.
|
|
Security ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
and Related Stockholder Matters
|
|
|
105
|
|
Item 13.
|
|
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director
Independence
|
|
|
105
|
|
Item 14.
|
|
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
PART IV
|
Item 15.
|
|
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
|
|
|
106
|
|
1
NOTE TO
READER
In reading this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
references to:
|
|
|
|
|
the Trust and Holdings refer to Compass
Diversified Holdings;
|
|
|
|
businesses refer to, collectively, the businesses
controlled by the Company;
|
|
|
|
the Company refer to Compass Group Diversified
Holdings LLC;
|
|
|
|
CGI refer to Compass Group Investments, Inc.;
|
|
|
|
the Manager refer to Compass Group Management LLC
(CGM);
|
|
|
|
the initial businesses refer to, collectively, CBS
Personnel Holdings, Inc., Crosman Acquisition Corporation,
Compass AC Holdings, Inc. and Silvue Technologies, Group, Inc.;
|
|
|
|
the 2006 acquisitions refer to, collectively, the
acquisitions of Compass AC Holdings, Inc., Anodyne Medical
Device, Inc., CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc and Silvue
Technologies Group, Inc.;
|
|
|
|
the 2007 acquisitions refer to, collectively the
acquisitions of Aeroglide Corporation, HALO Branded Solutions
and American Furniture Manufacturing;
|
|
|
|
the Trust Agreement refer to the amended and
restated Trust Agreement of the Trust dated as of
April 25, 2007, as amended December 21, 2007;
|
|
|
|
the LLC Agreement refer to the second amended and
restated operating agreement of the Company dated as of January
9; 2007; and
|
|
|
|
we, us and our refer to the
Trust, the Company and the businesses together.
|
Statement
Regarding Forward-Looking Disclosure
This Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
including the sections entitled Risk Factors,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and
Business, contains forward-looking statements. We
may, in some cases, use words such as project,
predict, believe,
anticipate, plan, expect,
estimate, intend, should,
would, could, potentially,
or may or other words that convey uncertainty of
future events or outcomes to identify these forward-looking
statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus are
subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, some of which
are beyond our control, including, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
ability to successfully operate our businesses on a combined
basis, and to effectively integrate and improve any future
acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
our ability to remove our Manager and our Managers right
to resign;
|
|
|
|
our trust and organizational structure, which may limit our
ability to meet our dividend and distribution policy;
|
|
|
|
our ability to service and comply with the terms of our
indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
our cash flow available for distribution and our ability to make
distributions in the future to our shareholders;
|
|
|
|
our ability to pay the management fee, profit allocation and put
price if and when due;
|
|
|
|
our ability to make and finance future acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
our ability to implement our acquisition and management
strategies;
|
|
|
|
the regulatory environment in which our businesses operate;
|
|
|
|
trends in the industries in which our businesses operate;
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
changes in general economic or business conditions or economic
or demographic trends in the United States and other countries
in which we have a presence, including changes in interest
rates, foreign currency and inflation;
|
|
|
|
environmental risks affecting the business or operations of our
businesses;
|
|
|
|
our and our Managers ability to retain or replace
qualified employees of our businesses and the Manager;
|
|
|
|
costs and effects of legal and administrative proceedings,
settlements, investigations and claims; and
|
|
|
|
extraordinary or force majeure events affecting the business or
operations of our businesses.
|
Our actual results, performance, prospects or opportunities
could differ materially from those expressed in or implied by
the forward-looking statements. A description of some of the
risks that could cause our actual results to differ appears
under the section Risk Factors. Additional risks of
which we are not currently aware or which we currently deem
immaterial could also cause our actual results to differ.
In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, you
should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking
statements. The forward-looking events discussed in this Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
may not occur. These forward-looking statements are made as of
the date of this Annual Report. We undertake no obligation to
publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to
reflect subsequent events or circumstances, whether as a result
of new information, future events or otherwise, except as
required by law.
3
PART I
Compass Diversified Holdings, a Delaware statutory trust
(Holdings, or the Trust), was
incorporated in Delaware on November 18, 2005. Compass
Group Diversified Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
Company (the Company), was also formed on
November 18, 2005. The Trust and the Company (collectively
CODI) were formed to acquire and manage a group of
small and middle-market businesses headquartered in North
America. The Trust is the sole owner of 100% of the
Trust Interests, as defined in our LLC Agreement, of the
Company. Pursuant to that LLC Agreement, the Trust owns an
identical number of Trust Interests in the Company as exist
for the number of outstanding shares of the Trust. Accordingly,
our shareholders are treated as beneficial owners of
Trust Interests in the Company and, as such, are subject to
tax under partnership income tax provisions.
The Company is the operating entity with a board of directors
whose corporate governance responsibilities are similar to that
of a Delaware corporation. The Companys board of directors
oversees the management of the Company and our businesses and
the performance of Compass Group Management LLC (CGM
or our Manager). Our Manager is the sole owner of
our Allocation Interests, as defined in our LLC Agreement.
Overview
We acquire controlling interests in businesses that we believe
operate in industries with long-term macroeconomic growth
opportunities, and that have positive and stable cash flows,
face minimal threats of technological or competitive
obsolescence and have strong management teams largely in place.
Our structure provides public investors with an opportunity to
participate in the ownership and growth of companies which have
historically been owned by private equity firms, wealthy
individuals or families. Through the acquisition of a
diversified group of businesses with these characteristics, we
also offer investors an opportunity to diversify their own
portfolio risk while participating in the ongoing cash flows of
those businesses through the receipt of distributions.
Our disciplined approach to our target market provides
opportunities to methodically purchase attractive businesses at
values that are accretive to our shareholders. For sellers of
businesses, our unique structure allows us to acquire businesses
efficiently with little or no financing contingencies and,
following acquisition, to provide our businesses with
substantial access to growth capital.
We believe that private company operators and corporate parents
looking to sell their businesses may consider us an attractive
purchaser because of our ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
provide ongoing strategic and financial support for their
businesses;
|
|
|
|
maintain a long-term outlook as to the ownership of those
businesses where such an outlook is required for maximization of
our shareholders return on investment; and
|
|
|
|
consummate transactions efficiently without being dependent on
third-party financing on a
transaction-by-transaction
basis
|
In particular, we believe that our outlook on length of
ownership may alleviate the concern that many private company
operators and parent companies may have with regard to their
businesses going through multiple sale processes in a short
period of time. We also believe this outlook both reduces the
risk that businesses may be sold at unfavorable points in the
overall market cycle and enhances our ability to develop a
comprehensive strategy to grow the earnings and cash flows of
our businesses, which we expect will better enable us to meet
our long-term objective of growing distributions to our
shareholders and increasing shareholder value. Finally, we have
found that our ability to acquire businesses without the
cumbersome delays and conditions typical of third party
transactional financing can be very appealing to sellers of
businesses who are interested in confidentiality and certainty
to close.
We believe our management teams strong relationships with
industry executives, accountants, attorneys, business brokers,
commercial and investment bankers, and other potential sources
of acquisition opportunities offer us substantial opportunities
to assess small to middle market businesses that may be
available for acquisition. In
4
addition, the flexibility, creativity, experience and expertise
of our management team in structuring transactions allows us to
consider non-traditional and complex transactions tailored to
fit a specific acquisition target.
In terms of the businesses in which we had a controlling
interest as of December 31, 2007, we believe that those
businesses have strong management teams, operate in strong
markets with defensible market niches and maintain long-standing
customer relationships. As a result, we also believe that these
businesses should continue to produce stable growth in earnings
and long-term cash flows to meet our objective of providing
distributions to our shareholders and increasing shareholder
value.
The following is a brief summary of the businesses in which we
own a controlling interest at December 31, 2007:
Advanced
Circuits
Compass AC Holdings, Inc. (Advanced Circuits or
ACI), headquartered in Aurora, Colorado, is a provider of
prototype and quick-turn printed circuit boards, or PCBs,
throughout the United States. PCBs are a vital component of
virtually all electronic products. The prototype and quick-turn
portions of the PCB industry are characterized by customers
requiring high levels of responsiveness, technical support and
timely delivery. We made loans to and purchased a controlling
interest in Advanced Circuits, on May 16, 2006, for
approximately $81 million, representing approximately 70.2%
of the outstanding stock of Advanced Circuits on a primary and
fully diluted basis.
On October 10, 2007 we provided $47 million of
additional loans to Advanced Circuits in order to fund cash
distributions at ACI. Our share of this distribution was
approximately $33 million.
Aeroglide
Aeroglide Corporation (Aeroglide), headquartered in
Cary, North Carolina, is a leading global designer and
manufacturer of industrial drying and cooling equipment.
Aeroglide provides specialized thermal processing equipment
designed to remove moisture and heat as well as roast, toast and
bake a variety of processed products. Its machinery includes
conveyer driers and coolers, impingement driers, drum driers,
rotary driers, toasters, spin cookers and coolers, truck and
tray driers and related auxiliary equipment and is used in the
production of a variety of human foods, animal and pet feeds and
industrial products. Aeroglide utilizes an extensive engineering
department to custom engineer each machine for a particular
application. We made loans to and purchased a controlling
interest in Aeroglide, on February 28, 2007, for
approximately $58 million representing approximately 88.9%
of the outstanding stock on a primary basis and approximately
73.9% on a fully diluted basis.
American
Furniture
American Furniture Manufacturing (American Furniture
or AFM) headquartered in Ecru, Mississippi, is a
leader in the low-cost manufacturing of upholstered stationary
and motion furniture, including sofas, loveseats, sectionals,
recliners and complementary products to the promotional market.
We made loans to and purchased a controlling interest in AFM on
August 31, 2007 for approximately $97 million,
representing approximately 93.9% of AFMs outstanding stock
on a primary basis and 84.5% on a fully diluted basis.
Anodyne
Anodyne Medical Device, Inc. (Anodyne) headquartered
in Los Angeles, California, is a leading manufacturer of medical
support services and patient positioning devices used primarily
for the prevention and treatment of pressure wounds experienced
by patients with limited or no mobility. Anodyne is one of the
nations leading designers and manufacturers of specialty
support surfaces and is able to manufacture products in multiple
locations to better serve a national customer base. We made
loans to and purchased a controlling interest in Anodyne from
CGI on August 1, 2006 for approximately $31 million,
in the form of $17.3 million in cash and 950,000 newly
issued shares in the Trust, representing approximately 47.3% of
the outstanding capital stock, on a fully-diluted basis, which
represents approximately 69.8% of the voting power of all
Anodyne stock on a fully diluted basis.
5
On June 27, 2007, Anodyne acquired Prima-Tech Medical
Systems, Inc. (Prima-Tech), a lower price-point
distributor of medical support surfaces for approximately
$5.1 million in a combination of cash and common stock of
Anodyne. As a result of this transaction our ownership
percentage changed to 43.5% on a fully diluted basis.
CBS
Personnel
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc. (CBS Personnel),
headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio, is a provider of temporary
staffing services in the United States. In order to provide its
4,000 clients with tailored staffing services to fulfill their
human resources needs, CBS Personnel also offers employee
leasing services, permanent staffing and temporary-to -permanent
placement services. CBS Personnel operates 140 branch locations
in various cities in 18 states. CBS Personnel and its
subsidiaries have been associated with quality service in their
markets for more than 30 years. In November, 2006, CBS
Personnel acquired substantially all the assets of PMC Staffing
Solutions, Inc. for approximately $5.1 million. We made
loans to and purchased a controlling interest in CBS Personnel,
on May 16, 2006, for approximately $128 million,
representing at the time of purchase approximately 97.3% of the
outstanding stock of CBS Personnel on a primary basis and
approximately 94.4% on a fully diluted basis, after giving
effect to the exercise of vested and in the money options and
vested non-contingent warrants.
On January 21, 2008, CBS Personnel acquired Staffmark
Investment, LLC (Staffmark). Like CBS Personnel, Staffmark
is one of the leading providers of commercial staffing services
in the United States, providing staffing services in 30 sates.
CBS Personnel repaid $80.0 million in Staffmark
indebtedness and issued $47.9 million in CBS Personnel
common stock for all the equity interests in Staffmark
HALO
HALO Branded Solutions, operating under the brand names of HALO
and Lee Wayne (HALO), headquartered in Sterling,
Illinois, serves as a one-stop shop for over 30,000 customers
providing design, sourcing, management and fulfillment services
across all categories of its customer promotional product needs
in effectively communicating a logo or marketing message to a
target audience. HALO has established itself as a leader in the
promotional products and marketing industry through its focus on
servicing its group of over 700 account executives. We made
loans to and purchased a controlling interest in HALO on
February 28, 2007, for approximately $62 million,
representing approximately 73.6% of the outstanding equity on a
primary and fully diluted basis.
Silvue
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. (Silvue)
headquartered in Anaheim, California, is a developer and
producer of proprietary, high performance liquid coating systems
used in the high-end eyewear, aerospace, automotive and
industrial markets. Silvues patented coating systems can
be applied to a wide variety of materials, including plastics,
such as polycarbonate and acrylic, glass, metals and other
surfaces. These coating systems impart properties, such as
abrasion resistance, improved durability, chemical resistance,
ultraviolet, or UV protection, anti-fog and impact resistance,
to the materials to which they are applied. Silvue has sales and
distribution operations in the United States, Europe and Asia,
as well as manufacturing operations in the United States and
Asia. We made loans to and purchased a controlling interest in
Silvue, on May 16, 2006, for approximately
$37.5 million, representing approximately 72.3% of the
outstanding stock of Silvue on a primary and fully diluted basis.
Follow-on
Offering
On May 8, 2007 we successfully completed a secondary public
offering of 9,200,000 Holdings shares (including the
Underwriters over-allotment of 1,200,000 shares) at
an offering price of $16.00 per share. Simultaneous with the
sale of the Holdings shares to the public, Compass Group
Investments, Inc. (CGI) purchased, through a
wholly-owned subsidiary, 1,875,000 Holdings shares at $16.00 per
share in a separate private placement. The net proceeds to the
Company, after deducting underwriters discount and
offering costs totaled approximately $168.7 million.
6
Credit
Facility Refinancing
We successfully expanded our outstanding credit facility, by
amending our existing credit agreement, originally dated
November 21, 2006, among a group of lenders led by Madison
Capital Funding LLC (Madison). The amended credit
agreement provides for a $325 million revolving line of
credit, subject to borrowing base restrictions (the
Revolving Credit Facility), as well as a new
$150 million term loan ( the Term Loan Facility
and collectively Credit Agreement). The Credit
Agreement includes a provision that allows us to increase the
Revolving Credit Facility by up to $25 million and the Term
Loan Facility by up to $150 million, subject to certain
restrictions, over the next two years. The Revolving Credit
Facility matures on December 7, 2012. The Term Loan matures
on December 7, 2013.
Tax
Reporting
In February, 2007, the IRS issued a pronouncement stating its
position that a grantor trust owning interests in a limited
liability company, on facts very similar to our current
structure, would be treated as a partnership for federal income
tax purposes, and not as a grantor trust. The rationale for this
position is that the overall arrangement permits a variance in
the investment of the holders, even though the trustees of the
trust do not have that power directly.
In light of this development, the Company and the Trust sought
and have recently obtained a closing agreement with the IRS that
provides that no penalties will be imposed with respect to the
trusts tax reporting for its 2006 taxable year, and that
requires the trust and the company to report tax information
jointly for 2007 on
Schedule K-1
or a substantially similar format. The closing agreement does
not characterize the trust for federal income tax purposes for
any period.
Under the Trust Agreement, as amended, our board may
further amend the Trust Agreement to provide that the trust
be treated as a tax partnership for any and all periods. The
board has approved such an amendment to be effective as of
January 1, 2007. Therefore, pursuant to such amendment, as
of January 1, 2007, the shareholders will be deemed to
contribute their interests in the company to a new tax
partnership (the trust) in exchange for interests in that new
partnership. The contribution would generally be tax-free to
both shareholders and the trust pursuant to Code
Section 721. The contribution may cause the company to
technically terminate for tax purposes pursuant to Code
Section 708(b)(1)(B), but this should not have any material
adverse consequences to the shareholders, although a shareholder
that has a taxable year other than the calendar year may have
additional consequences and should consult with their own tax
advisor.
For any period in which the trust is treated as a tax
partnership, it would be intended to qualify as a publicly
traded partnership exempt from taxation as a corporation. For
purposes of applying the qualifying income tests,
the trusts share of the companys income will be
treated as received directly by the trust and will retain the
same character as it had in the hands of the company. References
to the company in this discussion of Material
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations shall be
deemed to include the trust for periods when the trust is
treated as a tax partnership.
Information returns will be filed by the trust and the company
with the IRS, as required, with respect to income, gain, loss,
deduction and other items derived from the companys
activities. The company has and will file a partnership return
with the IRS and intends to issue a
Schedule K-1
to the trustee. The trustee intends to provide information to
each holder of shares using a monthly convention as the
calculation period. The trustee has provided information to the
shareholders on a schedule to Form 1041 for 2006, and,
pursuant to the terms of the closing agreement, will not amend
that reporting. For 2007 and future years, the trust will file a
Form 1065 and issue Schedules K-1 to shareholders. The
information provided on the schedule to Form 1041 and on
Schedule K-1
is substantially the same. Moreover, we delivered the
Schedule K-1
to shareholders within the same time frame as we delivered the
schedule to Form 1041 to shareholders for the 2006 taxable
year. The relevant and necessary information for tax purposes is
readily available electronically through our website. Each
holder will be deemed to have consented to provide relevant
information, and if the shares are held through a broker or
other nominee, to allow such broker or other nominee to provide
such information as is reasonably requested by us for purposes
of complying with our tax reporting obligations.
7
Recent
Developments
Acquisition
of Fox Factory
On January 4, 2008, we purchased a controlling interest in
Fox Factory, Inc. (Fox). Headquartered in
Watsonville, California, Fox is a designer, manufacturer and
marketer of high end suspension products for mountain bikes,
all-terrain vehicles, snowmobiles and other off-road vehicles.
Fox both acts as a tier one supplier to leading action sport
original equipment manufacturers and provides after-market
products to retailers and distributors. We made loans to and
purchased a controlling interest in Fox for approximately
$80.9 million, representing approximately 76.0% of the
outstanding stock on a primary basis and approximately 64.8% on
a fully diluted basis.
Acquisition
of Staffmark
On January 21, 2008, CBS Personnel acquired Staffmark
Investment LLC (Staffmark). Under the terms of the
Purchase Agreement, CBS Personnel purchased all of the
outstanding equity interests of Staffmark, and Staffmark has
become a wholly-owned subsidiary of CBS Personnel. Staffmark is
a leading provider of commercial staffing services in the United
States. Staffmark provides staffing services in more than
30 states through 200 branches and
on-site
locations. The majority of Staffmarks revenues are derived
from light industrial staffing, with the balance of revenues
derived from administrative and transportation staffing,
permanent placement services and managed solutions.
At closing, CBS Personnel repaid approximately $80 million
of Staffmark indebtedness and issued approximately
$47.9 million of CBS Personnel common stock representing
approximately 28% of CBS Personnels outstanding common
stock, on a fully diluted basis.
American
Furniture Manufacturing Fire
On February, 12, 2008, American Furnitures
1.2 million square foot corporate office and manufacturing
facility in Ecru, MS was partially destroyed in a fire.
Approximately 750 thousand square feet of the facility was
impacted by the fire. The executive offices were fundamentally
unaffected. The recliner and motion plant, although largely
unaffected, suffered some smoke damage but resumed operations on
February 21, 2008. There were no injuries related to the
fire.
Temporarily, the Company has moved its stationary production
lines into other facilities. In addition to its 45 thousand
square foot flex facility, management has secured
166 thousand square feet of additional manufacturing and
warehouse space in the surrounding Pontotoc area. The production
lines at the flex facility were operating on
February 18, 2008 and the other temporary production lines
were operating on February 26, 2008. These temporary
stationary production lines are fully operational and provide
the company with approximately 90% of the pre-fire stationary
production capabilities. Orders for stationary products are
being addressed by these temporary facilities, whereas the
orders for motion and recliner products are being addressed by
the production facilities that were largely unaffected by the
fire at the Ecru facility. Management continues to seek
additional temporary manufacturing and warehouse space, and
believes that it will be able to secure additional facilities
and bring production back to the pre-fire levels within
90 days.
We are committed to exhaust all resources available to fast
track setting up temporary operations in order to minimize the
impact on our employees and curtail delivery delays for our
customers.
American Furniture is currently evaluating its business
interruption and property insurance coverage as it pertains to
this fire. Based upon the information available to date, we
believe that American Furniture, after meeting certain minimal
deductibles, will be fully insured for this loss. The insurance
is expected to cover losses as the result of property damage and
from lost operating profits.
8
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC
Forms S-1,
S-3,
10-Q,
10-K and
8-K, which
include exhibits, schedules and amendments, under the Securities
Act. These forms can be inspected and copied at the SECs
public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Washington, D.C.
20549-1004.
The public may obtain information about the operation of the
public reference room by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0300.
In addition, the SEC maintains a web site at
http://www.sec.gov
that contains the
Forms S-1
and S-3 as
well as other reports, proxy and information statements and
information regarding issuers that file electronically with the
SEC. In addition, copies can be accessed indirectly thorough our
website
(http://www.compassdiversifiedholdings.com).
|
|
|
(1) |
|
CGI and its affiliate, our single largest holder beneficially
own 29.3% of the Trust shares, and is our single largest holder.
Mr. Massoud is not a director, officer or member of CGI or
any of its affiliates. |
|
(2) |
|
Owned by members of our Manager, including Mr. Massoud as
managing member. |
|
(3) |
|
Mr. Massoud is the managing member. |
|
(4) |
|
The allocation interests, which carry the right to receive a
profit allocation, represents less than 0.1% equity interest in
the Company. |
|
(5) |
|
Mr. Day is a non-managing member. |
9
Our
Manager
We have engaged CGM, our Manager, to manage the
day-to-day
operations and affairs of the Company and to execute our
strategy, as discussed below. Our management team, while working
for a subsidiary of CGI, originally acquired each of our initial
businesses and Anodyne and has overseen their operations prior
to our acquiring them. Our management team has worked together
since 1998. Collectively, our management team has approximately
75 years of experience in acquiring and managing small and
middle market businesses. We believe our Manager is unique in
the marketplace in terms of the success and experience of its
employees in acquiring and managing diverse businesses of the
size and general nature of our businesses. We believe this
experience will provide us with an advantage in executing our
overall strategy. Our management team devotes a majority of its
time to the affairs of the Company.
Our Manager owns 100% of the allocation interests of the
Company, for which it paid $100,000. We have entered into a
management services agreement (the Management Services
Agreement) pursuant to which our Manager manages the
day-to-day
operations and affairs of the Company and oversees the
management and operations of our businesses. We pay our Manager
a quarterly management fee for the services it performs on our
behalf. In addition, our Manager receives a profit allocation
with respect to its allocation interests in us. See
Part III, Item 13 Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions for further descriptions of the
management fees and profit allocation to be paid to our Manager.
In consideration of our Managers acquisition of the
allocation interests, we entered into a Supplemental Put
agreement with our Manager pursuant to which our Manager has the
right to cause us to purchase its allocation interests upon
termination of the Management Services Agreement.
The Companys Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer are employees of our Manager and have been seconded to
us. Neither the Trust nor the Company have any other employees.
Although our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
are employees of our Manager, they report directly to the
Companys board of directors. The management fee paid to
our Manager covers all expenses related to the services
performed by our Manager, including the compensation of our
Chief Executive Officer and other personnel providing services
to us. The Company reimburses our Manager for the salary and
related costs and expenses of our Chief Financial Officer and
his staff, who dedicate 100% of their time to the affairs of the
Company.
See Part III, Item 13, Certain Relationships and
Related Party Transactions and Director Independence.
Market
Opportunity
We acquire and manage small to middle market businesses. We
characterize small to middle market businesses as those that
generate annual cash flows of up to $40 million. We believe
that the merger and acquisition market for small to middle
market businesses is highly fragmented and provides
opportunities to purchase businesses at attractive prices. For
example, according to Mergerstat, during the twelve month period
ended December 31, 2007, businesses that sold for less than
$100 million were sold for a median of approximately 7.4x
the trailing twelve months of earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization as compared to a median of
approximately 12.3x for businesses that were sold for over
$300 million. We believe that the following factors
contribute to lower acquisition multiples for small to middle
market businesses:
|
|
|
|
|
there are fewer potential acquirers for these businesses;
|
|
|
|
third-party financing generally is less available for these
acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
sellers of these businesses frequently consider non-economic
factors, such as continuing board membership or the effect of
the sale on their employees; and
|
|
|
|
these businesses are less frequently sold pursuant to an auction
process.
|
We believe that opportunities exist to augment existing
management at such businesses and improve the performance of
these businesses upon their acquisition. In the past, our
management team has acquired businesses that were owned by
entrepreneurs or large corporate parents. In these cases, our
management team has frequently found that there have been
opportunities to further build upon the management teams of
acquired businesses beyond those in existence at the time of
acquisition. In addition, our management team has frequently
found that financial reporting and management information
systems of acquired businesses may be improved, both of which
can lead to
10
improvements in earnings and cash flow. Finally, because these
businesses tend to be too small to have their own corporate
development efforts, we believe opportunities exist to assist
these businesses as they pursue organic or external growth
strategies that were often not pursued by their previous owners.
Our
Strategy
We have two primary strategies that we use in order to provide
distributions to our shareholders and increase shareholder
value. First, we focus on growing the earnings and cash flow
from our businesses. We believe that the scale and scope of our
businesses give us a diverse base of cash flow upon which to
further build. We believe that our businesses alone will allow
us to continue to pay distributions to our shareholders,
independent of whether we acquire any additional businesses in
the future. Second, we identify, perform due diligence on,
negotiate and consummate additional platform acquisitions of
small to middle market businesses in attractive industry sectors
in accordance with acquisition criteria established by the board
of directors from time to time.
Management
Strategy
Our management strategy involves the ongoing financial and
operational management of the businesses that we own in order to
grow distributions to our shareholders and increase shareholder
value. Our Manager oversees and supports the management teams of
each of our businesses by, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
recruiting and retaining talented managers to operate our
businesses by using structured incentive compensation programs,
including minority equity ownership, tailored to each business;
|
|
|
|
regularly monitoring financial and operational performance,
instilling consistent financial discipline, and supporting
management in the development and implementation of information
systems to effectively achieve these goals;
|
|
|
|
assisting management in their analysis and pursuit of prudent
organic growth strategies;
|
|
|
|
identifying and working with management to execute attractive
external growth and acquisition opportunities; and
|
|
|
|
forming strong subsidiary level boards of directors to
supplement management in their development and implementation of
strategic goals and objectives.
|
Specifically, while our businesses have different growth
opportunities and potential rates of growth, we expect our
Manager to work with the management teams of each of our
businesses to increase the value of, and cash generated by, each
business through various initiatives, including:
|
|
|
|
|
making selective capital investments to expand geographic reach,
increase capacity, or reduce manufacturing costs of our
businesses;
|
|
|
|
investing in product research and development for new products,
processes or services for customers;
|
|
|
|
improving and expanding existing sales and marketing programs;
|
|
|
|
pursuing reductions in operating costs through improved
operational efficiency or outsourcing of certain processes and
products; and
|
|
|
|
consolidating or improving management of certain overhead
functions.
|
Our businesses may also acquire and integrate complementary
businesses. We believe that complementary acquisitions will
improve our overall financial and operational performance by
allowing us to:
|
|
|
|
|
leverage manufacturing and distribution operations;
|
|
|
|
leverage branding and marketing programs, as well as customer
relationships;
|
|
|
|
add experienced management or management expertise;
|
|
|
|
increase market share and penetrate new markets; and
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
realize cost synergies by allocating the corporate overhead
expenses of our businesses across a larger number of businesses
and by implementing and coordinating improved management
practices.
|
We incur third party debt financing almost entirely at the
Company level, which we use, in combination with our equity
capital, to provide debt financing to each of our businesses or
to acquire additional businesses We believe this financing
structure is beneficial to the financial and operational
activities of each of our businesses by aligning our interests
as both equity holders of, and a lender to, our businesses in a
fashion that we believe is more efficient than our businesses
borrowing from third-party lenders.
Acquisition
Strategy
Our acquisition strategy involves the acquisition of businesses
that we expect to produce stable and growing earnings and cash
flow. In this respect, we expect to make acquisitions in
industries other than those in which our businesses currently
operate if we believe an acquisition presents an attractive
opportunity. We believe that attractive opportunities will
increasingly present themselves, as private sector owners seek
to monetize their interests in longstanding and privately-held
businesses and large corporate parents seek to dispose of their
non-core operations.
An ideal acquisition candidate for us has the following
characteristics:
|
|
|
|
|
is an established North American based company;
|
|
|
|
maintains a significant market share in defensible industry
niche (i.e., has a reason to exist);
|
|
|
|
has a solid and proven management team with meaningful
incentives;
|
|
|
|
has low technological
and/or
product obsolescence risk; and
|
|
|
|
maintains a diversified customer and supplier base.
|
We benefit from our Managers ability to identify potential
diverse acquisition opportunities in a variety of industries. In
addition, we rely upon our management teams experience and
expertise in researching and valuing prospective target
businesses, as well as negotiating the ultimate acquisition of
such target businesses. In particular, because there may be a
lack of information available about these target businesses,
which may make it more difficult to understand or appropriately
value such target businesses, on our behalf, our Manager:
|
|
|
|
|
engages in a substantial level of internal and third-party due
diligence;
|
|
|
|
critically evaluates the management team;
|
|
|
|
identifies and assesses any financial and operational strengths
and weaknesses of the target business;
|
|
|
|
analyzes comparable businesses to assess financial and
operational performances relative to industry competitors;
|
|
|
|
actively researches and evaluates information on the relevant
industry; and
|
|
|
|
thoroughly negotiates appropriate terms and conditions of any
acquisition.
|
The process of acquiring new businesses is both time-consuming
and complex. Our management team historically has taken from two
to twenty-four months to perform due diligence, negotiate and
close acquisitions. Although our management team is always at
various stages of evaluating several transactions at any given
time, there may be periods of time during which our management
team does not recommend any new acquisitions to us.
Upon acquisition of a new business, we rely on our management
teams experience and expertise to work efficiently and
effectively with the management of the new business to jointly
develop and execute a business plan.
In addition to acquiring businesses, we sell businesses that we
own from time to time when attractive opportunities arise that
outweigh the value that we believe we will be able to bring such
businesses consistent with our long-term investment strategy. As
such, our decision to sell a business is based on our belief
that doing so will increase shareholder value to a greater
extent than through our continued ownership of that business.
Upon the sale of a business, we may use the proceeds to retire
debt or retain proceeds for acquisitions or general corporate
12
purposes. Generally, we do not expect to make special
distributions at the time of a sale of one of our businesses;
instead, we expect that we will seek to gradually increase
shareholder distributions over time through the growth of
earnings and cash flows of our businesses. On January 5,
2007, we sold Crosman Corporation, our majority owned
recreational products company. The selling price was
approximately $143 million. Our net proceeds were
approximately $110 million and our portion of the gain was
approximately $36 million.
Strategic
Advantages
Based on the experience of our management team and its ability
to identify and negotiate acquisitions, we believe we are
well-positioned to acquire additional businesses. Our management
team has strong relationships with business brokers, investment
and commercial bankers, accountants, attorneys and other
potential sources of acquisition opportunities. In addition, our
management team also has a successful track record of acquiring
and managing small to middle market businesses in various
industries. In negotiating these acquisitions, we believe our
management team has been able to successfully navigate complex
situations surrounding acquisitions, including corporate
spin-offs, transitions of family-owned businesses, management
buy-outs and reorganizations.
Our management team has a large network of over 2,000 deal
intermediaries who we expect to expose us to potential
acquisitions. Through this network, as well as our management
teams proprietary transaction sourcing efforts, we have a
substantial pipeline of potential acquisition targets. Our
management team also has a well established network of contacts,
including professional managers, attorneys, accountants and
other third-party consultants and advisors, who may be available
to assist us in the performance of due diligence and the
negotiation of acquisitions, as well as the management and
operation of our businesses once acquired.
Finally, because we intend to fund acquisitions through the
utilization of our Revolving Credit Facility, we expect to
minimize the delays and closing conditions typically associated
with transaction specific financing, as is typically the case in
such acquisitions. We believe this advantage is a powerful one
and is highly unusual in the marketplace for acquisitions in
which we operate.
Valuation
and Due Diligence
When evaluating businesses or assets for acquisition, our
management team performs a rigorous due diligence and financial
evaluation process. In doing so, we evaluate the operations of
the target business as well as the outlook for the industry in
which the target business operates. While valuation of a
business is, by definition, a subjective process, we define
valuations under a variety of analyses, including:
|
|
|
|
|
discounted cash flow analyses;
|
|
|
|
evaluation of trading values of comparable companies;
|
|
|
|
expected value matrices; and
|
|
|
|
examination of recent transactions.
|
One outcome of this process is a projection of the expected cash
flows from the target business. A further outcome is an
understanding of the types and levels of risk associated with
those projections. While future performance and projections are
always uncertain, we believe that with detailed due diligence,
future cash flows will be better estimated and the prospects for
operating the business in the future better evaluated. To assist
us in identifying material risks and validating key assumptions
in our financial and operational analysis, in addition to our
own analysis, we engage third-party experts to review key risk
areas, including legal, tax, regulatory, accounting, insurance
and environmental. We also engage technical, operational or
industry consultants, as necessary.
A further critical component of the evaluation of potential
target businesses is the assessment of the capability of the
existing management team, including recent performance,
expertise, experience, culture and incentives to perform. Where
necessary, and consistent with our management strategy, we
actively seek to augment, supplement or replace existing members
of management who we believe are not likely to execute our
business plan for the target business. Similarly, we analyze and
evaluate the financial and operational information systems of
target businesses and, where necessary, we enhance and improve
those existing systems that are deemed to be inadequate or
insufficient to support our business plan for the target
business.
13
Financing
As of February 28, 2008, we had a Credit Agreement with a
group of lenders led by Madison Capital, LLC. The Credit
Agreement provides for a Revolving Credit Facility totaling
$325 million. and the Term Loan Facility totaling
$155 million. The Term Loan Facility requires quarterly
payments of $500,000 commencing March 31, 2008 with a final
payment of the outstanding principal balance due on
December 7, 2013. The Revolving Credit Facility matures on
December 7, 2012. The Credit Agreement permits the Company
to increase, over the next two years, the amount available under
the Revolving Credit Facility by up to $25 million and the
Term Loan Facility by up to $150 million, subject to
certain restrictions and Lender approval.
The Credit Agreement provides for letters of credit under the
Revolving Credit Facility in an aggregate face amount not to
exceed $100 million outstanding at any time. At no time may
the (i) aggregate principal amount of all amounts
outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, plus
(ii) the aggregate amount of all outstanding letters of
credit, exceed the borrowing availability under the Credit
Agreement.
On January 22, 2008 we purchased a fixed for floating
interest rate swap for $140 million of the outstanding Term
Loan Facility.
The Credit Agreement is secured by all of the assets of the
Company, including all of its equity interests in, and loans to,
its subsidiaries. (See Note J to the consolidated financial
statements for more detail regarding our Credit Agreement).
We intend to finance future acquisitions through our Credit
Agreement, cash on hand and additional equity and debt
financings. We believe, and it has been our experience, that
having the ability to finance most, if not all, acquisitions
with the capital resources raised by us, rather than financing
specifically relating to the acquisition of individual
businesses, provides us with an advantage in acquiring
attractive businesses by minimizing delay and closing conditions
that are often related to acquisition-specific financings. In
this respect, we believe that in the future, we may need to
pursue additional debt or equity financings, or offer equity in
Holdings or target businesses to the sellers of such target
businesses, in order to fund acquisitions.
We believe that our businesses operate in strong markets and
have defensible market shares and long-standing customer
relationships. Importantly, our businesses produce positive and
stable earnings and cash flows, enabling us to make regular
quarterly distribution to our shareholders, regardless of
potential future acquisitions.
Our
Businesses
Advanced
Circuits
Overview
Advanced Circuits, headquartered in Aurora, Colorado, is a
provider of prototype and quick-turn printed circuit boards, or
PCBs, throughout the United States. Advanced Circuits also
provides its customers high volume production services in order
to meet its customers complete PCB needs. The prototype
and quick-turn portions of the PCB industry are characterized by
customers requiring high levels of responsiveness, technical
support and timely delivery. Due to the critical roles that PCBs
play in the research and development process of electronics,
customers often place more emphasis on the turnaround time and
quality of a customized PCB than on the price. Advanced Circuits
meets this market need by manufacturing and delivering custom
PCBs in as little as 24 hours, providing customers with
over 98.0% error-free production and real-time customer service
and product tracking 24 hours per day. In each of the years
2007 and 2006 approximately 66% of Advanced Circuits net
sales were derived from highly profitable prototype and
quick-turn production PCBs. Advanced Circuits success is
demonstrated by its broad base of over 9,000 customers with
which it does business throughout the year. These customers
represent numerous end markets, and for the year ended
December 31, 2007, no single customer accounted for more
than 2% of net sales. Advanced Circuits senior management,
collectively, has approximately 90 years of experience in
the electronic components manufacturing industry and closely
related industries.
For the full fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and
December 31, 2006, Advanced Circuits had net sales of
approximately $52.3 million and $48.1 million, and
operating income of $17.1 million and $12.6 million,
14
respectively. Advanced Circuits had total assets of
$76.1 million at December 31, 2007. Revenues from
Advanced Circuits represented 5.7% and 7.4% of our total
revenues for the years 2007 and 2006, respectively.
History
of Advanced Circuits
Advanced Circuits commenced operations in 1989 through the
acquisition of the assets of a small Denver based PCB
manufacturer, Seiko Circuits. During its first years of
operations, Advanced Circuits focused exclusively on
manufacturing high volume, production run PCBs with a small
group of proportionately large customers. In 1992, after the
loss of a significant customer, Advanced Circuits made a
strategic shift to limit its dependence on any one customer. In
this respect, Advanced Circuits began focusing on developing a
diverse customer base, and in particular, on providing research
and development professionals at equipment manufacturers and
academic institutions with low volume, customized prototype and
quick-turn PCBs.
In 1997 Advanced Circuits increased its capacity and
consolidated its facilities into its current headquarters in
Aurora, Colorado. During 2001 through 2003, despite a recession
and a reduction in United States PCB manufacturing, Advanced
Circuits sales expanded by 29% as its research and
development focused customer base continued to require PCBs to
perform day-to-day activities. In 2003, to support its growth,
Advanced Circuits expanded its PCB manufacturing facility by
approximately 37,000 square feet or approximately 150%.
Industry
The PCB industry, which consists of both large global PCB
manufacturers and small regional PCB manufacturers, is a vital
component to all electronic equipment supply chains as PCBs
serve as the foundation for virtually all electronic products,
including cellular telephones, appliances, personal computers,
routers, switches and network servers. PCBs are used by
manufacturers of these types of electronic products, as well as
by persons and teams engaged in research and development of new
types of equipment and technologies. According to IPC Fourth
Quarter 2007 PCB Industry Forecast, the global PCB market,
including both captive and merchant production, including both
rigid and flex boards is estimated to be approximately
$50.7 billion in 2007.
In contrast to global trends, however, production of PCBs in
North America has declined by over 50% since 2000, to
approximately $4.8 billion in 2006, and is expected to grow
slightly over the next several years according to the TMRC 2006
Analysis of the North American Rigid Printed Circuit Board and
Related Materials Industries for the year 2006, which we refer
to as the TMRC 2006 Analysis. Additionally, the TMRC 2006
Analysis indicated that the rapid decline in United States
production was caused by (i) reduced demand for and
spending on PCBs following the technology and telecom industry
decline in early 2000; and (ii) increased competition for
volume production of PCBs from Asian competitors benefiting from
both lower labor costs and less restrictive waste and
environmental regulations. While Asian manufacturers have made
large market share gains in the PCB industry overall, both
prototype production and the more complex volume production have
remained strong in the United States.
Both globally and domestically, the PCB market can be separated
into three categories based on required lead time and order
volume:
|
|
|
|
|
Prototype PCBs These PCBs are manufactured
typically for customers in research and development departments
of original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, and academic
institutions. Prototype PCBs are manufactured to the
specifications of the customer, within certain manufacturing
guidelines designed to increase speed and reduce production
costs. Prototyping is a critical stage in the research and
development of new products. These prototypes are used in the
design and launch of new electronic equipment and are typically
ordered in volumes of 1 to 50 PCBs. Because the prototype is
used primarily in the research and development phase of a new
electronic product, the life cycle is relatively short and
requires accelerated delivery time frames of usually less than
five days and very high, error-free quality. Order, production
and delivery time, as well as responsiveness with respect to
each, are key factors for customers as PCBs are indispensable to
their research and development activities.
|
|
|
|
Quick-Turn Production PCBs These PCBs are
used for intermediate stages of testing for new products prior
to full scale production. After a new product has successfully
completed the prototype phase,
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
customers undergo test marketing and other technical testing.
This stage requires production of larger quantities of PCBs in a
short period of time, generally 10 days or less, while it
does not yet require high production volumes. This transition
stage between low-volume prototype production and volume
production is known as quick-turn production. Manufacturing
specifications conform strictly to end product requirements and
order quantities are typically in volumes of 10 to 500. Similar
to prototype PCBs, response time remains crucial as the delivery
of quick-turn PCBs can be a gating item in the development of
electronic products. Orders for quick-turn production PCBs
conform specifically to the customers exact end product
requirements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volume Production PCBs These PCBs are used in
the full scale production of electronic equipment and
specifications conform strictly to end product requirements.
Production PCBs are ordered in large quantities, usually over
100 units, and response time is less important, ranging
between 15 days to 10 weeks or more.
|
These categories can be further distinguished based on board
complexity, with each portion facing different competitive
threats. Advanced Circuits competes largely in the prototype and
quick-turn production portions of the North American market,
which have not been significantly impacted by the Asian based
manufacturers due to the quick response time required for these
products. The North American prototype and quick-turn production
sectors combined represent approximately $1.44 billion in
the PCB production industry according to the Executive
Market & Technology Forum
2006-2007
Industry Analysis and Forecast for Rigid PCBs and
Laminates in North America.
Several significant trends are present within the PCB
manufacturing industry, including:
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Customer Demand for Quick-Turn Production
Services Rapid advances in technology are
significantly shortening product life-cycles and placing
increased pressure on OEMs to develop new products in shorter
periods of time. In response to these pressures, OEMs invest
heavily on research and development, which results in a demand
for PCB companies that can offer engineering support and
quick-turn production services to minimize the product
development process.
|
|
|
|
Increasing Complexity of Electronic Equipment
OEMs are continually designing more complex and
higher performance electronic equipment, requiring sophisticated
PCBs. To satisfy the demand for more advanced electronic
products PCBs are produced using exotic materials and
increasingly have higher layer counts and greater component
densities. Maintaining the production infrastructure necessary
to manufacture PCBs of increasing complexity often requires
significant capital expenditures and has acted to reduce the
competitiveness of local and regional PCB manufacturers lacking
the scale to make such investments.
|
|
|
|
Shifting of High Volume Production to Asia
Asian based manufacturers of PCBs are
capitalizing on their lower labor costs and are increasing their
market share of volume production of PCBs used, for example, in
high-volume consumer electronics applications, such as personal
computers and cell phones. Asian based manufacturers have been
generally unable to meet the lead time requirements for
prototype or quick-turn PCB production or the volume production
of the most complex PCBs. This off shoring of
high-volume production orders has placed increased pricing
pressure and margin compression on many small domestic
manufacturers that are no longer operating at full capacity.
Many of these small producers are choosing to cease operations,
rather than operate at a loss, as their scale, plant design and
customer relationships do not allow them to focus profitably on
the prototype and quick-turn sectors of the market.
|
Products
and Services
A PCB is comprised of layers of laminate and contains patterns
of electrical circuitry to connect electronic components.
Advanced Circuits typically manufactures 2 to 12 layer PCBs, and
has the capability to manufacture up to 14 layer PCBs. The level
of PCB complexity is determined by several characteristics,
including size, layer count, density (line width and spacing),
materials and functionality. Beyond complexity, a PCBs
unit cost is determined by the quantity of identical units
ordered, as engineering and production setup costs per unit
decrease with order volume, and required production time, as
longer times often allow increased efficiencies and better
production management. Advanced Circuits primarily manufactures
lower complexity PCBs.
16
To manufacture PCBs, Advanced Circuits generally receives
circuit designs from its customers in the form of computer data
files emailed to one of its sales representatives or uploaded on
its interactive website. These files are then reviewed to ensure
data accuracy and product manufacturability. While processing
these computer files, Advanced Circuits generates images of the
circuit patterns that are then physically developed on
individual layers, using advanced photographic processes.
Through a variety of plating and etching processes, conductive
materials are selectively added and removed to form horizontal
layers of thin circuits, called traces, which are separated by
insulating material. A finished multilayer PCB laminates
together a number of layers of circuitry. Vertical connections
between layers are achieved by metallic plating through small
holes, called vias. Vias are made by highly specialized drilling
equipment capable of achieving extremely fine tolerances with
high accuracy.
Advanced Circuits assists its customers throughout the
life-cycle of their products, from product conception through
volume production. Advanced Circuits works closely with
customers throughout each phase of the PCB development process,
beginning with the PCB design verification stage using its
unique online FreeDFM.com tool.,
FreeDFM.comTM,
which was launched in 2002, enables customers to receive a free
manufacturability assessment report within minutes, resolving
design problems that would prohibit manufacturability before the
order process is completed and manufacturing begins. The
combination of Advanced Circuits user-friendly website and
its design verification tool reduces the amount of human labor
involved in the manufacture of each order as PCBs move from
Advanced Circuits website directly to its computer
numerical control, or CNC, machines for production, saving
Advanced Circuits and customers cost and time. As a result of
its ability to rapidly and reliably respond to the critical
customer requirements, Advanced Circuits generally receives a
premium for their prototype and quick-turn PCBs as compared to
volume production PCBs.
Advanced Circuits manufactures all high margin prototypes and
quick-turn orders internally but often utilizes external
partners to manufacture production orders that do not fit within
its capabilities or capacity constraints at a given time. As a
result, Advanced Circuits constantly adjusts the portion of
volume production PCBs produced internally to both maximize
profitability and ensure that internal capacity is fully
utilized.
The following table shows Advanced Circuits gross revenue
by products and services for the periods indicated:
Gross
Sales by Products and Services(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
Prototype Production
|
|
|
32.2
|
%
|
|
|
33.4
|
%
|
Quick-Turn Production
|
|
|
33.0
|
%
|
|
|
32.1
|
%
|
Volume Production
|
|
|
22.3
|
%
|
|
|
20.4
|
%
|
Third Party
|
|
|
12.5
|
%
|
|
|
14.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
As a percentage of gross sales, exclusive of sale discounts. |
Competitive
Strengths
Advanced Circuits has established itself as a provider of
prototype and quick-turn PCBs in North America and focuses on
satisfying customer demand for on-time delivery of high-quality
PCBs. Advanced Circuits management believes the following
factors differentiate it from many industry competitors:
|
|
|
|
|
Numerous Unique Orders Per Day For the year
ended December 31, 2007, Advanced Circuits received an
average of over 300 customer orders per day. Due to the large
quantity of orders received, Advanced Circuits is able to
combine multiple orders in a single panel design prior to
production. Through this process, Advanced Circuits is able to
reduce the number of costly, labor intensive equipment
set-ups
required to complete several manufacturing orders. As labor
represents the single largest cost of production, management
believes this capability gives Advanced Circuits a unique
advantage over other industry participants. Advanced Circuits
maintains proprietary software to maximize the number of units
placed on any one panel
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
design. A single panel
set-up
typically accommodates 1 to 12 orders. Further, as a
critical mass of like orders is required to maximize
the efficiency of this process, management believes Advanced
Circuits is uniquely positioned as a low cost manufacturer of
prototype and quick-turn PCBs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diverse Customer Base Advanced Circuits
possesses a customer base with little industry or customer
concentration exposure. During fiscal year ended
December 31, 2007, Advanced Circuits did business with over
9,000 customers and added approximately 225 new customers per
month. For each of the years ended December 31, 2007, no
customer represented over 2% of net sales.
|
|
|
|
Highly Responsive Culture and Organization A
key strength of Advanced Circuits is its ability to quickly
respond to customer orders and complete the production process.
In contrast to many competitors that require a day or more to
offer price quotes on prototype or quick-turn production,
Advanced Circuits offers its customers quotes within seconds and
the ability to place or track orders any time of day. In
addition, Advanced Circuits production facility operates
three shifts per day and is able to ship a customers
product within 24 hours of receiving its order.
|
|
|
|
Proprietary FreeDFM.com Software Advanced
Circuits offers its customers unique design verification
services through its online FreeDFM.com tool. This tool, which
was launched in 2002, enables customers to receive a free
manufacturability assessment report, within minutes, resolving
design problems before customers place their orders. The service
is relied upon by many of Advanced Circuits customers to
reduce design errors and minimize production costs. Beyond
improved customer service, FreeDFM.com has the added benefit of
improving the efficiency of Advanced Circuits engineers,
as many routine design problems, which typically require an
engineers time and attention to identify, are identified
and sent back to customers automatically.
|
|
|
|
Established Partner Network Advanced Circuits
has established third party production relationships with PCB
manufacturers in North America and Asia. Through these
relationships, Advanced Circuits is able to offer its customers
a full suite of products including those outside of its core
production capabilities. Additionally, these relationships allow
Advanced Circuits to outsource orders for volume production and
focus internal capacity on higher margin, short lead time,
production and quick-turn manufacturing.
|
Business
Strategies
Advanced Circuits management is focused on strategies to
increase market share and further improve operating
efficiencies. The following is a discussion of these strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
Increase Portion of Revenue from Prototype and Quick-Turn
Production Advanced Circuits management
believes it can grow revenues and cash flow by continuing to
leverage its core prototype and quick-turn capabilities. Over
its history, Advanced Circuits has developed a suite of
capabilities that management believes allow it to offer a
combination of price and customer service unequaled in the
market. Advanced Circuits intends to leverage this factor, as
well as its core skill set, to increase net sales derived from
higher margin prototype and quick-turn production PCBs. In this
respect, marketing and advertising efforts focus on attracting
and acquiring customers that are likely to require these premium
services. And while production composition may shift, growth in
these products and services is not expected to come at the cost
of declining sales in volume production PCBs as Advanced
Circuits intends to leverage its extensive network of
third-party manufacturing partners to continue to meet
customers demand for these services.
|
|
|
|
Acquire Customers from Local and Regional Competitors
Advanced Circuits management believes the
majority of its competition for prototype and quick-turn PCB
orders comes from smaller scale local and regional PCB
manufacturers. As an early mover in the prototype and quick-turn
sector of the PCB market, Advanced Circuits has been able to
grow faster and achieve greater production efficiencies than
many industry participants. Management believes Advanced
Circuits can continue to use these advantages to gain market
share. Further, Advanced Circuits has begun to enter into
prototype and quick-turn manufacturing relationships with
several subscale local and regional PCB manufacturers. According
to a June 2006 IPC study, approximately 449 PCB manufacturers
operate in the United States with only 34 generating annual
sales in excess of $20 million. Management believes that
while many of these manufacturers maintain
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
strong, longstanding customer relationships, they are unable to
produce PCBs with short turn-around times at competitive prices.
As a result, Advanced Circuits is beginning to seize upon an
opportunity for growth by providing production support to these
manufacturers or direct support to the customers of these
manufacturers, whereby the manufacturers act more as a broker
for the relationship.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remain Committed to Customers and Employees
Over its history, Advanced Circuits has remained
focused on providing the highest quality product and service to
its customers. We believe this focus has allowed Advanced
Circuits to achieve its outstanding delivery and quality record.
Advanced Circuits management believes this reputation is a
key competitive differentiator and is focused on maintaining and
building upon it. Similarly, management believes its committed
base of employees is a key differentiating factor. Advanced
Circuits currently has a profit sharing program and tri-annual
bonuses for all of its employees. Management also occasionally
sets additional performance targets for individuals and
departments and establishes rewards, such as lunch celebrations
or paid vacations, if these goals are met. Management believes
that Advanced Circuits emphasis on sharing rewards and
creating a positive work environment has led to increased
loyalty. As a result, Advanced Circuits plans on continuing to
focus on similar programs to maintain this competitive advantage.
|
Research
and Development
Advanced Circuits engages in continual research and development
activities in the ordinary course of business to update or
strengthen its order processing, production and delivery
systems. By engaging in these activities, Advanced Circuits
expects to maintain and build upon the competitive strengths
from which it benefits currently.
Customers
Advanced Circuits focus on customer service and product
quality has resulted in a broad base of customers in a variety
of end markets, including industrial, consumer,
telecommunications, aerospace/defense, biotechnology and
electronics manufacturing. These customers range in size from
large, blue-chip manufacturers to small, not-for-profit
university engineering departments. For the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006, no single customer accounted
for more than 2% of net sales. The following table sets forth
managements estimate of Advanced Circuits
approximate customer breakdown by industry sector for the fiscal
years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 Customer
|
|
|
2006 Customer
|
|
Industry Sector
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
Electrical Equipment and Components
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
Measuring Instruments
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
Electronics Manufacturing Services
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
Engineer Services
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
Industrial and Commercial Machinery
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
Business Services
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
Wholesale Trade-Durable Goods
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
Educational Institutions
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
Transportation Equipment
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
All Other Sectors Combined
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management estimates that over 90% of orders are generated from
existing customers. Moreover, approximately 65% of Advanced
Circuits orders in 2007 and 2006 were delivered within
five days.
Sales
and Marketing
Advanced Circuits has established a consumer
products marketing strategy to both acquire new customers
and retain existing customers. Advanced Circuits uses
initiatives such as direct mail postcards, web banners,
19
aggressive pricing specials and proactive outbound customer call
programs. Advanced Circuits spends approximately 2% of net sales
each year on its marketing initiatives and has 25 people
dedicated to its marketing and sales efforts. These individuals
are organized geographically and each is responsible for a
region of North America. The sales team takes a systematic
approach to placing sales calls and receiving inquiries and, on
average, will place between 200 and 300 outbound sales calls and
receive between 160 and 220 inbound phone inquiries per day.
Beyond proactive customer acquisition initiatives, management
believes a substantial portion of new customers are acquired
through referrals from existing customers. Many other customers
are acquired over the internet where Advanced Circuits generates
approximately 85% of its orders from its website.
Once a new client is acquired, Advanced Circuits offers an easy
to use customer-oriented website and proprietary online design
and review tools to ensure high levels of retention. By
maintaining contact with its customers to ensure satisfaction
with each order, Advanced Circuits has developed strong customer
loyalty, as demonstrated by over 90% of its orders being
received from existing customers. Included in each customer
order is an Advanced Circuits pre-paid bounce-back
card on which a customer can evaluate Advanced Circuits
services and send back any comments or recommendations. Each of
these cards is read by senior members of management, and
Advanced Circuits adjusts its services to respond to the
requests of its customer base.
Competition
There are currently an estimated 449 active domestic PCB
manufacturers. Advanced Circuits competitors differ
amongst its products and services.
Competitors in the prototype and quick-turn PCBs production
industry include generally large companies as well as small
domestic manufacturers. The three largest independent domestic
prototype and quick-turn PCB manufacturers in North America are
DDI Corp., TTM Technologies, Inc. and Merix Corporation. Though
each of these companies produces prototype PCBs to varying
degrees, in many ways they are not direct competitors with
Advanced Circuits. In recent years, each of these firms has
primarily focused on producing boards with higher layer counts
in response to the off shoring of low and medium layer count
technology to Asia. Compared to Advanced Circuits, prototype and
quick-turn PCB production accounts for much smaller portions of
each of these firms revenues. Further, these competitors
often have much greater customer concentrations and a greater
portion of sales through large electronics manufacturing
services intermediaries. Beyond large, public companies,
Advanced Circuits competitors include numerous small,
local and regional manufacturers, often with revenues of under
$20 million that have long-term customer relationships and
typically produce both prototype and quick-turn PCBs and
production PCBs for small OEMs and EMS companies. The
competitive factors in prototype and quick-turn production PCBs
are response time, quality, error-free production and customer
service. Competitors in the long lead-time production PCBs
generally include large companies, including Asian
manufacturers, where price is the key competitive factor.
New market entrants into prototype and quick-turn production
PCBs confront substantial barriers including significant
investments in equipment, highly skilled workforce with
extensive engineering knowledge and compliance with
environmental regulations. Beyond these tangible barriers,
Advanced Circuits management believes that its network of
customers, established over the last 17 years, would be
very difficult for a competitor to replicate.
Suppliers
Advanced Circuits raw materials inventory is small
relative to sales and must be regularly and rapidly replenished.
Advanced Circuits uses a
just-in-time
procurement practice to maintain raw materials inventory at low
levels. Additionally, Advanced Circuits has established
consignment relationships with several vendors allowing it to
pay for raw materials as used. Because it provides primarily
lower-volume quick-turn services, this inventory policy does not
hamper its ability to complete customer orders. Raw material
costs constituted approximately 14.8% and 13.3% of net sales for
the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.
The primary raw materials that are used in production are core
materials, such as copper clad layers of glass and chemical
solutions, and copper and gold for plating operations,
photographic film and carbide drill bits. Multiple suppliers and
sources exist for all materials. Adequate amounts of all raw
materials have been available in the past, and Advanced
Circuits management believes this will continue in the
foreseeable future. Advanced
20
Circuits works closely with its suppliers to incorporate
technological advances in the raw materials they purchase.
Advanced Circuits does not believe that it has significant
exposure to fluctuations in raw material prices. Though Advanced
Circuits primary raw material, laminates (epoxy, glass and
copper), have recently experienced a significant increase in
price, the impact on its margins has accounted for less than a
2% increase in cost of sales as a percentage of net sales.
Further, as price is not the primary factor affecting the
purchase decision of many of Advanced Circuits customers,
management has historically passed along a portion of raw
material price increases to its customers.
Intellectual
Property
Advanced Circuits seeks to protect certain proprietary
technology by entering into confidentiality and non-disclosure
agreements with its employees, consultants and customers, as
needed, and generally limits access to and distribution of its
proprietary information and processes. Advanced Circuits
management does not believe that patents are critical to
protecting Advanced Circuits core intellectual property,
but, rather, that its effective and quick execution of
fabrication techniques, its website
FreeDFM.comTM
and its highly skilled workforces expertise are the
primary factors in maintaining its competitive position.
Advanced Circuits uses the following brand
names: FreeDFM.comtm,
4pcb.comtm,
4PCB.comtm,
33each.comtm,
barebonespcb.comtm
and Advanced
Circuitstm.
These trade names have strong brand equity and are material to
Advanced Circuits business.
Regulatory
Environment
In light of Advanced Circuits manufacturing operations, its
facilities and operations are subject to evolving federal, state
and local environmental and occupational health and safety laws
and regulations. These include laws and regulations governing
air emissions, wastewater discharge and the storage and handling
of chemicals and hazardous substances. Advanced Circuits
management believes that Advanced Circuits is in compliance, in
all material respects, with applicable environmental and
occupational health and safety laws and regulations. New
requirements, more stringent application of existing
requirements, or discovery of previously unknown environmental
conditions may result in material environmental expenditures in
the future. Advanced Circuits has been recognized three times
for exemplary environmental compliance as it was awarded the
Denver Metro Wastewater Reclamation District Gold Award for the
years 2002, 2003 and 2005.
Employees
As of December 31, 2007, Advanced Circuits employed
approximately 239 persons. Of these employees, there were
25 in sales and marketing, 6 in information technology, 9 in
accounting and finance, 30 in engineering, 14 in shipping and
maintenance, 148 in production and 5 in management. None of
Advanced Circuits employees are subject to collective
bargaining agreements. Advanced Circuits believes its
relationship with its employees is good.
Aeroglide
Overview
Headquartered in Cary, NC, Aeroglide is a designer and
manufacturer of industrial drying and cooling equipment.
Aeroglides machinery is used in the production of a
variety of human foods, agriculture and pet feeds, and
industrial products. Aeroglide produces specialized thermal
processing equipment designed to remove moisture and heat, as
well as roast, toast, and bake a variety of processed products.
These lines include conveyor driers and coolers, impingement
driers, drum driers, rotary driers, toasters, spin cookers and
coolers, truck and tray driers, and related auxiliary equipment.
Aeroglide is an original equipment manufacturer fabricating its
equipment in carbon or stainless steel and providing training,
aftermarket components, and field service. Aeroglide serves a
diverse range of markets, including ready-to-eat breakfast
cereals, snack foods, dried fruits and vegetables, pet foods,
agriculture feeds, specialty chemicals, synthetic rubber,
super-absorbent polymers (SAP), and charcoal
briquettes. The primary market (conveyor driers and coolers)
currently addressed by Aeroglide is over $300 million
worldwide, and Aeroglide commands an estimated 15% to 20% global
share. In addition to its headquarters in Cary, North Carolina,
Aeroglide maintains sales and service offices in Trevose, PA,
the U.K., Malaysia and China.
21
For the full fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and
December 31, 2006, Aeroglide had net sales of approximately
$64.0 million and $48.1 million, and operating income
of $3.7 million and $6.1 million, respectively. Since
February 28, 2007, the date of our acquisition, Aeroglide
had revenues of $53.6 million and operating income of
$2.5 million. Aeroglide had total assets of
$74.5 million at December 31, 2007. Revenues from
Aeroglide represented 5.8% of our total revenues for 2007.
History
of Aeroglide
Aeroglide was founded in 1940 by Mr. Broadus Wilson as a
designer and manufacturer of potato packing house equipment.
Within ten years of inception, Aeroglides focus had
shifted to tower driers used for grain processing. From the
1950s through the 1970s, grain driers were the dominant product
line, and Aeroglide was well known by major grain processors
such as ADM, Bunge, and Cargill.
Through in-house development and acquisitions during the late
1960s, Aeroglide began to market conveyor driers and rotary
driers. While initially overshadowed by tower units, in the
1980s, conveyor driers began to emerge as the most promising
future opportunity for Aeroglide and have since become its
dominant product line.
Following a generational leadership change in the early 1990s,
the new management team implemented a series of strategic
initiatives intended to capitalize on the inherent value of
Aeroglides thermal processing capabilities in the areas of
drying and cooling. As a result, Aeroglide began to exit
activities and products that did not reinforce its heat transfer
expertise.
As part of this strategic repositioning, Aeroglide sold a
Florida subsidiary that had been purchased in 1965. It replaced
a nationwide network of sales representatives with specialized,
in-house market managers, and discontinued the integration and
sales of non-proprietary upstream and downstream equipment to
concentrate solely on its own thermal processing equipment. In
recognition of Aeroglides global sales opportunity,
management proactively began to develop international markets
through foreign sales representatives. As international sales
volumes increased over time, Aeroglide added foreign offices in
the United Kingdom (1996), Malaysia (2002), and China (2006).
As sales momentum began to build in the late 1990s, Aeroglide
focused on new product development and complementary
acquisitions as future growth opportunities. Aeroglides
in-house development team produced several new products,
including a toaster and an impingement drier. Aeroglide
subsequently acquired and successfully integrated into its Cary
manufacturing facility, Food Engineering Corporation
(FEC) in 2002 and National Drying Machinery Company
(National) in 2004, adding lines of drum driers and
a greater breadth of impingement drier capabilities through the
latter acquisition.
Industry
We believe Aeroglide is the largest global designer and
manufacturer of industrial drying and cooling process equipment
in the world, with an estimated global share of 15% to 20%.
Aeroglide primarily competes within a $300 million global
market for conveyor driers and coolers. Growth within the
broader industry and, by extension, Aeroglides served
market, is driven by manufacturing sector expansion, capacity
utilization, and capital investments in machinery and equipment.
The more recent expansion of Chinas economy has also
spurred demand for Aeroglides products.
Aeroglide participates in three primary end markets within its
served industry: human food, animal feed and industrial
products. Demand in these sectors is impacted by several common
macroeconomic factors, in addition to segment-specific trends.
Regional dynamics are another factor impacting demand for
Aeroglides thermal processing equipment due to the global
nature of its customer base. While its end markets are cyclical,
specifically in regard to capital spending, Aeroglides
industry segment and geographic diversity provides a certain
level of insulation from the cyclical impacts related to any one
market.
Food
Processing
The food processing segment accounted for approximately 67% and
54% of Aeroglides sales in 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The food processing industry consists of rice and sugar and
confectionary product
22
manufacturing, fruit and vegetable processing, specialty food
manufacturing, animal processing and baked goods manufacturing.
Output in the food processing industry is generally non-cyclical
however, capital equipment purchases within the industry
experience cyclicality relative to market demand, capacity
utilization and equipment obsolescence.
Food manufacturers are currently focused on providing healthier
products to address growing public health concerns and to
satisfy an increasingly health-conscious base of consumers. In
order to do so without sacrificing the taste of a particular
product, food manufacturers have employed new ingredients,
relied upon modifications to existing processing technologies
or, in many cases, sought new, more innovative production
techniques.
Industrial
Processing
The industrial processing sector accounted for approximately 18%
and 31% of Aeroglides sales in 2007 and 2006,
respectively. The sector is broadly defined to capture a variety
of processed products including metals, pharmaceuticals,
chemicals, polymers, fibers, charcoal, and tobacco. Aeroglide
defines its participation to the following categories:
|
|
|
|
|
Chemicals The chemicals segment includes
catalyst/clay products and pigment manufacturers.
|
|
|
|
Polymers The polymers segment includes
absorbent gels and synthetic rubber manufacturers.
|
|
|
|
Non-wovens/Fibers The non-wovens/fibers
segment includes filter, non-woven, and synthetic fiber
manufacturers.
|
|
|
|
Charcoal The charcoal segment includes
charcoal and coal processors and manufacturers.
|
|
|
|
Other Industrial The other industrial segment
includes minerals, metals, waste, recycling, pharmaceuticals,
plastics, tobacco, and wood processors and manufacturers.
|
With no significant correlation among the segments served by
Aeroglide within its industrial processing market segment,
Aeroglide is insulated to a degree against a severe cyclical
contraction in any one market segment. Given Aeroglides
global sales reach, we believe Aeroglide is able to focus its
sales efforts on the most profitable segments and global regions
in any given period. .
Feed
Processing
The feed processing market accounted for approximately 15% of
Aeroglides total sales in 2007 and 2006. We believe
Aeroglide is the Global market leader and preferred supplier to
the largest feed producers. The processing of animal feed is
very similar to the production of many human foods and utilizes
a range of common equipment. The feed processing industry
consists of two sub-segments: dog and cat food and treats; and
aqua feed. The dog and cat food manufacturing industry focuses
on the processing of grains and meats into common pet food. .
The recent growth of the broader feed processing industry has
been driven by the expansion of the dog and cat food sector,
with this segments output more than doubling in less than
four years. In addition, given high demand for beef and poultry
products coupled with grain costs that continue to reach record
levels, the animal feed industrys current expansion is
expected to continue for the foreseeable future. Similar to the
food industry, the animal feed manufacturing industry is overall
less cyclical than the broader industrial manufacturing segment.
Requiring less innovation than the food industry, feed industry
expenditures are slightly more cyclical than the food industry
with annual fluctuations ranging from +/- 15%.
Products
and Services
Industrial
Drying and Cooling Equipment
Capital equipment accounted for approximately 78% and 73% of
Aeroglides total sales in 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Drying and cooling equipment performs a critical,
energy-intensive function in the processing of a variety of
natural and synthetic products. Typically positioned toward the
end of a processing line, driers and coolers perform a
value-added function in the manufacturing process. Products at
this stage of the manufacturing cycle have a substantial amount
of embedded, value-added processing, such that line equipment
reliability is critical. Also,
23
many drying production lines operate continuously, with only
monthly shut-downs for maintenance or cleaning. Management
estimates that an average Aeroglide drier processes product with
a total wholesale value of approximately $100 million
annually. Given the value of product flowing through
Aeroglides equipment, reliability and cost of ownership
are significant competitive factors. In marketing its products,
Aeroglide focuses on Aeroglides ability to produce a drier
with the lowest cost of ownership rather than providing
customers with the lowest purchase price.
|
|
|
|
|
Conveyor Driers Conveyor driers generally
account for 80% to 90% of Aeroglides capital equipment
sales and address the widest range of end-use applications.
Employed across all of Aeroglides primary served markets
(i.e. food, feed, and industrial), the conveyor drier transports
a given product through a large tunnel, where airflow initially
delivers heat to the product and then serves as the medium to
discharge moisture from the process chamber. Aeroglide
manufactures single-pass, multi-pass, and multi-stage conveyor
driers. A typical conveyor drier is 10 feet wide, 30 to
100 feet long and 15 feet high. However, the size, bed
(pass) configuration, and thermal processing capabilities of a
conveyor drier are ultimately determined by the specific product
application and the customers facility space. Conveyor
driers are available in fully assembled modules (to minimize
installation time) or in knock-down form (to minimize
transportation and installation costs, particularly overseas).
|
|
|
|
Impingement Driers Impingement driers use
higher air flow to hold
and/or
agitate products during processing. Ideal for smaller products
such as pharmaceuticals and snack foods, impingement driers are
primarily applicable across an array of food and industrial
product processes. Aeroglide internally developed its
impingement drying technology and further strengthened this
product line with the acquisition of National in 2004.
|
|
|
|
Rotary Driers Rotary driers are utilized in a
variety of high volume processing applications across
Aeroglides three primary served markets. Used to
efficiently dry high-moisture products capable of tolerating
vigorous agitation (including agriculture feed, grains,
chemicals, and wood products), Aeroglides rotary driers
are available in single- or triple-pass configurations and
incorporate a variety of heat sources and internal flight and
paddle designs. Rotary driers have been offered by Aeroglide for
nearly 40 years.
|
|
|
|
Toasters Aeroglides AeroFlow line of
toasters offers an effective and expedited processing solution
for a variety of human foods. Relative to driers, toasters
operate at higher temperatures and higher airflow velocities and
are predominantly used in the RTE cereal market. We believe the
AeroFlow line offers faster cycle times vs. competing products
and can be used for a range drying, toasting, roasting, and
cooling applications.
|
|
|
|
Pulsed Fluid Bed Driers Introduced in 2002,
and primarily incorporated into food and pharmaceutical
processing applications, Aeroglides pulsed fluid bed
driers are one of Aeroglides newest product lines.
Aeroglide holds an exclusive license from the Canadian
government for the product lines underlying technology
which provides high thermal efficiency while using significantly
less air than conventional fluid bed systems.
|
|
|
|
Other Processing Equipment On a limited
basis, Aeroglide also produces Truck and Tunnel Driers (offering
varying volumes and high temperature variances), Tower Driers
(weather adjusted system used in agriculture applications), and
Spin Cookers and Coolers (used in canned fruit applications).
|
Aftermarket
Services
Aftermarket Services accounted for approximately 22% and 27% of
Aeroglides total sales in fiscal 2007 and 2006,
respectively. Aftermarket service offering includes mechanical
redesign services related to customers line expansions and
equipment refurbishments in addition to customized and standard
replacement parts programs. Aeroglide also offers evaluative
field engineering services designed to assist customers in
maximizing drying equipment efficiency. Collectively, these
services provide Aeroglide with multiple contact points with
customers between funded capital equipment projects and support
Aeroglides overall business strategy. Aeroglides
aftermarket service offering leverages Aeroglides diverse
mechanical design experience acquired through decades of working
side-by-side
with customers to evaluate and resolve equipment-related
expansion and maintenance issues.
24
Competitive
Strengths
|
|
|
|
|
Experienced, Proactive Senior Management Team
Aeroglides senior management team, which has worked
together since 1992, possesses over 75 years of collective
tenure with Aeroglide. During the 1990s, the team proactively
developed and implemented a plan that has positioned Aeroglide
for long-term growth and profitability based on its core thermal
processing expertise.
|
|
|
|
Proprietary Process Engineering Expertise
Aeroglide maintains a broad base of process engineering
expertise that has been developed over the past 67 years.
Aeroglides technical expertise enables Aeroglide to
optimize the performance of installed equipment and identify and
evaluate drier performance improvement opportunities.
|
|
|
|
Significant Market Share We believe
Aeroglides market share within the global industrial
drying and cooling industry to be between 15% and 20%,
representing the largest market share within a fragmented
industry.
|
|
|
|
Strong Blue-Chip Customer Relationships
Aeroglide has customer relationships with some of the
largest food and industrial companies in the world. In addition,
Aeroglide inherited several key new customers through its
acquisitions of FEC and National. Through the acquisitions of
FEC and National, Aeroglide was able to meaningfully expand its
product offering, providing a wider breadth of products in order
to meet customer needs. Aeroglides established
relationships combined with its expanded product offerings serve
to further cement Aeroglides relationships with its
customers.
|
|
|
|
Geographic Diversity Aeroglide has a global
sales and marketing footprint which is reflected in
Aeroglides revenue. Approximately 39% of Aeroglides
revenue in fiscal 2007 was generated outside North America
including a growing presence in Asia from which Aeroglide
generated approximately 10% of its revenue in 2007. Aeroglide
has sales and engineering personnel located in offices in the
U.S., U.K., China and Malaysia allowing for strong local
customer contacts and more significant collaborative
relationships when engineering new product specifications or
designs. Aeroglides global marketing efforts serve to
offset any prolonged cyclical downturn isolated to one
particular global region. In addition, although Aeroglides
revenue is global in nature, the majority of its revenue is
denominated in U.S. dollars, largely eliminating possible
foreign currency risk.
|
Business
Strategies
|
|
|
|
|
Continue to invest in, and proactively market, new product
development
|
Aeroglide is beginning to realize the benefit from the recent
pro-active marketing of its impingement driers, rotary driers,
and toasters and drum driers. Management intends to continue to
proactively market these products in order to foster continuing
strong organic growth from these lines.
|
|
|
|
|
Strategic penetration of new markets
|
Aeroglide management believes there are still, and intends to
continue to pursues potentially attractive opportunities in
untapped markets for its existing equipment, with particular
emphasis on its core thermal processing.
|
|
|
|
|
Increased penetration in the China market
|
China represents a significant and rapidly evolving growth
opportunity for Aeroglide including both sales opportunities and
sourcing opportunities with potential low-cost Chinese
manufacturing partners to help compete in the local market.
Aeroglide currently has a sales office in Shanghai and intends
to continue to aggressively position itself in the Chinese
market.
Aeroglide management intends to pursue and capitalize on the
fragmented nature of the industrial drier and cooling market.
Given Aeroglides leading market share within the
fragmented market, similar to Aeroglides acquisition of
FEC and National in 2002 and 2004 respectively, there will
likely be future
25
opportunities to further consolidate the industry at attractive
acquisition multiples. Successful past acquisitions by current
management demonstrates their ability to affect this strategy.
Research
and Development
Aeroglides field engineering and drier evaluation services
are offered to operators of industrial process driers to assist
in optimizing the performance of installed equipment.
Aeroglides worldwide field engineering staff has extensive
experience in identifying and evaluating both immediate and
longer-term drier performance improvement opportunities.
Aeroglides expertise extends to all makes, models, and
vintages of driers across a wide variety of products and
processes. Although accounting for approximately 3% of annual
revenue, this service is an important aspect of Aeroglides
customer-facing organization.
Customers
Aeroglide maintains relationships with the worlds largest
food, agricultural, and industrial companies. Due to the large
capital nature of the equipment sold, Aeroglides top 10
relationships in terms of sales vary annually. However, in each
year since 2002 over 60% of Aeroglides top 10 customers
represent repeat purchasers. While the top 10 customers
represent approximately 45% of total sales in both 2006 and 2007
Aeroglide does not rely on a single relationship for a
significant potion of its annual revenue. We believe the average
tenured relationship for Aeroglides largest customers is
approximately 30 years. Also, depending on the customer,
Aeroglide typically supplies more than half of a customers
drying equipment needs. While customers do routinely solicit
multiple bids and purchase from competitors, we believe
Aeroglide has not lost any of its core customers over the last
five years.
Sales
and Marketing
We believe that Aeroglide employs the largest, most
sophisticated sales and marketing organization in the industrial
process drying and cooling industry. Aeroglides sales and
marketing organization is managed by four regional sales
directors and a director of process engineering, all reporting
to the SVP of Worldwide Sales. Aeroglides Chief Corporate
Engineer also contributes significantly to Aeroglides
global marketing efforts, assisting the organization in
addressing and evaluating technical issues and developing and
managing customer relationships. The sales team is also staffed
by market managers, who work in tandem with the
organizations process engineering staff of skilled
technicians. Due to the custom nature of Aeroglides
products, sales cycles are lengthy, lasting anywhere from 3 to
12 months with lead times of 18 24 weeks
from order date. During that time, upon identification of a new
project, a marketing manager and an applications engineer will
lead a design team that collaborates with the customer in
developing the necessary capital equipment solution.
Aeroglides market manager strategy has been particularly
successful, allowing Aeroglide to exploit customers need
for specific knowledge and sector experience.
Aeroglide markets its products through a network of sales and
engineering offices positioned to better source both domestic
and international opportunities. In addition to its headquarters
and sole manufacturing site in Cary, North Carolina, Aeroglide
services current and prospective customers from four branch
offices (one domestic and three international). Aeroglide
performs sales and engineering functions (13 employees) out
of its Trevose, Pennsylvania, office; sales and service
functions (7 employees) out of its Stamford, United
Kingdom, office; sales functions (2 employees) out of its
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, office; and sales functions
(6 employees) out of its newly opened Shanghai, China
office.
Aeroglides unique sales approach has produced increasingly
positive results, as evidenced by Aeroglides historical
sales quotation conversion rates, current backlog, and order
prospect list. Among potential projects, management estimates
that approximately
1/3
will materialize into a project over the next 12 months,
about
1/3
will be deferred into a future period and the remaining
1/3
will never materialize. Following execution of a product
contract, management will shift a prospected project into
Aeroglides backlog. As of December 31, 2007,
Aeroglides backlog is approximately $26.4 million.
Typically, Aeroglides backlog represents approximately
3 6 months of forward revenue.
Geographically, 61% of Aeroglides fiscal 2007 sales are in
North America with the remaining 39% in Europe, Asia and South
America.
26
Competition
Aeroglide primarily competes within the $300 million
worldwide market for conveyor drying and cooling equipment. The
market for conveyor drier and cooler manufacturers is generally
fragmented. We believe that Aeroglide holds a leading market
share with an estimated 15% to 20% of the total worldwide market
for drying and cooling equipment. Aeroglides primary
competitor in terms of size is, Wolverine Proctor &
Schwartz (WP&S). The U.S. business of
WP&S was sold through Chapter 7 liquidation in 2006
and subsequently acquired WP&Ss U.K. business.
|
|
|
|
|
Reliability Since many driers and coolers are
operated continuously over a 10 year to 20 year
period, customers are heavily focused on equipment reliability.
Many processors are, therefore, willing to pay a premium for
higher quality, more reliable equipment to mitigate the cost and
inconvenience of unscheduled maintenance.
|
|
|
|
Process Knowledge Design parameters for
drying and cooling equipment include incoming and outgoing
moisture levels, heat sensitivity, airflow requirements, and
necessary retention times. As a result, manufacturers with
significant thermal processing knowledge are usually
differentiated in the marketplace. This is particularly
important in the food and feed processing segments, where
moisture uniformity failures can have a significant impact on a
customers corporate image and profitability.
|
|
|
|
Time to Delivery Typical times to delivery
for Aeroglides products range from 18 weeks to
24 weeks from the order date. Given these lead times,
customers typically seek suppliers who are most capable of
delivering equipment on schedule.
|
|
|
|
Energy Efficiency Depending on the
application, drying and cooling equipment can consume a
significant amount of energy. Accordingly, a more efficient
machine can provide processors with enormous cost-of-ownership
savings over the life of the equipment.
|
|
|
|
Sanitation Many processors use a single
conveyor or drier machine to produce multiple products. As a
result, ease of maintenance and cleaning becomes a critical
factor in the selection of an equipment manufacturer to minimize
cross-contamination. Effective machinery design can minimize
change-over times, thereby increasing overall equipment
productivity and value to the customer.
|
Manufacturers of conveyor driers and coolers compete based on a
common set of criteria that includes the following factors:
Suppliers
Aeroglides primary material inputs for capital equipment
and aftermarket parts are carbon
and/or
stainless steel and a variety of electrical and mechanical
components, which include fans, conveyor bedplates, burners,
steam coils, and chain. All inputs are typically sourced on an
order-by-order
basis, and purchase volumes for procured components vary
annually according to Aeroglides capital equipment sales
mix. On an aggregate basis, steel typically accounts for
approximately one-third of Aeroglides annual material
purchases, depending on Aeroglides order mix. Aeroglide
generally procures steel on a consigned basis according to its
backlog of booked equipment and aftermarket orders. In addition
to steel associated with specific orders, Aeroglide maintains a
small inventory of sheet and structural steel at its facility in
Raleigh to avoid production interruptions and to support
aftermarket component fabrication. Aeroglides current
contract with its primary steel supplier provides for fixed
per-unit
prices over specified periods, rebate program tied to previous
year purchases, and no minimum purchase obligations. Aeroglide
has historically maintained the ability to pass through raw
material price increases.
Intellectual
Property
Many of Aeroglides products are patent protected in the
United States. Aeroglide has four patents issued and employs ten
tradenames.
27
Regulatory
Environment
Based on the nature of its operations Aeroglides
manufacturing operations, and facilities and operations are
subject to evolving federal, state and local environmental and
occupational health and safety laws and regulations. These
include laws and regulations governing air emissions, wastewater
discharge and the storage and handling of chemicals and
hazardous substances. Aeroglide believes that it is in
compliance, in all material respects, with applicable
environmental and occupational health and safety laws and
regulations. New requirements, more stringent application of
existing requirements, or discovery of previously unknown
environmental conditions may result in material environmental
expenditures in the future.
Employees
As of December 31, 2007, Aeroglide employed approximately
254 persons. Of these employees, approximately 111 were in
production and purchasing 54 were in engineering and 43 were in
sales and with the remainder serving in executive,
administrative office and field service capacities. None of
Aeroglides employees are subject to collective bargaining
agreements. We believe that Aeroglides relationship with
its employees is good.
Sales
Backlog
Aeroglide had a backlog of firm sales orders aggregating
approximately $26.4 million and $26.2 million at
December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
American
Furniture
Overview
American Furniture, headquartered in Ecru, Mississippi, is a
manufacturer of upholstered furniture which is then sold to
large-scale furniture distributors and retailers. American
Furniture operates almost exclusively in the promotional
upholstered segment of the furniture industry which is
characterized by affordable prices, standard designs and
immediate availability to retail consumers. American Furniture
was founded by an individual who subsequently installed a new
management team, led by CEO Mike Thomas. American
Furnitures products are adapted from established designs
in the following categories, (i) stationary,
(ii) motion, (iii) recliner and (iv) other
related products including accent tables. American
Furnitures products are manufactured from common
components and offer proven select fabric options, providing
manufacturing efficiency and resulting in limited design risk or
inventory obsolescence.
For the full fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and
December 31, 2006, American Furniture had net sales of
approximately $156.6 million and $165.4 million, and
operating income of $10.9 million and $9.9 million,
respectively. Since August 31, 2007, the date of our
acquisition, American Furniture had revenues of
$47.0 million and operating income of $2.7 million.
American Furniture had total assets of $122.7 million at
December 31, 2007. Revenues from American Furniture
represented 5.1% of our total consolidated revenues for 2007.
On February, 12, 2008, American Furnitures
1.2 million square foot corporate office and manufacturing
facility in Ecru, MS was partially destroyed in a fire.
Approximately 750 thousand square feet of the facility was
impacted by the fire. The executive offices were fundamentally
unaffected. The recliner and motion plant, although largely
unaffected, suffered some smoke damage but resumed operations on
February 21, 2008. There were no injuries related to the
fire.
Temporarily, the Company has moved its stationary production
lines into other facilities. In addition to its 45 thousand
square foot flex facility, management has secured
166 thousand square feet of additional manufacturing and
warehouse space in the surrounding Pontotoc area. The production
lines at the flex facility were operating on
February 18, 2008 and the other temporary production lines
were operating on February 26, 2008. These temporary
stationary production lines are fully operational and provide
the company with approximately 90% of the pre-fire stationary
production capabilities. Orders for stationary products are
being addressed by these temporary facilities, whereas the
orders for motion and recliner products are being addressed by
the production facilities that were largely unaffected by the
fire at the Ecru facility. Management continues to seek
additional temporary
28
manufacturing and warehouse space, and believes that it will be
able to secure additional facilities and bring production back
to the pre-fire levels within 90 days.
American Furniture is currently evaluating its business
interruption and property insurance coverage as it pertains to
this fire. Based upon the information available to date, we
believe that American Furniture, after meeting certain minimal
deductibles, will be fully insured for this loss. The insurance
will cover losses as the result of property damage and from lost
operating profits.
We are committed to exhaust all resources available to fast
track setting up temporary operations in order to minimize the
impact on our employees and curtail delivery delays for our
customers.
History
of American Furniture
Headquartered in Ecru, Mississippi, American Furniture was
founded in 1998 with an exclusive focus on promotional
upholstered furniture, offering a unique value proposition
combining consistent high-quality, attractively priced products
and 48-hour
quick-ship service. As American Furniture has grown, it has
maintained a disciplined, production focused strategy with
proven merchandising ideally suited to serve one of the fastest
growing segments of the retail furniture marketplace,
promotional furniture. AFM began operations in 1998 with four
assembly lines housed in a 60,000 sq. ft. facility. By
2002, American Furniture had achieved revenues in excess of
$120 million and grew operations into a
600,000 sq. ft. facility in Houlka, MS. In 2004
American Furniture was sold by its founder to a group of private
investors who installed a new management structure led by
Mr. Mike Thomas. Mr. Thomas successfully hired a new
executive team and grew American Furnitures administrative
infrastructure in order to build a solid foundation to support
future growth. In 2005, American Furniture began to aggressively
pursue an Asian sourcing strategy for fabrics and other assorted
materials. Today American Furniture is the leading manufacturer
of promotional upholstered furniture operating from an
approximately 1.1 million sq. ft. of manufacturing and
warehouse facilities.
Industry
AFM is the leading manufacturer of upholstered furniture serving
the promotional segment of the U.S. furniture industry. The
domestic furniture industry over the past twenty years has
realized consistent growth driven by several factors including
i) long-term favorable housing market and consistent growth
in the purchase of second homes, ii) favorable demographic
trends (i.e., graying/baby-boom population) and
iii) overall rise in consumer spending have all contributed
to the expansion of the domestic furniture industry.
Within the wholesale market, wholesale shipments from Asian
suppliers, we believe, have grown steadily as a percent of total
wholesale shipments. In 2006 Asian imports accounted for
approximately 23% of wholesale upholstered shipments in 2006.
However, while Asian upholstered imports have grown
significantly in the past ten years, we believe their impact has
been far less than the industry as a whole within AFMs
primary market due to the low price points and resulting
shipping costs as a percent of the pieces total value.
As mentioned previously, AFM participates largely in the
promotional upholstered furniture industry. Within the
U.S. residential retail furniture marketplace, products are
typically positioned in the promotional,
good, better, or best
category. The scale of the categories is intended to reflect an
increasing level of quality, appearance and correspondingly
price. At the wholesale level, the promotional segment of the
upholstered furniture industry we believe accounts for
$4.0 billion in sales. Promotional upholstered furniture
manufacturers typically offer a limited range of products in a
discrete number of styles
and/or
designs, allowing immediate delivery to retail customers at
well-established retail price points. Specifically, promotional
upholstered furniture is generally priced by product at the
retail level as outlined below:
Stationary Sofas From $299 to $499
Recliners From $99 to $299
Stationary Sectionals Up to $799
Motion Sectionals Up to $1,399
Promotionally priced products are among the best-selling lines
within the overall upholstered furniture category and are
expected to outpace the overall upholstered market over the next
five years. The popularity of
29
promotional furniture is attributable to i) the
segments consistent product quality (based on focused
manufacturing on a few key furniture pieces), and ii) its
value pricing that appeals to the broadest cross-section of the
furniture consumers.
AFM competes exclusively in the promotional segment, selling
upholstered furniture in both the stationary and motion
categories. In the retail furniture landscape, promotional
furniture is a growing catalyst of floor traffic and sales
volumes for mass market furniture retailers. Recurring
promotional programs have become core to retailer strategies
given its immediate availability to customers,
just-in-time
strategies employed within the industry limiting retailer
inventory requirements, and high level of value for price
strategy. According to a report published by an industry
consultant in 2007, the promotional segment of the upholstered
market is expected to grow at 5 8% annually
over the next five years vs. 4 6% for the overall
upholstered furniture market.
Off-shore
Imports
Furniture manufactured in Asia emerged as an important driver of
the U.S. residential furniture market beginning in the
mid-1990s. While off-shore manufacturers, particularly Chinese
and Vietnamese manufacturers, have affected the entire industry,
the import trend, has impacted different segments of the
industry at varying levels.
Case-goods and metal furniture have proven to be more
susceptible to Asian competition than upholstered furniture, due
to the stack ability and assembly characteristics, resulting in
efficient freight consolidation. Upholstered furniture cannot be
broken down and shipped efficiently to the U.S. such that
the resulting freight costs tend to out weigh the labor and
material savings achieved through offshore manufacturing. As a
result, domestic upholstered manufacturers have largely managed
to compete effectively against Asian competitors when compared
to other segments of the furniture industry. In addition,
manufacturers in the promotional segment of the upholstered
industry are even further insulated from offshore competition
due not only to overall freight costs but also freight costs
when compared to wholesale price of the product together with
the prolonged lead-times to retailers and end customers in a
market segment characterized very short lead-times and immediate
delivery to the end consumer.
Retail price points in the promotional segment of the
upholstered industry range from $99 $1,399, whereas
shipping costs from Asia on a per piece basis are generally in
excess of $100.per piece ($3,000 $4,000 per standard
40 container not including domestic shipping and insurance
costs).
In addition to the increased cost, lead times also hinder Asian
manufacturers ability to effectively compete in the
promotional upholstered industry. As mentioned previously,
retailers use promotional furniture to drive store traffic and
provide immediately delivery to the end-user of value-priced,
quality upholstered furniture products. AFM aims to ship
customer orders 48 hours following receipt of an order with
delivery occurring 1 3 days following depending
on the customers location within the U.S. Asian
manufacturers typically require at least 50 days (or
7 8 weeks depending on business days) from
order receipt to customer delivery, resulting in a significant
amount of increased inventory management and advertising
planning in order to effectively source upholstered product from
overseas manufacturers.
Products
and Services
AFM manufactures two basic categories of promotional upholstered
products, stationary and motion. Stationary products include
sofas, loveseats and sectionals, these products accounted for
approximately 64% and 63% of sales in fiscal 2007 and 2006,
respectively. Motion products include single rocking recliner
chairs, sofas with reclining end seats, loveseats with seats
that rock together or separately and reclining sectionals with
storage compartments. Motion and reclining products contributed
approximately 33% and 34% of fiscal 2007 and 2006 gross
sales, respectively. Beginning in 2005, AFM added a line of
imported accent tables to its product mix to provide customers
with complimentary accessory offering to AFMs core
furniture lines. For 2007 and 2006, accent tables and other
miscellaneous revenue accounted for approximately 3% of gross
sales. AFMs core product offerings with average retail
prices are summarized below:
19 styles of stationary sofas, loveseats and chairs
$299 $499
7 styles of recliners $99 $399
30
3 styles of motion sofas $499 $599
2 styles of stationary sectionals Up to $799
2 styles of motion sectionals $999 $1,399
AFMs products utilize common components and frames with
limited fabric options, allowing AFM to reproduce established
styles at value prices. Since 2004, AFM has introduced 12 new
styles which typically replace older designs and are primarily
slight variations to existing products. AFM builds its products
to stock and maintains adequate inventory levels to facilitate
shipment to customers within 48 hours of an order.
AFMs quick-ship strategy allows customers to better manage
inventory and product promotions yet maintain the ability to
provide immediate availability to retail customers, a key
attribute within the promotional furniture segment of the
furniture industry.
Product
Development
AFM can re-engineer a new design, create a prototype and begin
to solicit customer feedback within two weeks although, AFM
carefully controls its product line such that new styles
typically replace older designs. As a result, AFM requires
approximately 60 days to 90 days to wind-down a
discontinued line and begin shipping truckload quantities of new
designs to customers. Since 2004, AFM has introduced 12 new
styles.
Manufacturing
AFM has an assembly-line manufacturing process with a four day
production cycle divided into four functions, cutting, sewing,
backfill and upholstery. Employees are specialized by function
and are compensated on a piece-rate basis. The limited number of
styles and designs minimizes scheduling and line changes and
each function is simplified by the use of common components. AFM
uses one standard seat spring, one standard back spring and one
standard cushion in all of its products. AFMs piece-rate
compensation plan and streamlined manufacturing process combine
to give AFM a low cost structure
AFMs cycle time requires four days to complete from a
manufacturing release date. AFM synchronizes hardwood milling
(from frame components) with fabric cutting and sewing to ensure
that frames and upholstery are ready simultaneously on the
production line. AFMs manufacturing process is further
simplified by the application of common parts across all of its
product lines. AFM uses several different lengths of
standardized rails, one standard seat spring, one standard back
spring, and one standard type of cushion polyfoam on all sofas,
loveseats and recliners. AFMs manufacturing process is
similar for stationary and motion products, with the exception
of several incremental steps required to insert reclining
mechanisms into the motion furniture.
AFMs efficient manufacturing process combined with its
inventory strategy is designed to facilitate AFMs
48-hour
quick-ship service covering the entire product line. AFMs
expedited shipping capacity enables retailers to improve
inventory turns and reduce lost sales due to stock-outs.
AFMs warehoused inventory is loaded on the delivery truck
within 48 hours of order placement and typically arrives at
a customer location within three days of shipping.
AFM delivers the majority of its products through a combination
of its in-house trucking fleet and third-party freight service
providers. Freight costs are paid by the customer with the
ability to add fuel surcharges to the extent necessary.
Competitive
Strengths
We believe that AFM is among the lowest-cost domestic
manufactures of promotional upholstered furniture. AFM maintains
a competitive cost basis through an assembly-line production
model and build-to-stock strategy. Specifically, AFM generates
economies of scale through:
|
|
|
|
|
Long runs of a limited number of standardized frames;
|
|
|
|
The application of common components throughout the entire
production line; and
|
|
|
|
A standard offering of only two to four fabric options per frame.
|
31
Further, management has aligned AFMs high-volume
manufacturing strategy with a piece-rate incentive structure for
its direct labor force. This structure ensures that variability
of direct labor costs and drives workforce productivity. The
incentive system also provides floor personnel with the
opportunity to earn annual compensation at or above local
standards, thereby facilitating AFMs recruiting and
retention efforts.
AFMs efficient build-to-stock manufacturing operation
facilitates AFMs strategy of offering its customers
shipment of product within 48 hours of order receipt. In
turn, AFMs customers are able to offer their retail
customers quality, value-priced upholstered furniture for
immediate delivery upon the day of sale, while only maintaining
limited quantities of product inventory.
AFM serves a diverse base of more than 800 customers, with
AFMs top 20 accounts comprising approximately 51% of 2007
and 49% of 2006 net sales. Within its broader customer
base, AFM specifically targets independent furniture retailers
at the national, multi-regional and regional levels. AFMs
value proposition, the ability to ship any product within
48 hours, is highly valued by this segment of the
marketplace that focuses broadly on demographic segments that
demand immediate delivery of popular styles at value prices.
Barriers
to Significant Asian Competition
The availability of low-cost Asian products has had a
far-reaching impact on the broader home furnishings market in
the United States over the past ten years. In contrast to
manufacturers serving other segments, AFM has minimal exposure
to off-shore competition due to the following:
|
|
|
|
|
AFMs efficient, low-cost production model;
|
|
|
|
Mass retailers lead-time demands and unwillingness to
accept excess inventory risk; and
|
|
|
|
The costs (e.g., freight, damage, shrink) of shipping
upholstered furniture direct from Asia.
|
Business
Strategies
|
|
|
|
|
Increase sales with new and existing customers
|
While AFM currently supplies many of the top furniture
retailers, AFM believes it can further augment its customer base
and is pursuing new business opportunities with selected
national and regional furniture retailers, as well as in other
channels, including Rent-To-Own (RTO) and mass
merchandisers. In addition, many existing customers currently
purchase only a portion of AFMs product line, representing
an opportunity for AFM to increase sales to existing customers
by augmenting customers promotional product line. In order
to focus additional attention to major customers and expand
product line sell-through to these customers, the
Company added significant infrastructure to its sales and
marketing organization since 2005, increasing its sales
representative network while also subdividing sales territories
to allow representatives to focus more closely on the expansion
of existing relationships and the addition of new customers.
AFMs merchandising strategy focuses on satisfying the
changing needs of retailers and consumers in a manner that meets
AFMs production strategy. AFMs management and sales
staff monitor the furniture market to identify new trends and
popular styles at higher price points. AFM subsequently ensures
that it can cost effectively replicate a new style with
standardized components and limited cover options, after which
AFM will build a prototype to determine if the product can be
reproduced at acceptable margin levels.
|
|
|
|
|
Asian sourcing of components
|
Following the hiring of Mike Thomas as CEO in 2004, AFM
implemented a program to purchase raw materials from the
lowest-cost source available in the marketplace. The Company
hired a director of Asian sourcing in May 2005 to lead this
effort. Currently, AFM sources the vast majority of its fabric,
legs, show wood, chaises, ottomans, correlate chairs and accent
tables from Asian vendors. AFM believes there are additional
opportunities to lower purchasing costs through this initiative.
32
AFM has in the past and will continue to evaluate strategic
acquisitions to augment its existing business. In particular,
acquisitions may provide AFM with an opportunity to expand
geographically, add additional product lines or achieve
operational synergies.
Customers
AFM serves a base of more than 800 customers comprised of
retailers and distributors at the regional, multi-regional and
national levels. In 2007 and 2006, AFMs top 20 customers
accounted for approximately 50% of AFMs total sales, with
the top customer accounting for approximately 18.5% and 20% of
total sales in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Other than this
customer, no single customer has accounted for more than 6% of
total revenue in 2007 or 2006.
Sales
and Marketing
AFM has a sales force consisting of 14 independent, outside
representatives that exclusively sell AFMs products in an
assigned geographic territory of up to six states. Sales
representatives are compensated on a 100% commission basis. AFM
maintains two permanent showrooms in High Point, NC and Tupelo,
MS, host cities for furniture industry trade shows (High Point
in April and October and Tupelo in January and August). In
addition, AFM is evaluating plans to lease showroom space for
the furniture trade show in Las Vegas NV and expects to
participate in this trade show in the future. Trade shows
provide opportunities for AFM to display its existing products
and introduce new designs into the marketplace.
Marketing at the retail level is handled by AFMs
customers. AFM does not advertise specific products on its own,
but provides product information and pictures for retailers to
include in newspaper and various insert advertisements.
AFMs products are typically included in retailers
recurring promotional programs as the products drive floor
traffic and sales volume due to low price points.
Competition
AFM competes with selected large national manufacturers that
produce and sell promotional products. However, promotional
upholstered furniture often represents only a small percentage
of revenue for these participants. Also, large diversified
manufacturers tend not to place specific emphasis on developing
quick-ship capabilities specifically for their promotional
offerings. Therefore, AFM competes primarily with several
smaller manufacturers that are typically thinly-capitalized,
family owned businesses that do not have the capacity,
manufacturing capabilities, sourcing expertise or access to
capital in order to build critical production volumes.
Competition within the segment is largely based on value and
delivery lead times, as opposed to product differentiation
providing AFM and its quick-ship capabilities with a key
competitive advantage within the industry. AFMs primary
competitors include United Furniture Industries, Albany
Industries and Hughes Furniture, among others.
Suppliers
AFMs top supplier, Independent Furniture Supply
(Independent), is 50% owned by Mike Thomas,
AFMs CEO AFM purchases polyfoam from Independent on an
arms-length basis and AFM performs regular audits to verify
market pricing. AFM does not have any long-term supply contracts
with Independent or any other suppliers. A majority of
AFMs domestic suppliers are located near AFM due to a
concentration of furniture manufacturers in northeastern
Mississippi. Several of AFMs key raw materials, including
lumber, plywood and polyfoam, are sourced locally with
alternative suppliers available, if necessary. In order to
continually manage material costs, AFM actively sources products
from Asia. AFM imports legs, show wood, chaises, ottomans,
correlate chairs, accent tables and the majority of its fabric
from China-based suppliers. Raw material cost as a percent of
sales was approximately 58% and 59% in 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
33
Regulatory
Environment
AFMs manufacturing operations, facilities and operations
are subject to evolving federal, state and local environmental
and occupational health and safety laws and regulations. Such
laws and regulations govern air emissions, wastewater discharge
and the storage and handling of chemicals and hazardous
substances. AFM believes that it is in compliance, in all
material respects, with applicable environmental and
occupational health and safety laws and regulations. New
requirements, more stringent application of existing
requirements, or discovery of previously unknown environmental
conditions may result in material environmental expenditures in
the future
Employees
As of December 31, 2007, American Furniture employed
993 persons. Of these employees, approximately 750 were in
production and purchasing 54 and 43 were in sales and with the
remainder serving in executive, administrative office and field
service capacities. None of AFMs employees are subject to
collective bargaining agreements. We believe that AFMs
relationship with its employees is good.
Sales
Backlog
American Furniture had a backlog of firm sales orders
aggregating approximately $5.1 million and
$5.5 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
Anodyne
Overview
Anodyne, headquartered in Los Angeles, California, is a leading
manufacturer of medical support surfaces and patient positioning
devices used primarily for the prevention and treatment of
pressure wounds experienced by patients with limited or no
mobility.
Anodyne develops products both independently and in partnership
with large distribution intermediaries. Medical distribution
companies then sell or rent the support surfaces in conjunction
with bed frames and accessories to one of three end markets:
(i) hospitals, (ii) long term care facilities and
(iii) home health care organizations. The level of
sophistication largely varies in each product, as some customers
require simple foam mattress beds while others may require
electronically controlled, low air loss, lateral rotation,
pulmonary therapy and alternating pressure air beds. The design,
engineering and manufacturing of all products are completed
in-house (with the exception of Prima -Tech, products, which are
manufactured in Taiwan) and are FDA compliant.
For the full fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and
December 31, 2006, Anodyne had net sales of approximately
$44.2 million and $23.4 million, and operating income
of $2.9 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
Anodyne had total assets of $53.7 million at
December 31, 2007. Revenues from Anodyne represented 4.8%
and 3.0% of our total revenues for 2007 and 2006, respectively.
History
Anodyne was initially formed in February 2006 by CGI and
Hollywood Capital, Inc., a private investment management firm
led by Anodynes current Chief Executive Officer, to
acquire AMF Support Surfaces, Inc. and SenTech Medical Systems,
Inc., located in Corona, CA and Coral Springs, FL, respectively.
AMF Support Surfaces, Inc. is a leading manufacturer of powered
and static mattress replacement systems, mattress overlays,
seating cushions and patient positing devices. SenTech Medical
Systems is a leading designer and manufacturer of advanced
electronically controlled alternating pressure pulmonary
therapy, low air loss and lateral rotation specialty support
surfaces for the wound care industry. Prior to its acquisition
SenTech had established a premium brand in the less price
sensitive therapeutic market while AMF competed primarily in the
preventive care market.
On October 5, 2006, Anodyne acquired the patient
positioning device business of Anatomic Global, Inc. (which we
refer to as Anatomic). The acquired operations were merged into
Anodynes operations. Anatomic Concepts is the
nations leading supplier of operating suite patient
positioning devices and has recently developed a complete line
of support surfaces focused on the price sensitive long term
care and home healthcare markets.
34
On June 27, 2007 Anodyne purchased Prima-Tech , a lower
price-point distributor of medical support surfaces to the long
term care and home healthcare markets. Prima-Techs
products are designed in the US and manufactured pursuant to an
exclusive manufacturing agreement with an FDA registered
manufacturing partner located in Taiwan. Management anticipates
that Primatech will contribute revenues in excess of
$3.0 million on an annualized basis
Industry
The medical support surfaces industry is fragmented in nature.
We believe the market is comprised of many small participants
who design and manufacture products for preventing and treating
decubitus ulcers. Decubitus ulcers, or pressure ulcers, are
formed on immobile medical patients through continued pressure
on one area of skin. Manufacturers of medical support surfaces
typically sell to one of several large medical distribution
companies who rent or sell the products to hospitals, long term
care facilities, and home health care organizations.
Immobility caused by injury, old age, chronic illness or obesity
are the main causes for the development of pressure ulcers. In
these cases, the person lying in the same position for a long
period of time puts pressure on a small portion of the body
surface. This pressure, if continued for sustained period, can
close blood capillaries that provide oxygen and nutrition to the
skin. Over a period of time, these cells deprived of oxygen
begin to break down and form sores. Contributing factors to the
development of pressure ulcers are sheer, or pull on the skin
due to the underlying fabric, and moisture, which increases
propensity to breakdown.
The U.S. market for specialty beds and medical support
surfaces market was estimated to be $1.6 billion in 2005
and was forecast to reach $2.9 billion by 2012 (Frost and
Sullivan). Management believes the medical support surfaces
industry will continue to grow due to several favorable
demographic and industry trends including the increasing
incidence of obesity in the United States, increasing life
expectancies, and an increasing emphasis on prevention of
pressure ulcers by hospitals and long term care facilities.
According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention,
between the years 1980 and 2000, obesity rates more than doubled
among adults in the United States. Studies have shown that this
increase in obesity has been a key factor in rising medical
costs over the last 15 years. According to one study done
at Emory University, increases in obesity rates have accounted
for 27% of the increase in health care spending between 1987 and
2001. As an individuals weight increases, so to does the
probability that the individual will become immobile and,
according to studies performed at the University of North
Carolina, greater than 40% of obese adults aged 54 to 73 were at
least partially immobile. As individuals become less mobile,
they are more likely to require either preventative mattresses
to better disperse weight and reduce pressure areas or
therapeutic mattresses to shift weight and pressure. Similar to
how obesity increases the occurrence of immobility, so too does
an aging society. As life expectancy expands in the US due to
improved health care and nutrition, so too does the probability
that an individual will be immobile for a portion of their
lives. In addition, as individuals age skin becomes more
susceptible to breakdown increasing the likelihood of developing
pressure ulcers.
Beyond favorable demographic trends, Anodynes management
believes hospitals are placing an increased emphasis on the
prevention of pressure ulcers. Frost and Sullivan estimates that
approximately 1 million pressure ulcers occur annually in
the United States, generating an estimated $1.3 billion in
annual costs to hospitals alone. According to Medicare
reimbursement guidelines, pressure ulcers are eligible for
reimbursement by third party payers only when they are diagnosed
upon hospital admission. Additionally, third party payers only
provide reimbursement for preventative mattresses under limited
circumstances. The end result is that if an at risk patient
develops pressure ulcers while at the hospital; the hospital is
required to bear the cost of healing. As a result of increasing
litigation and the high cost of healing pressures ulcers,
hospitals are now focusing on using pressure relief equipment to
reduce the incidence of hospital acquired pressure ulcers.
Products
and Services
Specialty beds, mattress replacements and mattress overlays
(i.e. support surfaces) are the primary products currently
available for pressure relief and pressure reduction to treat
and prevent decubitus ulcers. The market for specialty beds and
support surfaces include the acute care centers, long-term care
centers, nursing home centers and
35
home healthcare settings. Medical support surfaces are designed
to have preventative
and/or
therapeutic uses. Four basic product categories are:
|
|
|
|
|
Alternating pressure mattress
replacements: Mattresses which can be used for
therapy or prevention and are typically manufactured using air
cylinders or a combination of air cylinders and foam. Systems
are designed to inflate every other cylinder while contiguous
cylinders deflate in an alternating pattern. The alternating
inflation and deflation prevents sustained pressure on an area
of skin by shifting pressure from one area to another. Typically
a control unit is included in an alternating pressure system
that provides automatic changes in the distribution of air
pressure. While today this segment represents a small portion of
the overall market for medical support surfaces, Anodynes
management expects it to grow rapidly, due to the superior
therapeutic and preventative benefits of alternating pressure
and increased focus on the prevention and treatment of bed
sores. Anodyne produces a range of alternating pressure mattress
replacements.
|
|
|
|
Low air loss mattress replacements: Mattresses
that allow air to flow from the mattress and adjust support
according to the patients weight and position. Low air
loss systems may provide additional features such as controlled
air leakage, which reduces skin moisture levels, and lateral
rotation which can aid in patient turning and reduces risks
associated with fluid building up in a patients lungs.
Anodyne currently produces low air loss mattress systems which
management believes provides the only low air loss product on
the market that gets air to the patients skin directly
through a patented process.
|
|
|
|
Static mattress replacement systems: Consists
of mattresses which have no powered elements. Their support
material can be composed of foam, air, water, gel or a
combination of the two. In the case of water or gel materials,
they are held in place with containment bladders. Static
mattress replacement systems distribute a patients body
weight to lessen forces on pressure points. These products
currently comprise the majority of support surfaces. Currently
Anodyne manufactures a broad range of foam based static mattress
systems.
|
|
|
|
Mattress overlays and positioning
devices: These products are gel based, foam based
or air filled surfaces which help to position patients and
prevent the development of bed sores through reducing heat,
sheer and moisture. Overlays reduce the incidence of bed sores
by providing air to the patients skin
and/or
dispersion of pressure through the use of foams and gels.
Positioning devices are used to position patients for procedures
as well as to minimize the likelihood of developing a pressure
ulcer during those procedures. Anodyne offers a complete range
of foam based mattress overlay and positioning devices.
|
Competition
The competition in the medical support surfaces market is based
on product performance, price and durability. Other factors may
include the technological ability of a manufacturer to customize
their product offering to meet the needs of large distributors.
Anodyne competes with over 70 manufacturers of varying sizes who
then sell predominantly through distributors to the acute care,
long term care and home health care markets. Specific
competitors include Gaymar Industries, Inc., Span America and
WCW, Inc. and other smaller competitors. Anodyne differentiates
itself from these competitors based on the quality of the
products it manufacturers as well as its ability to produce a
full line of foam and air mattresses and positioning devices.
While many manufacturers specialize in the production of a
single type of support surface, as skills required to develop
and manufacture products vary by materials used, Anodyne is able
to offer its customers a full spectrum of support surfaces. In
addition, Anodynes management believes that its multiple
locations provides it with a competitive advantage due to its
ability to offer standard products nationwide.
The medical support surfaces industry is very fragmented and
comprised of approximately 70 participants of varying sizes who
predominantly sell through distributors to hospitals, long term
care and home health care organizations. Anodyne differentiates
itself from these competitors based on the quality of its
products, its broad offering and geographic expanse. The
companies listed below have been identified by management as
Anodynes primary competitors.
36
Span America Medical Systems (NASDAQ:
SPAN): ($52 million in fiscal 2006
sales) Span Americas medical division predominantly makes
foam mattress overlays and replacement mattresses, including the
PressureGuard therapeutic mattress, Span-Aid patient positioners
(used to elevate and support body parts) and Dish
pressure-relief seat cushions to aid wound healing. Span America
also supplies safety catheters and makes specialty packaging
products for use in outdoor furniture.
WCW, Inc.: WCW produces foam and air
mattresses for medical and consumer bedding. WCWs consumer
bedding activities focus on the development of viscoelastic foam
beds. Anodynes medical segment produces foam, air and
combination support surfaces and is a major supplier to KCI.
Gaymar Industries, Inc.: Gaymar, a
portfolio company of private equity firm Nautic Partners,
develops, manufactures and markets medical devices for
temperature and pressure ulcer management. Gaymars
pressure ulcer management system includes integrated bed
systems, mattress replacement systems, pressure relieving
overlays, lateral rotation systems, table and stretcher pads,
chair cushions and heel care devices.
Business
Strategies
Anodynes management is focused on strategies to grow
revenues, improve operating efficiency and to improve gross
margins. Of particular note, Anodyne has completed four
acquisitions since its inception and believes that numerous
benefits to consolidation exist within the support surfaces
industry. The following is a discussion of these strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
Offer customers high quality, consistent product, on a
national basis Products produced by Anodyne and
its competitors are typically bulky in nature and may not be
conducive to shipping. Management believes that many of its
competitors do not have the scale or resources required to
produce support surfaces for national distributors and believes
that customers value manufacturers with the scale and
sophistication required to meet these needs.
|
|
|
|
Leverage scale to provide industry leading research and
development Medical support surfaces are
becoming increasingly advanced in nature. Anodynes
management believes that many smaller competitors do not have
the resources required to effectively meet the changing needs of
their customers and believes that increased scale acquired
though acquisitions will allow it to better serve its customers
through industry leading research and development.
|
|
|
|
Pursue cost savings through scale purchasing and operational
improvements As many of the products used to
manufacture medical support surfaces are standard in nature
management believes that increased scale achieved through
acquisitions will allow it to benefit from lower cost of
materials and therefore lower cost of sales. In addition,
management believes that there are opportunities to improve the
operations of smaller acquired entities and in turn benefit from
production efficiencies.
|
Research
and Development
Anodyne develops products both independently and in partnership
with large distribution intermediaries. Initial steps of product
development are typically made independently. Larger
distribution market participants will typically require further
product development to ensure mattress systems have the desired
properties while smaller distributors will tend to buy more
standardized products. Anodyne has seven dedicated
professionals, including individuals focused on process
engineering, design engineering, and electrical engineering,
working on the development of the companys next generation
of support surfaces.
Anodyne increasingly works with large distributors to develop
the next generation of products, effectively positioning and
integrating itself within their customers research and
development initiatives. The customers demand innovative
products with clinical efficacy. The new product development
process often requires
12-18 months
of research, engineering and testing cooperation. Anodyne will
provide technical support and repair services for its products
as well, a differentiating characteristic valued by its
customers. While contracts with large distributors typically do
not include minimum purchase orders, the agreements call for
rolling forecasts of orders to be given at the end of each month
for the following three months.
37
Customers
Support surfaces are primarily sold through distributors to
acute care (hospitals) facilities, long term care facilities and
home health care organizations. The acute care distribution
market for support surfaces is dominated by large suppliers such
as Stryker Corporation, Hillenbrand Industries Inc. and Kinetic
Concepts, Inc. Beyond national distribution intermediaries there
are numerous smaller local distributors who will purchase more
standardized support surfaces from Anodyne as quantities ordered
may not be adequate to justify further development and
customization.
Anodyne has developed a full range of support surface products
that are sold or rented to healthcare distributors and
occasionally sold directly to the end customer. Anodyne also
provides technical support and repair services for its products,
an offering valued by all customers. While contracts with large
distributors typically do not include minimum purchase orders,
agreements typically call for rolling forecasts of orders to be
given at the end of each month for the following three months.
Over 20% of Anodynes sales have been to one customer in
2007.
Suppliers
Anodynes two primary raw materials used are polyurethane
foam and fabric (primarily nylon and polycarbonate fabrics).
Among Anodynes largest suppliers are Foamex International,
Inc. and Future Foam, Inc. Anodyne uses multiple suppliers for
foam and fabric and believes that these raw materials are in
adequate supply and are available from many suppliers at
competitive prices.
Intellectual
Property
Many of Anodynes products are patent protected in the
United States. Anodyne has five patents issued, filed from 1996
to 2005, and has seven filed and pending patents.
Regulatory
Environment
The Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the FDCA),
and regulations issued or proposed there under, provide for
regulation by the Food and Drug Administration (the
FDA) of the marketing, manufacture, labeling,
packaging and distribution of medial devices, including
Anodynes products. These regulations require, among other
things that medical device manufacturers register with the FDA,
list devices manufactured by them, and file various inspections
by regulatory authorities and must comply with good
manufacturing practices as required by the FDA and state
regulatory authorities. Anodynes management believes that
the company is in substantial compliance with all applicable
regulations.
Employees
As of December 31, 2007, Anodyne employed 132 persons
in all its locations. In addition, there were 233 leased
employees consisting primarily of production employees. None of
Anodynes employees are subject to collective bargaining
agreements. We believe that Anodynes relationship with its
employees is good.
CBS
Personnel
Overview
CBS Personnel, headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio, is a provider
of temporary staffing services in the United States. CBS
Personnel also provides its clients with other complementary
human resource service offerings such as employee leasing
services, permanent staffing and temporary-to-permanent
placement services. Currently, CBS Personnel operates 140 branch
locations in various cities in 18 states. CBS Personnel and
its subsidiaries have been associated with quality service in
their markets for more than 30 years.
CBS Personnel serves over 4,000 corporate and small business
clients and on an average week places over 23,000 temporary
employees in a broad range of industries, including
manufacturing, transportation, retail, distribution,
warehousing, automotive supply, and construction, industrial,
healthcare and financial sectors. We believe the quality of CBS
Personnels branch operations and its strong sales force
provide CBS Personnel with a
38
competitive advantage over other placement services. CBS
Personnels senior management, collectively, has
approximately 80 years of experience in the human resource
outsourcing industry and other closely related industries.
On January 21, 2008, CBS Personnel acquired all of the
outstanding equity interests of Staffmark Investment LLC and
Staffmark has become a wholly-owned subsidiary of CBS Personnel.
Staffmark is a leading provider of commercial staffing services
in the United States. Staffmark provides staffing services in
over 30 states through more than 200 branches and
on-site
locations. The majority of Staffmarks revenues are derived
from light industrial staffing, with the balance of revenues
derived from administrative and transportation staffing,
permanent placement services and managed solutions. Similar to
CBS Personnel, Staffmark is one of the largest privately held
staffing companies in the United States. CBS Personnel repaid
approximately $80 million of Staffmark indebtedness and
issued approximately $47.9 million of CBS personnel common
stock representing approximately 28% of CBS Personnels
outstanding common stock, on a fully diluted basis.
For the full fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and
December 31, 2006, CBS Personnel had revenues of
approximately $569.9 million and $551.1 million, and
operating income of $22.5 million and $23.2 million,
respectively. CBS Personnel had total assets of
$146.4 million at December 31, 2007. Revenues from CBS
Personnel represented 62.1% and 85.8% of our total revenues for
2007 and 2006, respectively.
History
of CBS Personnel
In August 1999, CGI acquired Columbia Staffing through a newly
formed holding company. Columbia Staffing is a provider of light
industrial, clerical, medical, and technical personnel to
clients throughout the southeast. In October 2000, CGI acquired
through the same holding company CBS Personnel Services, Inc, a
Cincinnati-based provider of human resources outsourcing. CBS
Personnel Services, Inc. began operations in 1971 and is a
provider of temporary staffing services in Ohio, Kentucky and
Indiana, with a particularly strong presence in the metropolitan
markets of Cincinnati, Dayton, Columbus, Lexington, Louisville,
and Indianapolis. The name of the holding company that made
these acquisitions was later changed to CBS Personnel Holdings,
Inc.
In 2004, CBS Personnel expanded geographically through the
acquisition of Venturi Staffing Partners (VSP),
formerly a wholly owned subsidiary of Venturi Partners Inc. VSP
is a provider of temporary staffing, temp-to-hire and permanent
placement services operating through branch offices located
primarily in economically diverse metropolitan markets including
Boston, New York, Atlanta, Charlotte, Houston and Dallas, as
well as both Southern and Northern California.
Approximately 60% of VSPs temporary staffing revenue
related to the clerical staffing, 24% related to light
industrial staffing and the remaining 16% related to
niche/other. Based on its geographic presence, VSP was a
complementary acquisition for CBS Personnel as their combined
operations did not overlap and the merger created a more
national presence for CBS Personnel. In addition, the
acquisition helped diversify CBS Personnels revenue base
to be more balanced between the clerical and light industrial
staffing, representing approximately 40% and 46%, respectively,
of the business post-acquisition.
In November 2006, CBS Personnel acquired substantially all of
the assets of Strategic Edge Solutions (SES). This
acquisition gave CBS Personnel a presence in the Baltimore, MD
area while significantly increasing its presence in the Chicago,
IL area. SES derives the majority of its revenues from the light
industrial market.
On January 21, 2008, CBS Personnel acquired all of the
outstanding equity interests of Staffmark Investment LLC.
Similar to CBS Personnel, Staffmark is a leading provider of
commercial staffing services in the United States. Staffmark
provides staffing services in over 30 states through over
200 branches and
on-site
locations. The majority of Staffmarks revenues are derived
from light industrial staffing, with the balance of revenues
derived from administrative and transportation staffing,
permanent placement services and managed solutions. Staffmark
has branch offices in 27 states and we estimate that it
will have 2007 revenues of approximately $580 million.
Industry
According to Staffing Industry Analysts, Inc., the staffing
industry generated approximately $128 billion in revenues
in 2006. The staffing industry is comprised of four product
lines: (i) temporary staffing; (ii) employee
39
leasing; (iii) permanent placement; and
(iv) outplacement, representing approximately 75.0%, 9.0%,
15.0% and 1% of the market, respectively. The temporary staffing
business grew by 9.7% in 2006 according to Staffing Industry
Analysts, Inc. Over 97% of CBS Personnels revenues are
generated in temporary staffing.
CBS Personnel competes largely in the light industrial and
clerical categories of the temporary staffing product line. The
light industrial category is comprised of providers of unskilled
and semi-skilled workers to clients in manufacturing,
distribution, logistics and other similar industries. The
clerical category is comprised of providers of administrative
personnel, data entry professionals, call center employees,
receptionists, clerks and similar employees.
According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, or BLS,
more jobs were created in professional and business services,
(which includes staffing), than in any other industry between
1992 and 2002. Further, BLS has projected that the professional
and business services sector is expected to be the second
fastest growing sector of the economy between 2002 and 2012.
Companies today are operating in a more global and competitive
environment, which requires them to respond quickly to
fluctuating demand for their products and services. As a result,
companies seek greater workforce flexibility translating to an
increasing demand for temporary staffing services. We believe
this growing demand for temporary staffing should remain
consistent in the near future as temporary staffing becomes an
integral component of corporate human capital strategy.
Services
CBS Personnel provides temporary staffing services tailored to
meet each clients unique staffing requirements. CBS
Personnel maintains a strong reputation in its markets for
providing complete staffing services that includes both high
quality candidates and superior client service. CBS
Personnels management believes it is one of only a few
staffing services companies in each of its markets that is
capable of fulfilling the staffing requirements of both small,
local clients and larger, regional or national accounts. To
position itself as a key provider of human resources to its
clients, CBS Personnel has developed an approach to service that
focuses on:
|
|
|
|
|
providing excellent service to existing clients in a consistent
and efficient manner;
|
|
|
|
cross selling service offerings to existing clients to increase
revenue per client;
|
|
|
|
marketing services to prospective clients to expand the client
base; and
|
|
|
|
providing incentives to employees through well-balanced
incentive and bonus plans to encourage increased sales per
client and the establishment of new client relationships.
|
CBS Personnel offers its clients a broad range of staffing
services including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
temporary staffing services in categories such as light
industrial, clerical, healthcare, construction, transportation,
professional and technical staffing;
|
|
|
|
employee leasing and related administrative services; and
|
|
|
|
temporary-to-permanent and permanent placement services.
|
Temporary
Staffing Services
CBS Personnel endeavors to understand and address the individual
staffing needs of its clients and has the ability to serve a
wide variety of clients, from small companies with specific
personnel needs to large companies with extensive and varied
requirements. CBS Personnel devotes significant resources to the
development of customized programs designed to fulfill the
clients need for certain services with quality personnel
in a prompt and efficient manner. CBS Personnels primary
temporary staffing categories are described below.
|
|
|
|
|
Light Industrial A substantial portion of CBS
Personnels temporary staffing revenues are derived from
the placement of low-to mid-skilled temporary workers in the
light industrial category, which comprises primarily the
distribution
(pick-and-pack)
and light manufacturing (such as assembly-line work in
factories) sectors of the economy. Approximately 58% and 50% of
CBS Personnels temporary staffing
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
revenues were derived from light industrial for the fiscal years
ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Clerical CBS Personnel provides clerical
workers that have been screened, reference-checked and tested
for computer ability, typing speed, word processing and data
entry capabilities. Clerical workers are often employed at
client call centers and corporate offices. Approximately 31% and
37% of CBS Personnels temporary staffing revenues were
derived from clerical for the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006 respectively.
|
|
|
|
Technical CBS Personnel provides placement
candidates in a variety of skilled technical capacities,
including plant managers, engineering management, operations
managers, designers, draftsmen, engineers, materials management,
line supervisors, electronic assemblers, laboratory assistants
and quality control personnel. Approximately 3% and 4% of CBS
Personnels temporary staffing revenues were derived from
technical for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and
2006, respectively.
|
|
|
|
Healthcare Through its expert placement
agents in its Columbia Healthcare division, CBS Personnel
provides trained candidates in the following healthcare
categories: medical office personnel, medical technicians,
rehabilitation professionals, management and administrative
personnel and radiology technicians, among others. Approximately
2% of CBS Personnels temporary staffing revenues were
derived from healthcare for the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006.
|
|
|
|
Niche/Other In addition to the light
industrial, clerical, healthcare and technical categories, CBS
Personnel also provides certain niche staffing services, placing
candidates in the skilled industrial, construction and
transportation sectors, among others. CBS Personnels wide
array of niche service offerings allows it to meet a broad range
of client needs. Moreover, these niche services typically
generate higher margins for CBS Personnel. Approximately 6% and
7% of CBS Personnels temporary staffing revenues were
derived from niche/other for the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
|
As part of its service offerings, CBS Personnel provides an
on-site
program to clients employing, generally 50 to 75, or more of its
temporary employees. The
on-site
program manager works full-time at the clients location to
help manage the clients temporary staffing and related
human resources needs and provides detailed administrative
support and reporting systems, which reduce the clients
workload and costs while allowing its management to focus on
increasing productivity and revenues. CBS Personnels
management believes this
on-site
program offering creates strong relationships with its clients
by providing consistency and quality in the management of
clients human resources and administrative functions. In
addition, through its
on-site
program, CBS Personnel often gains visibility into the demand
for temporary staffing services in new markets, which has helped
management identify possible areas for geographic expansion.
Employee
Leasing Services
Employee Leasing Services while accounting for less than 2% of
CBS Personnels total revenue in 2007 and 2006 provides a
valuable complementary product offering to its temporary
staffing services. Through the employee leasing and
administrative service offerings of its Employee Management
Services, or EMS, division, CBS Personnel provides
administrative services, handling the clients payroll,
risk management, unemployment services, human resources support
and employee benefit programs. This results in reduced
administrative requirements for employers and, most importantly,
by having EMS take over the non-productive administrative
burdens of an organization, affords clients the ability to focus
on their core businesses.
EMS also offers a full line of benefits for employers to provide
to their employees, including medical, dental, vision,
disability, life insurance, 401(k) retirement and other premium
options. As a result of economies of scale, clients are offered
multiple plan and premium options at affordable rates. CBS
Personnels clients have the flexibility to determine what
benefits to offer and how to implement the program in order to
attract more qualified employees
41
Temporary-to-Permanent
and Permanent Staffing Services
Complementary to its temporary staffing and employee leasing
services, CBS Personnel offers temporary-to-permanent and
permanent placement services, often as a result of requests made
through its temporary staffing activities. In addition,
temporary workers will sometimes be hired on a permanent basis
by the clients to whom they are assigned. CBS Personnel earns
fees for permanent placements, in addition to the revenues
generated from providing these workers on a temporary basis
before they are hired as permanent employees.
Competitive
Strengths
CBS Personnel has established itself as strong and dependable
providers of staffing and other resource services by responding
to its customers staffing needs in a timely and cost
effective manner. A key to CBS Personnels success has been
its long history as well as the number of offices it operates in
each of its markets. This strategy has allowed CBS Personnel to
build a premium reputation in each of its markets and has
resulted in the following competitive strengths:
|
|
|
|
|
Large Employee Database/Customer List Over
the course of its history, CBS Personnels management
believes CBS Personnel has built a significant presence in most
of its markets in terms of both clients and employees. CBS
Personnel is successful in recruiting additional employees
because of its reputation as having numerous job openings with a
wide variety of clients. CBS Personnel attracts clients through
its reputation as having a large database of reliable employees
with a wide ranging skill set. CBS Personnels employee
database and client list have been built over a number of years
in each of its markets and serve as a major competitive strength
in most of its markets.
|
|
|
|
Higher Operating Margins By establishing
multiple offices in the majority of the markets in which it
operates, CBS Personnel is able to better leverage its selling,
general and administrative expenses at the regional and field
level and create higher operating income margins than its less
dense competitors.
|
|
|
|
Scalable Business Model By having multiple
office locations in each of its markets, CBS Personnel is able
to quickly scale its business model in both good and bad
economic environments. For example, in 2001 and 2002 during the
economic downturn, CBS Personnel was able to close offices and
reduce overhead expenses while shifting business to adjacent
offices. For competitors with only one office per market,
closing an office requires abandoning the clients and employees
in that market. During 2001 and 2002, CBS Personnel was able to
reduce its overhead costs by approximately 13% while maintaining
its presence in each of its markets and retaining its clients
and employees.
|
|
|
|
Marketing Synergies By having a number of
offices in the majority of its markets, CBS Personnel allocates
additional resources to marketing and selling and amortizes
those costs over a larger office network. For example, while
many of its competitors use selling branch managers who split
time between operations and sales, CBS Personnel uses outside
sales reps that are exclusively focused on bringing in new sales.
|
Business
Strategies
CBS Personnels business strategy is to (i) leverage
its position in its existing markets, (ii) build a presence
in contiguous markets, and (iii) pursue and selectively
acquire other staffing resource providers.
|
|
|
|
|
Invest in its Existing Markets In many of its
existing markets, CBS Personnel has multiple branch locations.
CBS Personnel plans on continuing to invest in these existing
markets through the opening of additional branch locations and
the hiring of additional sales and operations employees. In
addition, CBS personnel is offering complementary human resource
services to its existing clients such as full time recruiting,
consulting, and administrative outsourcing. CBS Personnel has
implemented an incentive plan that highly rewards its employees
for selling services beyond its traditional temporary staffing
services.
|
|
|
|
Build a Presence in Contiguous Markets CBS
Personnel plans on opening new branch locations in markets
contiguous to those in which it operates. CBS Personnel believes
that the cost and time required to
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
establish profitable branch locations is minimized through
expansion into contiguous markets as costs associated with
advertising and administrative overhead are reduced due to
proximity.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pursue Selective Acquisitions CBS Personnel
views acquisitions, such as the SES acquisition in November 2006
and
Staffmark in January 2008, as attractive means to enter into a
new geographical market, and in the case of Staffmark,
increasing its market share in existing markets
|
Clients
CBS Personnel serves over 4,000 clients in a broad range of
industries, including manufacturing, technical, transportation,
retail, distribution, warehousing, automotive supply,
construction, industrial, healthcare services and financial.
These clients range in size from small, local firms to large,
regional or national corporations. One of CBS Personnels
largest clients is Chevron Corporation, which accounted for 7%
of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007. None of
CBS Personnels other clients individually accounted for
more than 5% of its revenues for the years ended
December 31, 2007 or 2006. CBS Personnels client
assignments can vary from a period of a few days to long-term,
annual or multi-year contracts. We believe CBS Personnel has a
strong relationship with its clients.
Sales,
Marketing and Recruiting Efforts
CBS Personnels marketing efforts are principally focused
on branch-level development of local business relationships.
Local salespeople are incentivized to recruit new clients and
increase usage by existing clients through their compensation
programs, as well as through numerous contests and competitions.
Regional or Company-based specialists are utilized to assist
local salespeople in closing potentially large accounts,
particularly where they may involve an
on-site
presence by CBS Personnel. On a regional and national level,
efforts are made to expand and align its services to fulfill the
needs of clients with multiple locations, which may also include
using
on-site CBS
Personnel professionals and the opening of additional offices to
better serve a clients broader geographic needs.
CBS Personnel actively recruits in each community in which it
operates, through educational institutions, evening and weekend
interviewing and open houses. At the corporate level, CBS
Personnel maintains an in-house web-based job posting and resume
process which facilitates distribution of job descriptions to
national and local online job boards. Individuals may also
submit a resume through CBS Personnels website.
At each branch location, local salespeople are incentivized to
recruit new clients and increase usage by existing clients
through their compensation programs, as well as through numerous
contests and competitions. Regional or company-based marketing
specialists are utilized to assist local salespeople in closing
potentially large accounts, particularly when it may involve an
on-site
presence by CBS Personnel.
Upon winning an engagement, particularly for clients with larger
temporary staffing assignments (10+ temporary workers), a CBS
Personnel staff member will arrive
on-site to
register all employees hired for a particular assignment. If,
for any reason, not all employees assigned to the job site
arrive, the
on-site CBS
Personnel staff member can immediately react and oftentimes
correct the shortfall within a matter of hours, ensuring that
100% of a clients staffing needs are fulfilled.
CBS Personnels marketing activities are designed to
effectively service and reach all current and prospective
clients at the local, regional and national level, resulting in
brand recognition and loyalty throughout many levels of a
clients organization.
Following a prospective employees identification, CBS
Personnel systematically evaluates each candidate prior to
placement. The employee application process includes an
interview, skills assessment test, education verification and
reference verification, and may include drug screening and
background checks depending upon customer requirements.
43
Competition
The temporary staffing industry is highly fragmented and,
according to the U.S. Census Bureau in 2002, was comprised
of approximately 11,500 service providers, the vast majority of
which generate less than $10 million in annual revenues.
Staffing services firms with more than 10 establishments account
for only 1.6% of the total number of service providers, or
187 companies, but generate 49.3% of revenues in the
temporary staffing industry. The largest publicly owned
companies specializing in temporary staffing services are
Adecco, Kelly Services Inc., Allegis Group, Manpower, and Robert
Half. The employee leasing industry consists of approximately
4,200 service providers. Our largest national competitors in
employee leasing include Administaff, Inc., Gevity HR, and the
employee leasing divisions of large business service companies
such as Automatic Data Processing, Inc., and Paychex, Inc.
CBS Personnel competes with both large national and small, local
staffing companies in its markets for clients. Competition in
the temporary staffing industry revolves around quality of
service, reputation and price. Notwithstanding this level of
competition, CBS Personnels management believes CBS
Personnel benefits from a number of competitive advantages,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
multiple offices in its core markets;
|
|
|
|
long-standing relationships with its clients;
|
|
|
|
a large database of qualified temporary workers which enables
CBS Personnel to fill orders rapidly;
|
|
|
|
well-recognized brands and leadership positions in its core
markets; and
|
|
|
|
a reputation for treating employees well and offering
competitive benefits.
|
Numerous competitors, both large and small, have exited or
significantly reduced their presence in many of CBS
Personnels markets. CBS Personnels management
believes that this trend has resulted from the increasing
importance of scale, client demands for broader services and
reduced costs, and the difficulty that the strong positions of
market leaders, such as CBS Personnel, present for competitors
attempting to grow their client base.
CBS Personnel also competes for qualified employee candidates in
each of the markets in which it operates. Management believes
that CBS Personnels scale and concentration in each of its
markets provides it with recruiting advantages. Key among the
factors affecting a candidates choice of employers is the
likelihood of reassignment following the completion of an
initial engagement. CBS Personnel typically has numerous clients
with significantly different hiring patterns in each of its
markets, increasing the likelihood that it can reassign
individual employees and limit the amount of time an employee is
in transition. As employee referrals are a key component of its
recruiting efforts, management believes local market share is
also key to its ability to identify qualified candidates.
Trade
names
CBS Personnel uses the following
tradenames: CBS
Personneltm,
CBS Personnel
Servicestm,
Columbia
Staffingtm,
Columbia Healthcare
Servicestm,
and Venturi Staffing
Partners. We
believe these trade names have strong brand equity in their
markets and have significant value to CBS Personnels
business.
44
Facilities
CBS Personnel, headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio, currently
provides staffing services through all 140 of its branch offices
located in 18 states. Average revenue per branch was
approximately $3.5 million in 2007 and 88% of the branches
were profitable. The following table shows the number of branch
offices located in each state in which CBS Personnel operates
and the employee hours billed by those branch offices for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Employee Hours
|
|
State
|
|
Branch Offices
|
|
|
Billed
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Ohio
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
10,984
|
|
California
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
3,647
|
|
Kentucky
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
4,067
|
|
Texas
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
4,163
|
|
Illinois
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
1,811
|
|
South Carolina
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
1,960
|
|
North Carolina
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
2,011
|
|
Indiana
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
1,744
|
|
Maryland
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
1094
|
|
Pennsylvania
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
1,127
|
|
Massachusetts
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
326
|
|
Georgia
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
390
|
|
Virginia
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1,034
|
|
Alabama
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
482
|
|
New Jersey
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
New York
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
558
|
|
Tennessee
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
Washington
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
All of the above branch offices, along with CBS Personnels
principal executive offices in Cincinnati, Ohio, are leased.
Lease terms are typically three to five years. CBS Personnel
does not anticipate any difficulty in renewing these leases or
in finding alternative sites in the ordinary course of business.
With regard to the recent Staffmark acquisition a significant
majority of the branches are not in overlapping markets.
Regulatory
Environment
In the United States, temporary employment services firms are
considered the legal employers of their temporary workers.
Therefore, state and federal laws regulating the
employer/employee relationship, such as tax withholding and
reporting, social security and retirement, equal employment
opportunity and Title VII Civil Rights laws and
workers compensation, including those governing
self-insured employers under the workers compensation
systems in various states, govern CBS Personnels
operations. By entering into a co-employer relationship with
employees who are assigned to work at client locations, CBS
Personnel assumes certain obligations and responsibilities of an
employer under these federal and state laws. Because many of
these federal and state laws were enacted prior to the
development of nontraditional employment relationships, such as
professional employer, temporary employment, and outsourcing
arrangements, many of these laws do not specifically address the
obligations and responsibilities of nontraditional employers. In
addition, the definition of employer under these
laws is not uniform.
Although compliance with these requirements imposes some
additional financial risk on CBS Personnel, particularly with
respect to those clients who breach their payment obligation to
CBS Personnel, such compliance has not had a material adverse
impact on CBS Personnels business to date. CBS Personnel
believes that its operations are in compliance in all material
respects with applicable federal and state laws.
45
Workers
Compensation Program
As the employer of record, CBS Personnel is responsible for
complying with applicable statutory requirements for
workers compensation coverage. State law (and for certain
types of employees, federal law) generally mandates that an
employer reimburse its employees for the costs of medical care
and other specified benefits for injuries or illnesses,
including catastrophic injuries and fatalities, incurred in the
course and scope of employment. The benefits payable for various
categories of claims are determined by state regulation and vary
with the severity and nature of the injury or illness and other
specified factors. In return for this guaranteed protection,
workers compensation is considered the exclusive remedy
and employees are generally precluded from seeking other damages
from their employer for workplace injuries. Most states require
employers to maintain workers compensation insurance or
otherwise demonstrate financial responsibility to meet
workers compensation obligations to employees.
In many states, employers who meet certain financial and other
requirements may be permitted to self-insure. CBS Personnel
self-insures its workers compensation exposure for a
portion of its employees. Regulations governing self-insured
employers in each jurisdiction typically require the employer to
maintain surety deposits of government securities, letters of
credit or other financial instruments to support workers
compensation claims in the event the employer is unable to pay
for such claims.
As an employer with self-insurance and large deductible plans
for workers compensation, CBS Personnels workers
compensation expense is tied directly to the incidence and
severity of workplace injuries to its employees. CBS Personnel
seeks to contain its workers compensation costs through a
proactive front-end client selection process in order to
mitigate the acceptance of high risk situations together with an
aggressive approach to claims management, including assigning
injured workers, whenever possible, to short-term assignments
which accommodate the workers physical limitations,
performing a thorough and prompt
on-site
investigation of claims filed by employees, working with
physicians to encourage efficient medical management of cases,
denying questionable claims and attempting to negotiate early
settlements to mitigate contingent and future costs and
liabilities. Higher costs for each occurrence, either due to
increased medical costs or duration of time, may result in
higher workers compensation costs to CBS Personnel with a
corresponding material adverse effect on its financial
condition, business and results of operations.
Employees
As of December 31, 2007, CBS Personnel employed
approximately 98 individuals in it its corporate staff and
approximately 724 staff members in its branch locations. During
the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, CBS Personnel
placed, on average, over 23,000 temporary personnel on
engagements of varying durations on a weekly basis. None of CBS
Personnels employees are subject to collective bargaining
agreements. We believe that CBS personnels relationship
with its employees is good.
Temporary employees placed by CBS Personnel are generally CBS
Personnels employees while they are working on
assignments. As the employer of its temporary employees, CBS
Personnel maintains responsibility for applicable payroll taxes
and the administration of the employees share of such
taxes.
HALO
Overview
Headquartered in Sterling, IL, HALO is an independent provider
of customized drop-ship promotional products in the
U.S. and operates under the well-known brand names of HALO
and Lee Wayne. Through an extensive group of dedicated sales
professionals, HALO serves as a one-stop shop for over 40,000
customers throughout the U.S. HALO is involved in the
design, sourcing, management and fulfillment of promotional
products across several product categories, including apparel,
calendars, writing instruments, drink ware and office
accessories. HALOs sales professionals work with customers
and vendors to develop the most effective means of communicating
a logo or marketing message to a target audience. A large
majority of products sold are drop shipped, reducing the
companys inventory risk.
46
We believe HALO is the largest promotional products business in
the customized, drop ship sub-sector of the highly fragmented
$18.7 billion domestic promotional products market.
HALOs size and scale enables specialization and efficiency
in back office functions that cannot be replicated by smaller,
independent operators. This scale generates purchasing power
with vendors and allows HALO to consolidate purchases across its
client base to achieve improved product pricing.
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and
December 31, 2006, HALO had net sales of approximately
$144.3 million and $115.6 million, and operating
income of $6.4 million and $6.1 million, respectively.
Since February 28, 2007, the date of our acquisition, HALO
had revenues of $128.4 million and operating income of
$7.0 million. HALO had total assets of $104.5 million
at December 31, 2007. Revenues from HALO represented 14.0%
of our total revenues for 2007.
History
of HALO
HALO was founded in 1952 under its predecessor Lee Wayne
Corporation. Lee Wayne Corporation was acquired in the early
1990s by HA-LO Industries, Inc., a provider of advertising and
marketing services. In 2004, the entity formed to acquire the
domestic promotional product assets of HA-LO Industries, Inc.
was renamed HALO Branded Solutions, Inc.
Industry
Promotional products provide companies with targeted marketing
and long term exposure. Given the effectiveness of this type of
brand endorsement, approximately 95% of companies use some form
of promotional product as a component of their overall marketing
strategy, according to the Promotional Products Association
International (PPAI).. In contrast to general
advertising, promotional products enable targeted marketing to
individuals and yield long term exposure from repeated use.
According to PPAI and The Freedonia Group the promotional
products industry has grown at a CAGR of 9.2% since 1992 and is
approximately $18.8 billion in size. Growth has been driven
by the efficacy of promotional products in creating and
enhancing brand awareness.
The promotional products industry generally involves
coordination between suppliers, distributors and account
executives. Suppliers manufacture promotional goods either
internally or through outsourced manufacturers and produce
catalogs for account executives to use when selling products.
Following receipt of a product order, representatives work with
their respective distributors to administer and process the
transaction, typically following up to ensure delivery.
HALO competes in a sub-sector of the promotional products market
that consists of merchandise which is customized or decorated
with logos, team names or special events. While nearly any
consumer product can serve as a marketing tool when branded, a
majority of promotional products sold are in the apparel,
writing instruments, calendars, drink ware, business accessories
or bag categories. Management believes the promotional products
distribution industry is fragmented, with over 18,000
distributors in the United States, the considerable majority of
which are small firms with one to five account executives,
generating sales of under $2.5 million.
The market can be broadly segregated into two large service
categories: drop ship and program or fulfillment. A drop ship
order is typically one time in nature and may be related to an
event or single marketing campaign. Drop ship distributors do
not take inventory of the product; instead, sales
representatives assist customers in designing a solution to
achieve its marketing objective, such as brand or company
awareness, customer acquisition or customer retention. Drop ship
distributors then source the product from one of thousands of
suppliers to the industry, arrange the necessary embroidering,
decorating, or other customization, and coordinate delivery to
the client. Alternatively, providers of fulfillment services
develop larger programs that involve corporate branding or
incentive programs. Fulfillment distributors design programs
with the customer, take inventory of product and ship over time
to customer locations as requested.
Products
and Services
HALO is one of the leading providers of promotional products
that stimulate brand awareness, customer acquisition, and
customer retention. HALO offers drop ship and fulfillment
services, although drop ship services
47
comprise a large majority of revenue. Through a sales force that
has both broad geographic coverage and deep industry expertise,
HALO provides promotional products to thousands of companies in
the U.S. and Canada.
Examples
of Common Promotional Products
|
|
|
Categories
|
|
Examples
|
|
Apparel
|
|
Jackets, sweaters, hats, golf shirts
|
Business Accessories
|
|
Calculators, briefcases, desk accessories
|
Calendars
|
|
Wall and desk calendars, appointment planners
|
Writing Instruments
|
|
Pens, pencils, markers, highlighters
|
Recognition Awards
|
|
Trophies, plaques
|
Other Items
|
|
Crystal ware, key chains, watches, mugs, golf accessories
|
HALO and its sales professionals assist customers in identifying
and designing promotional products that increase the awareness
and appeal of brands, products, companies and organizations.
HALO salespeople regularly play a consultative role with
customers in the development of promotional materials, resulting
in an array of product sourcing. HALO also provides fulfillment
services on a selective basis.
As a result of its focus on automation, management has
implemented what it believes to be an industry leading and
proprietary information system to supplement HALOs
customer service operation. The system is tailored to support
the unique needs of its customers and provides the flexibility
required to integrate an acquisition or respond to a customer
demand. The information system supports all aspects of the
business, including order processing, billing, accounting,
fulfillment and inventory management.
Competitive
Strengths
HALO has established itself as a leading distributor in the
promotional products industry. HALOs management believes
the following factors differentiate it from many industry
competitors.
|
|
|
|
|
Industry Leading, Scalable Back Office Infrastructure
HALOs management team believes that an
important factor in attracting and retaining high quality
account executives is providing an efficient and effective order
processing and administrative system. HALOs customer
service organization provides critical support functions for its
sales force including order entry, product sourcing, order
tracking, vendor payment, customer billing and collections.
HALOs scale in the industry has allowed it to make
information technology and personnel investments to create a
sophisticated infrastructure that management believes
differentiates it from many smaller industry participants.
|
|
|
|
Diverse Customer Base Characterized by Long-Standing
Relationships HALOs revenue base possesses
little customer, end market or geographic concentration. It
currently does business with over 30,000 customers in various
end markets. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007,
HALOs top ten customers represented less than 20% of its
revenues. HALOs team of account executives are often
deeply involved in their local communities and possess deep and
long standing relationships with customers of all sizes.
|
|
|
|
Extensive Relationships with a Broad Base of Suppliers
HALOs management believes its
relationships with a wide range of suppliers of promotional
products allows HALO to offer its end customers the most
complete line of items in the industry.
|
Business
Strategies
|
|
|
|
|
Attract and Retain Account Executives As
HALOs infrastructure is relatively fixed in nature, it can
derive significant incremental contribution from the addition of
account executives. Further, HALOs management believes it
has developed a combination of service and compensation that
allows it to offer account executives a value proposition
superior to those offered by its competitors.
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
Optimize the Productivity of Account Executives
The management team of HALO continuously strives
to increase the productivity of its account executives. HALO
routinely provides its account executives with marketing support
tools and training. In addition, for larger accounts, HALO works
with account executives to develop proprietary solutions that
allow customers to better measure and track their programs,
thereby increasing their loyalty.
|
|
|
|
Selectively Acquire and Integrate HALOs
management believes that HALO is well positioned to take
advantage of the industrys fragmentation and economies of
scale. In the past, HALO has achieved significant synergies by
acquiring and integrating other distributors. Recognizing this
opportunity, HALOs management team is constantly
evaluating potential acquisition opportunities.
|
Customers
HALO has developed relationships with a diverse base of over
40,000 customers. HALOs customers include a number of
Fortune 500 companies as well as privately held businesses
that rely on HALO as their sole marketing services provider.
Sales to HALOs top ten customers comprised fewer than 20%
of total sales in 2007.
Sales
and Marketing
HALOs revenue is generated through its sales force, which
consults directly with clients to develop a solution that best
meets their needs for each order
and/or
utilizes HALOs infrastructure to build customized websites
that act as online company stores. HALOs back office
receives orders from internal sales representative via phone,
fax or email. HALOs tracking systems allow sales
representatives to ensure that products are drop shipped
directly from the vendor to the customer on time. HALOs
salespeople are based throughout the U.S. in order to
better serve a geographically diverse customer base.
Competition
We believe HALO is the largest drop ship promotional products
distributor in the U.S. Management believes the promotional
products distribution industry is fragmented, with over 18,000
distributors in the United States, the considerable majority of
which are small firms with one to five account executives,
generating sales of under $2.5 million. Industry players
can be segmented into the following categories, or a combination
thereof:
|
|
|
|
|
Full Service Companies that provide a wide
array of services to a range of customers, including
multinational clients. Full service offerings include both the
drop shipment and fulfillment business models. HALO is a full
service distributor.
|
|
|
|
Inventory Based Distributors that provide
inventory programs for large corporations. Inventory based
providers are generally capital intensive, often requiring a
large investment to maintain a broad inventory of SKUs.
|
|
|
|
Franchisers Distributors that process and
finance orders for a franchise fee. Franchisers do not offer
back office support and typically attract distributors with
lower credit profiles and those with available time to perform
customer service functions.
|
|
|
|
Consumer Products Manufacturers Some customer
product manufacturers provide promotional products. Consumer
product manufacturers, for whom promotional products is a
non-core business, do not customarily invest in the necessary
infrastructure to meet the support needs of industry sales
professionals.
|
Competition in the promotional product industry revolves around
product assortment, price, customer service and reliable order
execution. In addition, given the intimate relationships account
executives enjoy with their customers, industry participants
also compete to retain and recruit top earners who posses a
meaningful existing book of business.
Suppliers
HALO purchases products and services from over
3,000 companies. No individual supplier accounted for more
than 5% of purchases in the year ended December 31, 2007.
49
Employees
As of December 31, 2007, HALO employed approximately
380 full-time employees and approximately 770 independent
sales representatives. Of the full-time employees, approximately
219 were in sales and distribution, 31 were in purchasing, with
the remainder serving in executive and administrative office
capacities. None of HALOs employees are subject to
collective bargaining agreements. We believe that HALOs
relationship with its employees is good.
Silvue
Overview
Silvue, headquartered in Anaheim, California, is a developer and
producer of proprietary, high performance liquid coating systems
used in the high-end eyewear, aerospace, automotive and
industrial markets. Silvues coating systems can be applied
to a wide variety of materials, including plastics, such as
polycarbonate and acrylic, glass, metals and other substrate
surfaces. Silvues coating systems impart properties, such
as abrasion resistance, improved durability, chemical
resistance, ultraviolet, or UV protection, anti-fog and impact
resistance, to the materials to which they are applied. Due to
the fragile and sensitive nature of many of todays
manufacturing materials, particularly polycarbonate, acrylic and
PET-plastics, these properties are essential for manufacturers
seeking to significantly enhance product performance, durability
or particular features.
Silvue owns eight patents relating to its coating systems and
maintains a primary or exclusive supply relationship with many
of the significant eyewear manufacturers in the world, as well
as numerous manufacturers in other consumer industries. Silvue
has sales and distribution operations in the United States,
Europe and Asia and has manufacturing operations in the United
States and Asia. Silvues coating systems are marketed
under the name SDC
Technologiestm
and the brand names
Silvue®,
CrystalCoat®,
Statuxtm
and
Resinreleasetm.
Silvue has also trademarked its marketing phrase high
performance
chemistryTM.
Silvues senior management, collectively, has approximately
80 years of experience in the global hardcoatings and
closely related industries.
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and
December 31, 2006, Silvue had revenues of approximately
$22.5 million and $24.1 million, and operating income
of $6.5 million and $6.3 million, respectively. Silvue
had total assets of $30.0 million at December 31,
2007. Revenues from Silvue represented 2.5% and 3.8% of our
total revenues for 2007 and 2006, respectively.
History
of Silvue
Silvue was founded in 1986 as a joint venture between Swedlow,
Inc. (acquired by Pilkington, plc in 1986), a manufacturer of
commercial and military aircraft transparencies and aerospace
components, and Dow Corning Corporation to commercialize
existing hardcoating technologies that were not core
technologies to the business of either company. In December
1988, Silvue entered into a 50%-owned joint venture with Nippon
Sheet Glass Co., LTD., located in Chiba, Japan, to create Nippon
ARC to develop and provide coatings systems for the ophthalmic,
sunglass, safety eyewear and transportation industries in Asia.
In 1996, Silvue completed development work on its Ultra-Coat
platform, which was a new type of hardcoating that, while
leveraging core technologies developed in 1986, offered
considerable performance advancements over systems that were
then available in the marketplace. The first patent establishing
the Ultra-Coat platform was filed in April 1997, and additional
patents were filed building upon the Ultra-Coat platform in
1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 and 2003.
A subsidiary of CGI acquired a majority interest in Silvue in
September 2004 through an investment of preferred and common
stock. On April 1, 2005, Silvue acquired the remaining 50%
interest in Nippon ARC for approximately $3.6 million. The
acquisition of Nippon ARC provides Silvue with a presence in
Asia and the opportunity to further penetrate growing Asian
markets, particularly in China.
50
Industry
Silvue operates in the global hardcoatings industry in which
manufacturers produce high performance liquid coatings to impart
certain properties to the products of other manufacturers.
Silvues management estimates that the global market for
addressable vision eyewear coating market generates
approximately $63 million in annual revenues and is highly
fragmented among various manufacturers. Silvues management
believes that the hardcoatings industry will continue to
experience growth as the use of existing materials requiring
hardcoatings to enhance durability and performance continues to
grow, new materials requiring hardcoatings are developed and new
uses of hardcoatings are discovered. Silvues management
also expects additional growth in the industry as manufacturers
continue to outsource the development and application of
hardcoatings used on their products. The end-product markets
served by hardcoatings primarily include the vision, fashion,
safety and sports eyewear, medical products, automotive and
transportation window glazing, plastic films, electronic
devices, fiberboard manufacturing and metal markets.
While many substrates, including polycarbonate plastic, possess
key properties that make the useful in a range of applications,
they are also relatively susceptible to certain types of damage,
such as scratches and abrasions. In addition, these materials
cannot be manufactured in the first instance to satisfy
specified performance requirements, such as tintability and
refractive index matching properties. As a result,
polysiloxan-based hardcoating systems, including Silvues,
were developed specifically to overcome these problems. Once
applied, the hardcoat gives the underlying substrate a tough,
damage-resistant surface and other durable properties, such as
improved resistance to the effects of scratches, chemicals, such
as solvents, gasoline and oils, and indoor and outdoor elements,
such as UV radiation and humidity. Other hardcoats can provide
certain performance enhancing characteristics, such as
anti-fogging, anti-static and non-stick (or surface
release) properties.
Today, coating systems are used principally in applications
relating to soft, easily damaged polycarbonate plastics.
Polycarbonate plastic is a lightweight, high-performance plastic
found in commonly used items such as eyeglasses and sunglasses,
automobiles, interior and exterior lighting, cell phones,
computers and other business equipment, sporting goods, consumer
electronics, household appliances, CDs, DVDs, food storage
containers and bottles. This tough, durable, shatter- and
heat-resistant material is commonly used for a myriad of
applications and is found in thousands of every day products, as
well as specialized and custom-made products.
Beyond polycarbonate plastic applications, hardcoatings can be
used with respect to numerous other materials. For example,
recent growth has been seen in sales to manufacturers of
aluminum wheels, as these coatings have been shown to reduce the
effects of normal wear and tear and significantly improve
durability and overall appearance. In addition, manufacturers
have begun to increase the use of hardcoatings in their
manufacturing processes where non-stick surfaces are
crucial to production efficiencies and improved product quality.
Products
A hardcoating is a liquid coating that upon settling
during application and curing, imparts the desired performance
properties on certain materials. The exact composition of the
hardcoating is dependent on the material to which it will be
applied and the properties that are sought. Silvues
coating systems typically require either a thermal or an
ultraviolet cure process, depending on the substrate being
coated. Generally, both curing processes impart the desired
performance properties. However, thermal cure systems typically
result in better scratch and abrasion resistance and long-term
environmental durability.
Silvue produces and develops high-performance coating systems
designed to enhance a products damage-resistance or
performance properties. Silvue has developed the following
standard product systems that are available to its customers:
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue and CrystalCoat these products are
either non-tintable or tintable and impart index matching and
anti-fogging properties;
|
|
|
|
Statux this product imparts anti-static
properties; and
|
|
|
|
Resinrelease this product imparts
non-stick or surface release properties.
|
51
In addition, Silvue also develops custom formulations of the
products described above for customer specific applications.
Specific formulations of Silvues product systems are often
required where customers seek to have specific damage-resistance
or performance properties for their products, where particular
substrates, such as aluminum, require a custom formation to
achieve the desired result or where the particular application
process or environment requires a custom formulation.
Silvues coating systems can be applied to various
materials including polycarbonate, acrylic, glass, metals and
other surfaces. Currently, Silvues coating systems are
used in the manufacture of the following industry products:
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive CrystalCoat coatings are used on a
variety of automotive and transit applications, including
instrument panel windows, bus shelters, rail car windows, and
bus windows. These coatings are used primarily to impart
long-term durability, chemical resistance and scratch and
abrasion resistance properties.
|
|
|
|
Electronics CrystalCoat coatings are used for
electronic application surfaces, from liquid crystal displays to
cell phone windows. These coatings are used primarily to impart
scratch and abrasion resistance properties.
|
|
|
|
Opthalmic lenses CrystalCoat coatings are
used for vision corrective lenses and other optical
applications. These coatings are used primarily to impart high
scratch and abrasion resistance properties and UV protection
while matching the optical properties of the underlying material
to reduce interference. Silvue produces both tintable and
non-tintable coatings.
|
|
|
|
Safety CrystalCoat coatings are used for
safety applications. These coatings are used primarily to impart
anti-fog characteristics. Silvue offers a high performance
water sheeting anti-fog coating that is specifically
designed to meet a customers specific standards and
testing requirements.
|
|
|
|
Sunglasses and Sports Eyewear CrystalCoat
coatings are used for sunglasses and sports eyewear. These
coatings are used primarily to impart scratch and abrasion
resistance properties, UV protection and anti-fog
characteristics. CrystalCoat coatings can be used on tinted or
clear materials.
|
Research
and Development and Technical Services
Silvues
on-site
laboratories provide special testing, research and development
and other technical services to meet the technology requirements
of its customers. There are currently approximately
21 employees devoted to research, development and technical
service activities. Silvue had research and development costs of
approximately $1.5 and $1.1 million for the fiscal years
ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Silvues research and development is primarily targeted
towards three objectives:
|
|
|
|
|
improving existing products and processes to lower costs,
improving product quality, and reducing potential environmental
impact;
|
|
|
|
developing new product platforms and processes; and
|
|
|
|
developing new product lines and markets through applications
research.
|
In 2002, Silvue created a new group, known as the
Discovery and Innovation Group, with primary focus
on the discovery of new technologies and sciences, and the
innovation of those findings into useful applications and
beneficial results. In addition, Silvue provides the following
technical services to its customers:
|
|
|
|
|
application engineering and process support;
|
|
|
|
equipment and process design;
|
|
|
|
product and formulation development and customization;
|
|
|
|
test protocols and coating qualifications;
|
|
|
|
rapid response for customer technical support;
|
|
|
|
analytical testing and competitive product assessment;
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
quality assurance testing and reporting; and
|
|
|
|
manufacturing support.
|
These services are primarily provided as a means of customer
support; however, in certain circumstances Silvue may receive
compensation for these technical services.
Competitive
Strengths
Silvue has established itself as one of the principal providers
of high performance coating systems by focusing on satisfying
its customers requirements, regardless of complexity or
difficulty. Silvues management believes it benefits from
the following competitive strengths:
|
|
|
|
|
Extensive Patent Portfolio Silvue owns
eighteen U.S. patents relating to its coating systems,
including six patents relating to its core Ultra-Coat platform
systems. Beyond its existing 18 U.S. patents, Silvue has
three patents pending and two provisional patents. Products
related to patents represent approximately 61% of Silvues
net sales and are relied upon by eyewear manufacturers
worldwide. Silvue aggressively defends these patents and
management believes they represent a barrier to entry for new
products and that they reduce the threat of similar coating
products gaining market share.
|
|
|
|
Superior Technical Skills and Expertise
Silvue has invested in a team of experts who are
ready to support its customers specific application needs
from new product uses to the optimization of part design for
coating application.
|
|
|
|
Reputation for Quality and Service
Silvues on-going commitment to producing
quality coatings and its ability to meet the rigorous
requirements of its most valued customers has earned it a
reputation as one of the principal providers of coatings for
premium eyewear.
|
|
|
|
Global Presence Silvue works with its
customers from three offices in North America, Asia and Europe.
Many of Silvues customers have numerous manufacturing
operations globally and management believes its ability to offer
its coating systems and related customer service on a global
basis is a competitive advantage.
|
|
|
|
ISO 9002 Certified Silvues Anaheim,
California, and Chiba, Japan manufacturing facilities are ISO
9002 certified, which is a universally accepted quality
assurance designation indicating the highest quality
manufacturing standards.
|
|
|
|
Experienced Management Team Silvues
senior management has extensive experience in all aspects of the
coating industry. The senior management team, collectively, has
approximately 80 years of experience in the global
hardcoatings and closely related industries.
|
Business
Strategies
Silvues management is focused on strategies to expand
opportunities for product application and diversify in its
business and operations. The following is a discussion of these
strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
Develop New Products and Expand into New Markets
Silvues management believes that Silvue is
one of the principal developers of proprietary high performance
coating systems for polycarbonate plastic, glass, acrylic,
metals and other materials, and is focused on growth through
continued product innovation to provide greater functionality or
better value to its customers. Driven by input from customers
and the demands of the marketplace, Silvues technology
development programs are designed to provide an expanding choice
of coating systems to protect and enhance existing materials and
materials developed in the future. As an example of
Silvues commitment to product innovation, in 2002, Silvue
created a new group with primary focus on the discovery of new
technologies and sciences, and the innovation of those findings
into useful applications and beneficial results. This group,
which is known as the Discovery and Innovation
Group, is charged with exploring new coatings and coating
applications while advancing the state-of-the-art in functional
surface coating technologies, nanotechnologies and materials
science.
|
|
|
|
Pursue Opportunities for Business Development and Global
Diversification Silvue recently had in place and
continues to pursue opportunities for joint ventures, equity
investments and other alliances. These
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
strategic initiatives are expected to diversify and strengthen
Silvues business by providing access to new markets and
high-growth areas as well as providing an efficient means of
ensuring that Silvue is involved in technological innovation in
or related to the coating systems industry. Silvue is committed
to pursuing these initiatives in order to capitalize on new
business development and global diversification opportunities.
|
Customers
As a result of the variety of end uses for its products,
Silvues client base is broad and diverse. Silvue has more
than 180 customers around the world and approximately 70% of its
net sales in 2007 were attributable to approximately ten
customers. Though Silvue does not typically operate under
long-term contracts, it focuses on establishing long-term,
customer service oriented relationships with its strategic
customers in order to become their preferred supplier. As its
customers continue to focus on quality and service,
Silvues past performance and long-term improvement
programs should further strengthen customer relationships.
Customer relationships are typically long-term as substantial
resources are required to integrate a coating system and
technology into a manufacturing process and the costs associated
with switching coating systems and technology are generally
high. Following the merger of two large customers, which are
both manufacturers of optical lenses, Silvues single
largest customer represents approximately 13.6% and 14.5% of its
2007 and 2006 net sales, respectively. This customer has
had a close relationship with Silvue for many years in both
North America and Europe.
The following table sets forth Silvues approximate
customer breakdown by industry for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 Customer
|
|
|
2006 Customer
|
|
Industry
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
Performance eyewear and sunglasses
|
|
|
74
|
%
|
|
|
88
|
%
|
Automotive
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
and Marketing
Silvue targets the highly desirable, but technically demanding,
premium sector of the coating market. The desirability of this
sector is based on three factors. First, customers in this
sector desire proprietary formulations that impart a specific
list of properties to an end product and supplier
confidentiality. Silvues highly skilled technical sales
force, and research and development group work together to use
Silvues proprietary high performance coating systems to
develop these unique formulations. Although in most cases Silvue
will sell each such formulation only to the customer for whom it
was originally designed, Silvue retains all ownership rights to
the product.
Second, each coating system has its own processing
peculiarities. As a result, creating the coating itself only
represents a portion of the product development process. Once
the coating is ready for use, it then has to be made compatible
with each customers coating equipment and application
process. In this respect, once a coating system has been
implemented, switching coating systems may require significant
costs.
Third, Silvues products are both one of the key quality
drivers and one of the smallest cost components of any end
product. These three factors work together to provide
substantial protection for Silvues prices, margins and
customer relationships. Once integrated into a customers
production process, Silvue becomes an embedded partner and an
integral part of such customers business and operations.
To service the needs of its customers, Silvue maintains a
technical sales force, a technical support group and a research
and development staff. Through the efforts of, and collaboration
between, these individuals, Silvue becomes a partner to its
existing customers, devises customized application solutions for
new customer prospects and develops new products and product
applications. Silvue hired a Chief Marketing Officer in 2007 to
accelerate growth opportunities with existing clients as well as
with new clients that represent new end product applications.
54
To formalize the relationship among the various departments of
Silvues customer centric workforce and to further improve
customer partnerships, in 2003 Silvue created the Trusted
Advisor program. In the past four years, the program has
become part of Silvues culture; it provides customers with
an extension of their internal research and development
departments and enhances customers hardcoating application
processes through
on-site
collaboration between Silvues personnel and customer
employees. Silvues Trusted Advisor program acts as a
catalyst for customers in generating new ideas and exploring
concepts, resulting in innovative proprietary hardcoating
solutions. By working
on-site with
its customers, Silvue has successfully created a customer
integrated research and development process, a streamlined
supply-chain and an efficient hardcoating application process
which yields the highest quality end product for its customers.
Competition
The global hardcoatings industry is highly fragmented. In
addition, the markets for the products currently manufactured
and sold by Silvue are characterized by extensive competition.
Many existing and potential competitors have greater financial,
marketing and research resources than Silvue.
Specific competitors of Silvues in the North American
ophthalmic market include Lens Technology Inc., Ultra Optics,
Inc., Essilor International S.A., Hoya Corporation and other
small coating manufacturers. Silvue differentiates itself from
these primary competitors by its focus on coatings. Management
believes that Silvues premium ophthalmic coating net sales
are greater than those of any one competitor. Essilor and Hoya,
two large competitors, are lens manufacturers who have added
hardcoating capabilities in an effort to sell both coated and
uncoated lenses. Others provide coatings as an extension of
coating equipment sales.
Customers choose a hardcoating supplier based on a number of
factors, including performance of the hardcoating relative to
the particular substrate being used or the use of the substrate
once coated. Performance may be determined by scratch
resistance, chemical resistance, impact resistance,
weatherability or numerous other factors. Other factors
affecting customer choice include the compatibility of the
hardcoating to their process (including ease of application,
throughput and method of application) and the level and quality
of customer service. While price is a factor in all purchasing
decisions, hardcoating costs generally represent a small portion
of a total product cost such that Silvues management
believes price is often not the determining factor in a purchase
decision.
Suppliers
Raw material costs constituted approximately 16% of net sales
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively. The principal raw materials purchased are alcohol
based solvent systems, silica derived materials and proprietary
additives. Although Silvue makes substantial purchases of raw
materials from certain suppliers, the raw materials purchased
are basic chemical inputs and are relatively easy to obtain from
numerous alternative sources on a global basis. As a result,
Silvue is not dependent on any one of its suppliers for its
operations.
Intellectual
Property
Currently, most of Silvues coatings are patent-protected
in the United States and internationally. Silvue owns eighteen
patents in the United States related to coating systems.
Additionally, Silvue has multiple foreign filings for the
majority of its U.S. patents issued and pending. The
cornerstone of Silvues intellectual property portfolio is
the initial patents that established the Ultra-Coat platform,
which were filed in 1997 and 1998. Patents in the United States
have a lifetime of up to 21 years depending on the date
filed. During 2007 approximately 61% of Silvues net sales
are driven by products that are under patent protection and 25%
by products under expired patents; the remaining 14% of net
sales are driven by products covered by trade secrets. To
protect its products, Silvue patents not only the chemical
formula but also the associated application process. There can
be no assurance that current or future patent protection will
prevent competitors from offering competing products, that any
issued patents will be upheld, or that patent protection will be
granted in any or all of the countries in which applications may
be made.
Although Silvues management believes that patents are
useful in maintaining competitive position, management considers
other factors, such as its brand names, ability to design
innovative products and technical expertise to be Silvues
primary competitive advantages.
55
Silvues coating systems are marketed under the name SDC
Technologiestm
and the brand names
Silvue®,
CrystalCoat®,
Statuxtm
and
Resinreleasetm.
Silvue has also trademarked its marketing phrase high
performance
chemistrytm.
These trade names have strong brand equity and are materially
important to Silvue.
As disclosed in our prospectus filed in connection with our
Initial Public Offering, in 2006 Asahi Lite Optical
(ALO) issued a notification to all lens
manufacturers that the use of a certain type of coating on
certain types of lenses would infringe on a U.S. patent
issued to ALO. Silvue has reviewed ALOs patent and has
determined that Silvue is not infringing on any valid property
rights of ALO. Since our initial public offering, Silvue has
filed a patent opposition with the European patent office and a
patent re-examination request in the U.S. Patent and
Trademark Office with respect to the ALO patent. Silvue does not
believe that its business will be materially adversely impacted
by these matters
Regulatory
Environment
Silvues facilities and operations are subject to extensive
and constantly evolving federal, state and local environmental
and occupational health and safety laws and regulations,
including laws and regulations governing air emissions,
wastewater discharges and the storage and handling of chemicals
and hazardous substances. Although Silvues management
believes that Silvue is in compliance, in all material respects,
with applicable environmental and occupational health and safety
laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that new
requirements, more stringent application of existing
requirements or discovery of previously unknown environmental
conditions will not result in material environmental
expenditures in the future.
Employees
As of December 31, 2007, Silvue employed approximately
58 persons. Of these employees, approximately 9 were in
production or shipping and approximately 21 were in research and
development and technical support with the remainder serving in
executive, administrative office and sales capacities. None of
Silvues employees are subject to collective bargaining
agreements. We believe that Silvues relationship with its
employees is good.
Risks
Related to Our Business and Structure
We are
a Company with limited history and may not be able to continue
to successfully manage our businesses on a combined
basis.
We were formed on November 18, 2005 and have conducted
operations since May 16, 2006. Although our management team
has, collectively, over 75 years of experience in acquiring
and managing small and middle market businesses, our failure to
continue to develop and maintain effective systems and
procedures, including accounting and financial reporting
systems, to manage our operations as a consolidated public
company, may negatively impact our ability to optimize the
performance of our Company, which could adversely affect our
ability to pay distributions to our shareholders. In addition,
in that case, our consolidated financial statements might not be
indicative of our financial condition, business and results of
operations.
Our
consolidated financial statements will not include meaningful
comparisons to prior years.
Our audited financial statements only include consolidated
results of operations and cash flows for the year ended
December 31, 2007 and the period from May 16, 2006
through December 31, 2006. Consequently, meaningful
year-to-year comparisons are not available and will not be
available, at the earliest, until the completion of fiscal 2008.
Our
future success is dependent on the employees of our Manager and
the management teams of our businesses, the loss of any of whom
could materially adversely affect our financial condition,
business and results of operations.
Our future success depends, to a significant extent, on the
continued services of the employees of our Manager, most of whom
have worked together for a number of years. While our Manager
will have employment agreements
56
with certain of its employees, including our Chief Financial
Officer, these employment agreements may not prevent our
Managers employees from leaving or from competing with us
in the future. Our Manager does not have an employment agreement
with our Chief Executive Officer.
The future success of our businesses also depends on their
respective management teams because we operate our businesses on
a stand-alone basis, primarily relying on existing management
teams for management of their day-to-day operations.
Consequently, their operational success, as well as the success
of our internal growth strategy, will be dependent on the
continued efforts of the management teams of the businesses. We
provide such persons with equity incentives in their respective
businesses and have employment agreements
and/or
non-competition agreements with certain persons we have
identified as key to their businesses. However, these measures
may not prevent the departure of these managers. The loss of
services of one or more members of our management team or the
management team at one of our businesses could materially
adversely affect our financial condition, business and results
of operations.
We are
exposed to risks relating to evaluations of controls required by
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002.
We are required to comply with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. While we have concluded that at
December 31, 2007 we have no material weaknesses in our
internal controls over financial reporting we cannot assure you
that we will not have a material weakness in the future. A
material weakness is a control deficiency, or
combination of significant deficiencies that results in more
than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the
annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or
detected. If we fail to maintain a system of internal controls
over financial reporting that meets the requirements of
Section 404, we might be subject to sanctions or
investigation by regulatory authorities such as the SEC or by
the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC. Additionally, failure to comply
with Section 404 or the report by us of a material weakness
may cause investors to lose confidence in our financial
statements and our stock price may be adversely affected. If we
fail to remedy any material weakness, our financial statements
may be inaccurate, we may not have access to the capital
markets, and our stock price may be adversely affected.
We
face risks with respect to the evaluation and management of
future platform or add-on acquisitions..
A component of our strategy is to continue to acquire additional
platform subsidiaries, as well as add-on businesses for our
existing businesses. Generally, because such acquisition targets
are held privately, we may experience difficulty in evaluating
potential target businesses as the information concerning these
businesses is not publicly available. In addition, we and our
subsidiary companies may have difficulty effectively managing or
integrating acquisitions. We may experience greater than
expected costs or difficulties relating to such acquisition, in
which case, we might not achieve the anticipated returns from
any particular acquisition, which may have a material adverse
effect on our financial condition, business and results of
operations.
We may
not be able to successfully fund future acquisitions of new
businesses due to the lack of availability of debt or equity
financing at the Company level on acceptable terms, which could
impede the implementation of our acquisition strategy and
materially adversely impact our financial condition, business
and results of operations.
In order to make future acquisitions, we intend to raise capital
primarily through debt financing at the Company level,
additional equity offerings, the sale of stock or assets of our
businesses, and by offering equity in the Trust or our
businesses to the sellers of target businesses or by undertaking
a combination of any of the above. Since the timing and size of
acquisitions cannot be readily predicted, we may need to be able
to obtain funding on short notice to benefit fully from
attractive acquisition opportunities. Such funding may not be
available on acceptable terms. In addition, the level of our
indebtedness may impact our ability to borrow at the Company
level. Another source of capital for us may be the sale of
additional shares, subject to market conditions and investor
demand for the shares at prices that we consider to be in the
interests of our shareholders. These risks may materially
adversely affect our ability to pursue our acquisition strategy
successfully and materially adversely affect our financial
condition, business and results of operations.
57
While
we intend to make regular cash distributions to our
shareholders, the Companys board of directors has full
authority and discretion over the distributions of the Company,
other than the profit allocation, and it may decide to reduce or
eliminate distributions at any time, which may materially
adversely affect the market price for our shares.
To date, we have declared and paid quarterly distributions, and
although we intend to pursue a policy of paying regular
distributions, the Companys board of directors has full
authority and discretion to determine whether or not a
distribution by the Company should be declared and paid to the
Trust and in turn to our shareholders, as well as the amount and
timing of any distribution. In addition, the management fee,
profit allocation and put price will be payment obligations of
the Company and, as a result, will be paid, along with other
Company obligations, prior to the payment of distributions to
our shareholders. The Companys board of directors may,
based on their review of our financial condition and results of
operations and pending acquisitions, determine to reduce or
eliminate distributions, which may have a material adverse
effect on the market price of our shares.
We
will rely entirely on receipts from our businesses to make
distributions to our shareholders.
The Trusts sole asset is its interest in the Company,
which holds controlling interests in our businesses. Therefore,
we are dependent upon the ability of our businesses to generate
earnings and cash flow and distribute them to us in the form of
interest and principal payments on indebtedness and
distributions on equity to enable us, first, to satisfy our
financial obligations and, second, and to make distributions to
our shareholders. The ability of our businesses to make
distributions to us may be subject to limitations under laws of
the jurisdictions in which they are incorporated or organized.
If, as a consequence of these various restrictions, we are
unable to generate sufficient distributions from our businesses,
we may not be able to declare, or may have to delay or cancel
payment of, distributions to our shareholders.
We do not own 100% of our businesses. While the Company is to
receive cash payments from our businesses which are in the form
of interest payments, debt repayment and dividends and
distributions, if any dividends or distributions were to be paid
by our businesses, they will be shared pro rata with the
minority shareholders of our businesses and the amounts of
distributions made to minority shareholders would not be
available to us for any purpose, including Company debt service
or distributions to our shareholders. Any proceeds from the sale
of a business will be allocated among us and the minority
shareholders of the business that is sold.
The
Companys board of directors will have the power to change
the terms of our shares in its sole discretion in ways with
which you may disagree.
As an owner of our shares, you may disagree with changes made to
the terms of our shares, and you may disagree with the
Companys board of directors decision that the
changes made to the terms of the shares are not materially
adverse to you as a shareholder or that they do not alter the
characterization of the Trust. Your recourse, if you disagree,
will be limited because our Trust Agreement gives broad
authority and discretion to our board of directors. However, the
Trust Agreement does not relieve the Companys board
of directors from any fiduciary obligation that is imposed on
them pursuant to applicable law. In addition, we may change the
nature of the shares to be issued to raise additional equity and
remain a fixed-investment trust for tax purposes.
Certain
provisions of the LLC Agreement of the Company and the Trust
Agreement make it difficult for third parties to acquire control
of the Trust and the Company and could deprive you of the
opportunity to obtain a takeover premium for your
shares.
The amended and restated LLC Agreement of the Company, which we
refer to as the LLC Agreement, and the amended and restated
Trust Agreement of the Trust, which we refer to as the
Trust Agreement, contain a number of provisions that could
make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or may
discourage a third party from acquiring, control of the Trust
and the Company. These provisions include, among others:
|
|
|
|
|
restrictions on the Companys ability to enter into certain
transactions with our major shareholders, with the exception of
our Manager, modeled on the limitation contained in
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or
DGCL;
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
allowing the chairman of the Companys board of directors
to fill vacancies on the Companys board of directors until
the second annual meeting of shareholders following the closing
of our initial public offering;
|
|
|
|
allowing only the Companys board of directors to fill
newly created directorships, for those directors who are elected
by our shareholders, and allowing only our Manager, as holder of
the allocation interests, to fill vacancies with respect to the
class of directors appointed by our Manager;
|
|
|
|
requiring that directors elected by our shareholders be removed,
with or without cause, only by a vote of 85% of our shareholders;
|
|
|
|
requiring advance notice for nominations of candidates for
election to the Companys board of directors or for
proposing matters that can be acted upon by our shareholders at
a shareholders meeting;
|
|
|
|
having a substantial number of additional authorized but
unissued shares that may be issued without shareholder action;
|
|
|
|
providing the Companys board of directors with certain
authority to amend the LLC Agreement and the
Trust Agreement, subject to certain voting and consent
rights of the holders of trust interests and allocation
interests;
|
|
|
|
providing for a staggered board of directors of the Company, the
effect of which could be to deter a proxy contest for control of
the Companys board of directors or a hostile
takeover; and
|
|
|
|
limitations regarding calling special meetings and written
consents of our shareholders.
|
These provisions, as well as other provisions in the LLC
Agreement and Trust Agreement may delay, defer or prevent a
transaction or a change in control that might otherwise result
in you obtaining a takeover premium for your shares.
We may
have conflicts of interest with the minority shareholders of our
businesses.
The boards of directors of our respective businesses have
fiduciary duties to all their shareholders, including the
Company and minority shareholders. As a result, they may make
decisions that are in the best interests of their shareholders
generally but which are not necessarily in the best interest of
the Company or our shareholders. In dealings with the Company,
the directors of our businesses may have conflicts of interest
and decisions may have to be made without the participation of
directors appointed by the Company, and such decisions may be
different from those that we would make.
Our
third party credit facility exposes us to additional risks
associated with leverage and inhibits our operating flexibility
and reduces cash flow available for distributions to our
shareholders.
At December 31, 2007, we had approximately
$150 million of Term Debt outstanding and no outstanding
borrowings on our Revolving Credit Facility. We expect to
increase our level of debt in the future. The terms of our
Revolving Credit Facility contains a number of affirmative and
restrictive covenants that, among other things, require us to:
|
|
|
|
|
Maintain a minimum level of cash flow;
|
|
|
|
leverage new businesses we acquire to a minimum specified level
at the time of acquisition;
|
|
|
|
keep our total debt to cash flow at or below a ratio of 3.5 to
1; and
|
make acquisitions that satisfy certain specified minimum
criteria.
If we violate any of these covenants, our lender may accelerate
the maturity of any debt outstanding and we may be prohibited
from making any distributions to our shareholders. Such debt is
secured by all of our assets, including the stock we own in our
businesses and the rights we have under the loan agreements with
our businesses. Our ability to meet our debt service obligations
may be affected by events beyond our control and will depend
primarily upon cash produced by our businesses. Any failure to
comply with the terms of our indebtedness could materially
adversely affect us.
59
Changes
in interest rates could materially adversely affect
us.
Our Credit Agreement bears interest at floating rates which will
generally change as interest rates change. We bear the risk that
the rates we are charged by our lender will increase faster than
the earnings and cash flow of our businesses, which could reduce
profitability, adversely affect our ability to service our debt,
cause us to breach covenants contained in our Revolving Credit
Facility and reduce cash flow available for distribution, any of
which could materially adversely affect us.
We may
engage in a business transaction with one or more target
businesses that have relationships with our officers, our
directors, our Manager or CGI, which may create potential
conflicts of interest.
We may decide to acquire one or more businesses with which our
officers, our directors, our Manager or CGI have a relationship.
While we might obtain a fairness opinion from an independent
investment banking firm, potential conflicts of interest may
still exist with respect to a particular acquisition, and, as a
result, the terms of the acquisition of a target business may
not be as advantageous to our shareholders as it would have been
absent any conflicts of interest.
CGI
may exercise significant influence over the
Company.
CGI, through a wholly owned subsidiary, owns 7,025,000 or 22.3%
of our shares and may have significant influence over the
election of directors in the future.
If, in
the future, we cease to control and operate our businesses, we
may be deemed to be an investment company under the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Under the terms of the LLC Agreement, we have the latitude to
make investments in businesses that we will not operate or
control. If we make significant investments in businesses that
we do not operate or control or cease to operate and control our
businesses, we may be deemed to be an investment company under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the
Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be an investment
company, we would either have to register as an investment
company under the Investment Company Act, obtain exemptive
relief from the SEC or modify our investments or organizational
structure or our contract rights to fall outside the definition
of an investment company. Registering as an investment company
could, among other things, materially adversely affect our
financial condition, business and results of operations,
materially limit our ability to borrow funds or engage in other
transactions involving leverage and require us to add directors
who are independent of us or our Manager and otherwise will
subject us to additional regulation that will be costly and
time-consuming.
Risks
Relating to Our Manager
Our
Chief Executive Officer, directors, Manager and management team
may allocate some of their time to other businesses, thereby
causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how
much time to devote to our affairs, which may materially
adversely affect our operations.
While the members of our management team anticipate devoting a
substantial amount of their time to the affairs of the Company,
only Mr. James Bottiglieri, our Chief Financial Officer,
devotes 100% of his time to our affairs. Our Chief Executive
Officer, directors, Manager and members of our management team
may engage in other business activities. This may result in a
conflict of interest in allocating their time between our
operations and our management and operations of other
businesses. Their other business endeavors may be related to
CGI, which will continue to own several businesses that were
managed by our management team prior to our initial public
offering, or affiliates of CGI as well as other parties.
Conflicts of interest that arise over the allocation of time may
not always be resolved in our favor and may materially adversely
affect our operations. See the section entitled Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions for the
potential conflicts of interest of which you should be aware.
60
Our
Manager and its affiliates, including members of our management
team, may engage in activities that compete with us or our
businesses.
While our management team intends to devote a substantial
majority of their time to the affairs of the Company, and while
our Manager and its affiliates currently do not manage any other
businesses that are in similar lines of business as our
businesses, and while our Manager must present all opportunities
that meet the Companys acquisition and disposition
criteria to the Companys board of directors, neither our
management team nor our Manager is expressly prohibited from
investing in or managing other entities, including those that
are in the same or similar line of business as our businesses.
In this regard, the management services agreement and the
obligation to provide management services will not create a
mutually exclusive relationship between our Manager and its
affiliates, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other.
Our
Manager need not present an acquisition or disposition
opportunity to us if our Manager determines on its own that such
acquisition or disposition opportunity does not meet the
Companys acquisition or disposition
criteria.
Our Manager will review any acquisition or disposition
opportunity presented to the Manager to determine if it
satisfies the Companys acquisition or disposition
criteria, as established by the Companys board of
directors from time to time. If our Manager determines, in its
sole discretion, that an opportunity fits our criteria, our
Manager will refer the opportunity to the Companys board
of directors for its authorization and approval prior to the
consummation thereof; opportunities that our Manager determines
do not fit our criteria do not need to be presented to the
Companys board of directors for consideration. If such an
opportunity is ultimately profitable, we will have not
participated in such opportunity. Upon a determination by the
Companys board of directors not to promptly pursue an
opportunity presented to it by our Manager in whole or in part,
our Manager will be unrestricted in its ability to pursue such
opportunity, or any part that we do not promptly pursue, on its
own or refer such opportunity to other entities, including its
affiliates.
We
cannot remove our Manager solely for poor performance, which
could limit our ability to improve our performance and could
materially adversely affect the market price of our
shares.
Under the terms of the management services agreement, our
Manager cannot be removed as a result of underperformance.
Instead, the Companys board of directors can only remove
our Manager in certain limited circumstances or upon a vote by
the majority of the Companys board of directors and the
majority of our shareholders to terminate the management
services agreement. This limitation could materially adversely
affect the market price of our shares.
We may
have difficulty severing ties with our Chief Executive Officer,
Mr. Massoud.
Under the management services agreement, the Companys
board of directors may, after due consultation with our Manager,
at any time request that our Manager replace any individual
seconded to the Company and our Manager will, as promptly as
practicable, replace any such individual. However, because
Mr. Massoud is the managing member of our Manager with a
significant ownership interest therein, we may have difficulty
completely severing ties with Mr. Massoud absent
terminating the management services agreement and our
relationship with our Manager.
If the
management services agreement is terminated, our Manager, as
holder of the allocation interests in the Company, has the right
to cause the Company to purchase such allocation interests,
which may materially adversely affect our liquidity and ability
to grow.
If the management services agreement is terminated at any time
other than as a result of our Managers resignation or if
our Manager resigns on any date that is at least three years
after the closing of our initial public offering, our Manager
will have the right, but not the obligation, for one year from
the date of termination or resignation, as the case may be, to
cause the Company to purchase the allocation interests for the
put price. If our Manager elects to cause the Company to
purchase its allocation interests, we are obligated to do so
and, until we
61
have done so, our ability to conduct our business, including
incurring debt, would be restricted and, accordingly, our
liquidity and ability to grow may be adversely affected.
Our
Manager can resign on 90 days notice and we may not
be able to find a suitable replacement within that time,
resulting in a disruption in our operations that could
materially adversely affect our financial condition, business
and results of operations as well as the market price of our
shares.
Our Manager has the right, under the management services
agreement, to resign at any time on 90 days written
notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If our
Manager resigns, we may not be able to contract with a new
manager or hire internal management with similar expertise and
ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable
terms within 90 days, or at all, in which case our
operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial
condition, business and results of operations as well as our
ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected
and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the
coordination of our internal management, acquisition activities
and supervision of our businesses is likely to suffer if we are
unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single
institution or group of executives having the expertise
possessed by our Manager and its affiliates. Even if we are able
to retain comparable management, whether internal or external,
the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity
with our businesses may result in additional costs and time
delays that could materially adversely affect our financial
condition, business and results of operations.
The
liability associated with the supplemental put agreement is
difficult to estimate and may be subject to substantial
period-to-period changes, thereby significantly impacting our
future results of operations.
The Company will record the supplemental put agreement at its
fair value at each balance sheet date by recording any change in
fair value through its income statement. The fair value of the
supplemental put agreement is largely related to the value of
the profit allocation that our Manager, as holder of allocation
interests, will receive. The valuation of the supplemental put
agreement requires the use of complex financial models, which
require sensitive assumptions and estimates. If our assumptions
and estimates result in an over-estimation or under-estimation
of the fair value of the supplemental put agreement, the
resulting fluctuation in related liabilities could cause a
material adverse effect on our future results of operations.
We
must pay our Manager the management fee regardless of our
performance.
Our Manager is entitled to receive a management fee that is
based on our adjusted net assets, as defined in the management
services agreement, regardless of the performance of our
businesses. The calculation of the management fee is unrelated
to the Companys net income. As a result, the management
fee may incentivize our Manager to increase the amount of our
assets, through, for example, the acquisition of additional
assets or the incurrence of third party debt rather than
increase the performance of our businesses.
We
cannot determine the amount of the management fee that will be
paid over time with any certainty.
The management fee for the year ended December 31, 2007,
was $10.9 million. The management fee is calculated by
reference to the Companys adjusted net assets, which will
be impacted by the acquisition or disposition of businesses,
which can be significantly influenced by our Manager, as well as
the performance of our businesses and other businesses we may
acquire in the future. Changes in adjusted net assets and in the
resulting management fee could be significant, resulting in a
material adverse effect on the Companys results of
operations. In addition, if the performance of the Company
declines, assuming adjusted net assets remains the same,
management fees will increase as a percentage of the
Companys net income.
We
cannot determine the amount of profit allocation that will be
paid over time with any certainty.
We cannot determine the amount of profit allocation that will be
paid over time with any certainty. Such determination would be
dependent on the potential sale proceeds received for any of our
businesses and the performance of the Company and its businesses
over a multi-year period of time, among other factors that
cannot be predicted with certainty at this time. Such factors
may have a significant impact on the amount of any profit
allocation to be paid. Likewise, such determination would be
dependent on whether certain hurdles were surpassed
62
giving rise to a payment of profit allocation. Any amounts paid
in respect of the profit allocation are unrelated to the
management fee earned for performance of services under the
management services agreement.
The
fees to be paid to our Manager pursuant to the management
services agreement, the offsetting management services
agreements and transaction services agreements and the profit
allocation to be paid to our Manager, as holder of the
allocation interests, pursuant to the LLC Agreement may
significantly reduce the amount of cash available for
distribution to our shareholders.
Under the management services agreement, the Company will be
obligated to pay a management fee to and, subject to certain
conditions, reimburse the costs and out-of-pocket expenses of
our Manager incurred on behalf of the Company in connection with
the provision of services to the Company. Similarly, our
businesses will be obligated to pay fees to and reimburse the
costs and expenses of our Manager pursuant to any offsetting
management services agreements entered into between our Manager
and one of our businesses, or any transaction services
agreements to which such businesses are a party. In addition,
our Manager, as holder of the allocation interests, will be
entitled to receive profit allocations and may be entitled to
receive the put price. While it is difficult to quantify with
any certainty the actual amount of any such payments in the
future, we do expect that such amounts could be substantial. See
the section entitled Certain Relationships and Related
Party Transactions for more information about these
payment obligations of the Company. The management fee, profit
allocation and put price will be payment obligations of the
Company and, as a result, will be paid, along with other Company
obligations, prior to the payment of distributions to
shareholders. As a result, the payment of these amounts may
significantly reduce the amount of cash flow available for
distribution to our shareholders.
Our
Managers influence on conducting our operations, including
on our conducting of transactions, gives it the ability to
increase its fees and compensation to our Chief Executive
Officer, which may reduce the amount of cash flow available for
distribution to our shareholders.
Under the terms of the management services agreement, our
Manager is paid a management fee calculated as a percentage of
the Companys adjusted net assets for certain items and is
unrelated to net income or any other performance base or
measure. Our Manager, which Mr. Massoud, our Chief
Executive Officer, controls, may advise us to consummate
transactions, incur third party debt or conduct our operations
in a manner that, in our Managers reasonable discretion,
are necessary to the future growth of our businesses and are in
the best interests of our shareholders. These transactions,
however, may increase the amount of fees paid to our Manager. In
addition, Mr. Massouds compensation is paid by our
Manager from the management fee it receives from the Company.
Our Managers ability to increase its fees, through the
influence it has over our operations, may increase the
compensation paid by our Manager to Mr. Massoud. Our
Managers ability to influence the management fee paid to
it by us could reduce the amount of cash flow available for
distribution to our shareholders.
Fees
paid by the Company and our businesses pursuant to transaction
services agreements do not offset fees payable under the
management services agreement and will be in addition to the
management fee payable by the Company under the management
services agreement.
The management services agreement provides that our businesses
may enter into transaction services agreements with our Manager
pursuant to which our businesses will pay fees to our Manager.
See the section entitled Certain Relationships and Related
Party Transactions for more information about these
agreements. Unlike fees paid under the offsetting management
services agreements, fees that are paid pursuant to such
transaction services agreements will not reduce the management
fee payable by the Company. Therefore, such fees will be in
excess of the management fee payable by the Company.
The fees to be paid to our Manager pursuant to these transaction
service agreements will be paid prior to any principal, interest
or dividend payments to be paid to the Company by our
businesses, which will reduce the amount of cash flow available
for distributions to shareholders.
63
Our
Managers profit allocation may induce it to make
suboptimal decisions regarding our operations.
Our Manager, as holder of 100% of the allocation interests in
the Company, will receive a profit allocation based on ongoing
cash flows and capital gains in excess of a hurdle rate. In this
respect, a calculation and payment of profit allocation may be
triggered upon the sale of one of our businesses. As a result,
our Manager may be incentivized to recommend the sale of one or
more of our businesses to the Companys board of directors
at a time that may not optimal for our shareholders.
The
obligations to pay the management fee and profit allocation,
including the put price, may cause the Company to liquidate
assets or incur debt.
If we do not have sufficient liquid assets to pay the management
fee and profit allocation, including the put price, when such
payments are due, we may be required to liquidate assets or
incur debt in order to make such payments. This circumstance
could materially adversely affect our liquidity and ability to
make distributions to our shareholders.
Risks
Related to Taxation
Our
shareholders will be subject to tax on their share of the
Companys taxable income, which taxes or taxable income
could exceed the cash distributions they receive from the
Trust.
For so long as the Company or the Trust (if it is treated as a
tax partnership) would not be required to register as an
investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and
at least 90% of our gross income for each taxable year
constitutes qualifying income within the meaning of
Section 7704(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the Code), on a continuing basis, we will
be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as a
partnership and not as an association or a publicly traded
partnership taxable as a corporation. In that case our
shareholders will be subject to U.S. federal income tax
and, possibly, state, local and foreign income tax, on their
share of the Companys taxable income, which taxes or
taxable income could exceed the cash distributions they receive
from the Trust. There is, accordingly, a risk that our
shareholders may not receive cash distributions equal to their
portion of our taxable income or sufficient in amount even to
satisfy their personal tax liability those results from that
income. This may result from gains on the sale or exchange of
stock or debt of subsidiaries that will be allocated to
shareholders who hold (or are deemed to hold) shares on the day
such gains were realized if there is no corresponding
distribution of the proceeds from such sales, or where a
shareholder disposes of shares after an allocation of gain but
before proceeds (if any) are distributed by the Company.
Shareholders may also realize income in excess of distributions
due to the Companys use of cash from operations or sales
proceeds for uses other than to make distributions to
shareholders, including funding acquisitions, satisfying short-
and long-term working capital needs of our businesses, or
satisfying known or unknown liabilities. In addition, certain
financial covenants with the Companys lenders may limit or
prohibit the distribution of cash to shareholders. The
Companys board of directors is also free to change the
Companys distribution policy. The Company is under no
obligation to make distributions to shareholders equal to or in
excess of their portion of our taxable income or sufficient in
amount even to satisfy the tax liability that results from that
income.
All of
the Companys income could be subject to an entity-level
tax in the United States, which could result in a material
reduction in cash flow available for distribution to holders of
shares of the Trust and thus could result in a substantial
reduction in the value of the shares.
We do not expect the Company to be characterized as a
corporation so long as it would not be required to register as
an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940
and 90% or more of its gross income for each taxable year
constitutes qualifying income. The Company expects
to receive more than 90% of its gross income each year from
dividends, interest and gains on sales of stock or debt
instruments, including principally from or with respect to stock
or debt of corporations in which the Company holds a majority
interest. The Company intends to treat all such dividends,
interest and gains as qualifying income.
If the Company fails to satisfy this qualifying
income exception, the Company will be treated as a
corporation for U.S. federal (and certain state and local)
income tax purposes, and would be required to pay income tax at
regular corporate rates on its income. Taxation of the Company
as a corporation could result in a material
64
reduction in distributions to our shareholders and after-tax
return and, thus, could likely result in a reduction in the
value of, or materially adversely affect the market price of,
the shares of the Trust.
A
shareholder may recognize a greater taxable gain (or a smaller
tax loss) on a disposition of shares than expected because of
the treatment of debt under the partnership tax accounting
rules.
We may incur debt for a variety of reasons, including for
acquisitions as well as other purposes. Under partnership tax
accounting principles (which apply to the Company), debt of the
Company generally will be allocable to our shareholders, who
will realize the benefit of including their allocable share of
the debt in the tax basis of their investment in shares. At the
time a shareholder later sells shares, the selling
shareholders amount realized on the sale will include not
only the sales price of the shares but also the
shareholders portion of the Companys debt allocable
to his shares (which is treated as proceeds from the sale of
those shares). Depending on the nature of the Companys
activities after having incurred the debt, and the utilization
of the borrowed funds, a later sale of shares could result in a
larger taxable gain (or a smaller tax loss) than anticipated.
Our
structure involves complex provisions of U.S. federal income tax
law for which no clear precedent or authority may be available.
Our structure also is subject to potential legislative, judicial
or administrative change and differing interpretations, possibly
on a retroactive
basis.
The U.S. federal income tax treatment of holders of the
Shares depends in some instances on determinations of fact and
interpretations of complex provisions of U.S. federal
income tax law for which no clear precedent or authority may be
available. You should be aware that the U.S. federal income
tax rules are constantly under review by persons involved in the
legislative process, the IRS, and the U.S. Treasury
Department, frequently resulting in revised interpretations of
established concepts, statutory changes, revisions to
regulations and other modifications and interpretations. The IRS
pays close attention to the proper application of tax laws to
partnerships. The present U.S. federal income tax treatment
of an investment in the Shares may be modified by
administrative, legislative or judicial interpretation at any
time, and any such action may affect investments and commitments
previously made. For example, changes to the U.S. federal
tax laws and interpretations thereof could make it more
difficult or impossible to meet the qualifying income exception
for us to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal
income tax purposes that is not taxable as a corporation, affect
or cause us to change our investments and commitments, affect
the tax considerations of an investment in us and adversely
affect an investment in our Shares. Our organizational documents
and agreements permit the Board of Directors to modify our
operating agreement from time to time, without the consent of
the holders of Shares, in order to address certain changes in
U.S. federal income tax regulations, legislation or
interpretation. In some circumstances, such revisions could have
a material adverse impact on some or all of the holders of our
Shares. Moreover, we will apply certain assumptions and
conventions in an attempt to comply with applicable rules and to
report income, gain, deduction, loss and credit to holders in a
manner that reflects such holders beneficial ownership of
partnership items, taking into account variation in ownership
interests during each taxable year because of trading activity.
However, these assumptions and conventions may not be in
compliance with all aspects of applicable tax requirements. It
is possible that the IRS will assert successfully that the
conventions and assumptions used by us do not satisfy the
technical requirements of the Code
and/or
Treasury regulations and could require that items of income,
gain, deductions, loss or credit, including interest deductions,
be adjusted, reallocated, or disallowed, in a manner that
adversely affects holders of the Shares.
Risks
Relating Generally to Our Businesses
Our
businesses are or may be vulnerable to economic fluctuations as
demand for their products and services tends to decrease as
economic activity slows.
Demand for the products and services provided by our businesses
is, and businesses we acquire in the future may be, sensitive to
changes in the level of economic activity in the regions and
industries in which they do business. For example, as economic
activity slows down, companies often reduce their use of
temporary employees and their research and development spending.
In addition, spending on capital equipment may also decrease in
an economic slow down. Regardless of the industry, pressure to
reduce prices of goods and services in competitive industries
increases during periods of economic downturns, which may cause
compression on our businesses financial
65
margins. In addition, economic downturns may negatively impact
the demands or ability to pay, of customers of our businesses.
As a result, a significant economic downturn could have a
material adverse effect on the business, results of operations
and financial condition of each of our businesses and therefore
on our financial condition, business and results of operations.
Our
business is subject to unplanned business interruptions which
may adversely affect our performance.
Operational interruptions and unplanned events at one or more of
our production facilities, such as explosions, fires, inclement
weather, natural disasters, accidents, transportation
interruptions and supply could cause substantial losses in our
production capacity. Furthermore, because customers may be
dependent on planned deliveries from us, customers that have to
reschedule their own operations due to our delivery delays may
be able to pursue financial claims against us, and we may incur
costs to correct such problems in addition to any liability
resulting from such claims. Such interruptions may also harm our
reputation among actual and potential customers, potentially
resulting in a loss of business. To the extent these losses are
not covered by insurance, our financial position, results of
operations and cash flows may be adversely affected by such
events.
Our
businesses rely and may rely on their intellectual property and
licenses to use others intellectual property, for
competitive advantage. If our businesses are unable to protect
their intellectual property, are unable to obtain or retain
licenses to use others intellectual property, or if they
infringe upon or are alleged to have infringed upon others
intellectual property, it could have a material adverse affect
on their financial condition, business and results of
operations.
Each businesses success depends in part on their, or
licenses to use others, brand names, proprietary
technology and manufacturing techniques. These businesses rely
on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade
secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions
to protect their intellectual property rights. The steps they
have taken to protect their intellectual property rights may not
prevent third parties from using their intellectual property and
other proprietary information without their authorization or
independently developing intellectual property and other
proprietary information that is similar. In addition, the laws
of foreign countries may not protect our businesses
intellectual property rights effectively or to the same extent
as the laws of the United States. Stopping unauthorized use of
their proprietary information and intellectual property, and
defending claims that they have made unauthorized use of
others proprietary information or intellectual property,
may be difficult, time-consuming and costly. The use of their
intellectual property and other proprietary information by
others, and the use by others of their intellectual property and
proprietary information, could reduce or eliminate any
competitive advantage they have developed, cause them to lose
sales or otherwise harm their business.
Our businesses may become involved in legal proceedings and
claims in the future either to protect their intellectual
property or to defend allegations that they have infringed upon
others intellectual property rights. These claims and any
resulting litigation could subject them to significant liability
for damages and invalidate their property rights. In addition,
these lawsuits, regardless of their merits, could be time
consuming and expensive to resolve and could divert
managements time and attention. The costs associated with
any of these actions could be substantial and could have a
material adverse affect on their financial condition, business
and results of operations.
The
operations and research and development of some of our
businesses services and technology depend on the
collective experience of their technical employees. If these
employees were to leave our businesses and take this knowledge,
our businesses operations and their ability to compete
effectively could be materially adversely
impacted.
The future success of some of our businesses depends upon the
continued service of their technical personnel who have
developed and continue to develop their technology and products.
If any of these employees leave our businesses, the loss of
their technical knowledge and experience may materially
adversely affect the operations and research and development of
current and future services. We may also be unable to attract
technical individuals with comparable experience because
competition for such technical personnel is intense. If our
businesses are not able to replace their technical personnel
with new employees or attract additional technical individuals,
their operations may suffer as they may be unable to keep up
with innovations in their respective industries. As a result,
their ability to continue to compete effectively and their
operations may be materially adversely affected.
66
If our
businesses are unable to continue the technological innovation
and successful commercial introduction of new products and
services, their financial condition, business and results of
operations could be materially adversely affected.
The industries in which our businesses operate, or may operate,
experience periodic technological changes and ongoing product
improvements. Their results of operations depend significantly
on the development of commercially viable new products, product
grades and applications, as well as production technologies and
their ability to integrate new technologies. Our future growth
will depend on their ability to gauge the direction of the
commercial and technological progress in all key end-use markets
and upon their ability to successfully develop, manufacture and
market products in such changing end-use markets. In this
regard, they must make ongoing capital investments.
In addition, their customers may introduce new generations of
their own products, which may require new or increased
technological and performance specifications, requiring our
businesses to develop customized products. Our businesses may
not be successful in developing new products and technology that
satisfy their customers demand and their customers may not
accept any of their new products. If our businesses fail to keep
pace with evolving technological innovations or fail to modify
their products in response to their customers needs in a
timely manner, then their financial condition, business and
results of operations could be materially adversely affected as
a result of reduced sales of their products and sunk
developmental costs. These developments may require our
personnel staffing business to seek better educated and trained
workers, who may not be available in sufficient numbers.
Our
businesses could experience fluctuations in the costs of raw
materials as a result of inflation and other economic
conditions, which fluctuations could have a material adverse
effect on their financial condition, business and results of
operations.
Changes in inflation could materially adversely affect the costs
and availability of raw materials used in our manufacturing
businesses, and changes in fuel costs likely will affect the
costs of transporting materials from our suppliers and shipping
goods to our customers, as well as the effective areas from
which we can recruit temporary staffing personnel. For example,
for Advanced Circuits, the principal raw materials consist of
copper and glass and represent approximately 14.8% of total cost
of goods sold in 2007. Prices for these key raw materials may
fluctuate during periods of high demand. The ability by these
businesses to offset the effect of increases in raw material
prices by increasing their prices is uncertain. If these
businesses are unable to cover price increases of these raw
materials, their financial condition, business and results of
operations could be materially adversely affected.
Our
businesses do not have and may not have long-term contracts with
their customers and clients and the loss of customers and
clients could materially adversely affect their financial
condition, business and results of operations.
Our businesses are and may be, based primarily upon individual
orders and sales with their customers and clients. Our
businesses historically have not entered into long-term supply
contracts with their customers and clients. As such, their
customers and clients could cease using their services or buying
their products from them at any time and for any reason. The
fact that they do not enter into long-term contracts with their
customers and clients means that they have no recourse in the
event a customer or client no longer wants to use their services
or purchase products from them. If a significant number of their
customers or clients elect not to use their services or purchase
their products, it could materially adversely affect their
financial condition, business and results of operations.
Our
businesses are and may be subject to federal, state and foreign
environmental laws and regulations that expose them to potential
financial liability. Complying with applicable environmental
laws requires significant resources, and if our businesses fail
to comply, they could be subject to substantial
liability.
Some of the facilities and operations of our businesses are and
may be subject to a variety of federal, state and foreign
environmental laws and regulations including laws and
regulations pertaining to the handling, storage and
transportation of raw materials, products and wastes, which
require and will continue to require significant expenditures to
remain in compliance with such laws and regulations currently in
place and in the future. Compliance with current and future
environmental laws is a major consideration for our businesses
as any
67
material violations of these laws can lead to substantial
liability, revocations of discharge permits, fines or penalties.
Because some of our businesses use hazardous materials and
generate hazardous wastes in their operations, they may be
subject to potential financial liability for costs associated
with the investigation and remediation of their own sites, or
sites at which they have arranged for the disposal of hazardous
wastes, if such sites become contaminated. Even if they fully
comply with applicable environmental laws and are not directly
at fault for the contamination, our businesses may still be
liable. Costs associated with these risks could have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition, business and results
of operations.
Defects
in the products provided by our companies could result in
financial or other damages to those customers, which could
result in reduced demand for our companies products and/or
liability claims against our companies.
Some of the products our businesses produce could potentially
result in product liability suits against them. Some of our
companies manufacture products to customer specifications that
are highly complex and critical to customer operations. Defects
in products could result in customer dissatisfaction or a
reduction in or cancellation of future purchases or liability
claims against our companies. If these defects occur frequently,
our reputation may be impaired. Defects in products could also
result in financial or other damages to customers, for which our
companies may be asked or required to compensate their
customers. Any of these outcomes could negatively impact our
financial condition, business and results of operations.
Some
of our businesses are subject to certain risks associated with
the movement of businesses offshore.
Some of our businesses are potentially at risk of losing
business to competitors operating in lower cost countries. An
additional risk is the movement offshore of some of our
businesses customers, leading them to procure products or
services from more closely located companies. Either of these
factors could negatively impact our financial condition,
business and results of operations.
Loss
of key customers of some of our businesses could negatively
impact financial condition.
Some of our businesses have significant exposure to certain key
customers, the loss of which could negatively impact our
financial condition, business and results of operations.
Our
businesses are subject to certain risks associated with their
foreign operations or business they conduct in foreign
jurisdictions.
Some of our businesses have and may have operations or conduct
business outside the United States. Certain risks are inherent
in operating or conducting business in foreign jurisdictions,
including exposure to local economic conditions; difficulties in
enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain
foreign legal systems; longer payment cycles for foreign
customers; adverse currency exchange controls; exposure to risks
associated with changes in foreign exchange rates; potential
adverse changes in political environments; withholding taxes and
restrictions on the withdrawal of foreign investments and
earnings; export and import restrictions; difficulties in
enforcing intellectual property rights; and required compliance
with a variety of foreign laws and regulations. These risks
individually and collectively have the potential to negatively
impact our financial condition, business and results of
operations.
Our
businesses have recorded a significant amount of goodwill and
other identifiable intangible assets, which may never be fully
realized.
Our businesses collectively had, as of December 31, 2007,
$471.4 million of goodwill and intangible assets or
approximately 57% of our total assets. In accordance with
Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, Goodwill
and Other Intangible Assets, we are required to evaluate
goodwill and other intangibles for impairment at least annually.
Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in
the performance of these businesses, adverse market conditions,
adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including
changes that restrict the activities of or affect the products
and services sold by these businesses, and a variety of other
factors. Depending on future circumstances, it is possible that
we
68
may never realize the full value of these intangible assets. The
amount of any quantified impairment must be expensed immediately
as a charge to results of operations. Any future determination
of impairment of a material portion of goodwill or other
identifiable intangible assets could have a material adverse
effect on these businesses financial condition and
operating results, and could result in a default under our debt
covenants.
Risks
Related to Advanced Circuits
Unless
Advanced Circuits is able to respond to technological change at
least as quickly as its competitors, its services could be
rendered obsolete, which could materially adversely affect its
financial condition, business and results of
operations.
The market for Advanced Circuits services is characterized
by rapidly changing technology and continuing process
development. The future success of its business will depend in
large part upon its ability to maintain and enhance its
technological capabilities, retain qualified engineering and
technical personnel, develop and market services that meet
evolving customer needs and successfully anticipate and respond
to technological changes on a cost-effective and timely basis.
Advanced Circuits core manufacturing capabilities are for
2 to 12 layer printed circuit boards. Trends towards
miniaturization and increased performance of electronic products
are dictating the use of printed circuit boards with increased
layer counts. If this trend continues Advanced Circuits may not
be able to effectively respond to the technological requirements
of the changing market. If it determines that new technologies
and equipment are required to remain competitive, the
development, acquisition and implementation of these
technologies may require significant capital investments. It may
be unable to obtain capital for these purposes in the future,
and investments in new technologies may not result in
commercially viable technological processes. Any failure to
anticipate and adapt to its customers changing
technological needs and requirements or retain qualified
engineering and technical personnel could materially adversely
affect its financial condition, business and results of
operations.
Advanced
Circuits customers operate in industries that experience
rapid technological change resulting in short product life
cycles and as a result, if the product life cycles of its
customers slow materially, and research and development
expenditures are reduced, its financial condition, business and
results of operations will be materially adversely
affected.
Advanced Circuits customers compete in markets that are
characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry
standards and continuous improvement in products and services.
These conditions frequently result in short product life cycles.
As professionals operating in research and development
departments represent the majority of Advanced Circuits
net sales, the rapid development of electronic products is a key
driver of Advanced Circuits sales and operating
performance. Any decline in the development and introduction of
new electronic products could slow the demand for Advanced
Circuits services and could have a material adverse effect
on its financial condition, business and results of operations.
Electronics
manufacturing services corporations are increasingly acting as
intermediaries, positioning themselves between PCB manufacturers
and OEMS, which could reduce operating margins.
Advanced Circuits OEM customers are increasingly
outsourcing the assembly of equipment to third party
manufacturers. These third party manufacturers typically
assemble products for multiple customers and often purchase
circuit boards from Advanced Circuits in larger quantities than
OEM manufacturers. The ability of Advanced Circuits to sell
products to these customers at margins comparable to historical
averages is uncertain. Any material erosion in margins could
have a material adverse effect on Advanced Circuits
financial condition, business and results of operations.
69
Risks
Related to Aeroglide
Aeroglide
requires additional capacity to maintain its current level of
growth; failure to add capacity or broaden its outsourcing
relationships could adversely affect Aeroglides financial
condition, business and results of operations.
Aeroglides facilities are at or near capacity. Aeroglide
will need to either increase their manufacturing capacity or add
outsourced manufacturing capacity in order to materially grow
the business.
Risks
Related to American Furniture Manufacturing
Competition
from larger furniture manufacturers may adversely affect
American Furniture Manufacturings business and operating
results.
The residential upholstered furniture industry is highly
competitive. Certain of American Furniture Manufacturings
competitors are larger, have broader product lines and offer
widely-advertised, well-known, branded products. If such larger
competitors introduce additional products in the promotional
segment of the upholstered furniture market, the segment in
which American Furniture Manufacturing primarily participates,
it may negatively impact American Furniture Manufacturings
market share and financial performance.
AFM
recently experienced a fire at its primary facility which may
disrupt its production capabilities and customer
relationships.
AFM experienced a fire at its primary facility in Ecru,
Mississippi on February 12, 2008, which caused substantial
damage to finished goods inventory and production lines. The
resulting disruption to the supply of AFMs products to its
customers may lead to its customers purchasing products from
AFMs competitors to meet consumer demand. If and to the
extent this occurs, it may be difficult for AFM to recapture
product placements lost to competitors. The Company is unable to
determine the extent of any possible loss, if any, at this time.
Risks
Related to Anodyne
Certain
of Anodynes products are subject to regulation by the
FDA.
Certain of Anodynes mattress products are Class II
devices within Section 201(h) of the Federal FDCA
(21 USC § 321(h) and, as such, are subject to the
requirements of the FDCA and certain rules and regulations of
the FDA. Prior to our acquisition of Anodyne, one of its
subsidiaries received a warning letter from the FDA in
connection with certain deficiencies identified during a regular
FDA audit, including noncompliance with certain design control
requirements, certain of the good manufacturing practice
regulations defined in 21 C.F.R. 820 and certain record
keeping requirements. Anodynes subsidiary has undertaken
corrective measures to address the deficiencies and continues to
fully cooperate with the FDA. Anodyne is vulnerable to actions
that may be taken by the FDA which have a material adverse
effect on Anodyne
and/or its
business. The FDA has the authority to inspect without notice,
and to take any disciplinary action that it sees fit.
A
change in Medicare Reimbursement Guidelines may reduce demand
for Anodynes products.
Certain changes in Medicare Reimbursement Guidelines may reduce
demand for medical support surfaces and have a material effect
on Anodynes operating performance.
Risks
Related to CBS Personnel
CBS
Personnels business depends on its ability to attract and
retain qualified staffing personnel that possess the skills
demanded by its clients.
As a provider of temporary staffing services, the success of CBS
Personnels business depends on its ability to attract and
retain qualified staffing personnel who possess the skills and
experience necessary to meet the requirements of its clients or
to successfully bid for new client projects. CBS Personnel must
continually evaluate and upgrade its base of available qualified
personnel through recruiting and training programs to keep pace
with changing client needs and emerging technologies. CBS
Personnels ability to attract and retain qualified
staffing
70
personnel could be impaired by rapid improvement in economic
conditions resulting in lower unemployment, increases in
compensation or increased competition. During periods of
economic growth, CBS Personnel faces increasing competition for
retaining and recruiting qualified staffing personnel, which in
turn leads to greater advertising and recruiting costs and
increased salary expenses. If CBS Personnel cannot attract and
retain qualified staffing personnel, the quality of its services
may deteriorate and its financial condition, business and
results of operations may be materially adversely affected.
Customer
relocation of positions filled by CBS Personnel may materially
adversely affect CBS Personnels financial condition,
business and results of operations
Many companies have built offshore operations, moved their
operations to offshore sites that have lower employment costs or
outsourced certain functions. If CBS Personnels customers
relocate positions filled by CBS Personnel, this would have a
material adverse effect on the financial condition, business and
results of operations of CBS Personnel.
CBS
Personnel assumes the obligation to make wage, tax and
regulatory payments for its employees, and as a result, it is
exposed to client credit risks.
CBS Personnel generally assumes responsibility for and manages
the risks associated with its employees payroll
obligations, including liability for payment of salaries and
wages (including payroll taxes), as well as group health and
retirement benefits for its leased employees. These obligations
are fixed, whether or not its clients make payments required by
services agreements, which exposes CBS Personnel to credit risks
of its clients, primarily relating to uncollateralized accounts
receivables. If CBS Personnel fails to successfully manage its
credit risk, its financial condition, business and results of
operations may be materially adversely affected.
CBS
Personnel is exposed to employment-related claims and costs and
periodic litigation that could materially adversely affect its
financial condition, business and results of
operations.
The temporary services business entails employing individuals
and placing such individuals in clients workplaces. CBS
Personnels ability to control the workplace environment of
its clients is limited. As the employer of record of its
temporary employees, it incurs a risk of liability to its
temporary employees and clients for various workplace events,
including claims of misconduct or negligence on the part of its
employees; discrimination or harassment claims against its
employees, or claims by its employees of discrimination or
harassment by its clients; immigration-related claims; claims
relating to violations of wage, hour and other workplace
regulations; claims relating to employee benefits, entitlements
to employee benefits, or errors in the calculation or
administration of such benefits; and possible claims relating to
misuse of customer confidential information, misappropriation of
assets or other similar claims. CBS Personnel may incur fines
and other losses and negative publicity with respect to any of
these situations. Some the claims may result in litigation,
which is expensive and distracts managements attention
from the operations of CBS Personnels business.
Furthermore, while CBS Personnel maintains insurance with
respect to many of these items, it, may not be able to continue
to obtain insurance at a cost that does not have a material
adverse effect upon it. As a result, such claims (whether by
reason of it not having insurance or by reason of such claims
being outside the scope of its insurance) may have a material
adverse effect on CBS Personnels financial condition,
business and results of operations.
CBS
Personnels workers compensation loss reserves may be
inadequate to cover its ultimate liability for workers
compensation costs.
CBS Personnel self-insures its workers compensation
exposure for certain employees. The calculation of the
workers compensation reserves involves the use of certain
actuarial assumptions and estimates. Accordingly, reserves do
not represent an exact calculation of liability. Reserves can be
affected by both internal and external events, such as adverse
developments on existing claims or changes in medical costs,
claims handling procedures, administrative costs, inflation, and
legal trends and legislative changes. As a result, reserves may
not be adequate.
If reserves are insufficient to cover the actual losses, CBS
Personnel would have to increase its reserves and incur charges
to its earnings that could be material.
71
Risks
Related to HALO
Increases
in the portion of existing customers and potential customers
buying directly from manufacturers could have a material adverse
affect on the business of HALO.
The promotional products industry supply chain is comprised of
multiple levels. As a distributor, HALO does not manufacturer or
decorate the promotional products it sells. Though management
believes distributors play a valuable role in the industry,
increases in the portion of end customers buying directly from
manufacturers could have a material adverse affect on the
business of HALO.
The
loss of a significant number of account executives could
adversely affect the business of HALO.
HALO relies on its large staff of account executives to develop
and maintain relationships with end customers. HALOs sales
force is comprised of both full time employees and
sub-contractors. These professionals have relationships with
customers of varying sizes and profitability. Though management
believes its compensation structure and support of its sales
forces is comparable or better than many industry participants,
there can be no assurances that HALO will be able to retain
their continuing services. The loss of a significant number of
account executives could adversely affect the business of HALO.
HALO
relies on suppliers for the timely delivery of products to end
customers. Delays in the delivery of promotional products to
customers could adversely affect HALOs results of
operations.
HALO often relies on many of its suppliers to ship directly to
its end customers (drop-shipments). Delays in the
shipment of products or supply shortages in promotional products
in high demand could affect HALOs standing with its end
customers and adversely affect HALOs results of operations.
Risks
Related to Silvue
Silvue
derives a significant portion of its revenue from the eyewear
industry. Any economic downturn in this market or increased
regulations by the Food and Drug Administration, would
materially adversely affect its operating results and financial
condition.
Silvues customers are concentrated in the eyewear
industry, so the economic factors impacting this industry also
impact its operations and revenues. Silvues management
estimates that in fiscal 2007 approximately 74% of its net sales
were from the premium eyewear industry. Silvues management
estimates that it had approximately 26% share of this market in
2007. Any downturn in this market would materially adversely
affect its operating results and financial condition. Further,
Silvues coating technology is utilized primarily on mid
and high value lenses. A decline in the ophthalmic and sunglass
lens industry in general, or a change in consumers
preferences from mid and high value lenses to low value lenses
within the industry, may have a material adverse effect on its
financial condition, business and results of operations.
Silvues
technology is compatible with certain substrates and processes
and competes with a number of products currently sold on the
market. A change in the substrate, process or competitive
landscape could have a material adverse affect on its financial
condition, business and results of operations.
Silvue provides material for the coating of polycarbonate,
acrylic, glass, metals and other surfaces. Its business is
dependent upon the continued use of these substrates and the
need for its products to be applied to these substrates. In
addition, Silvues products are compatible with certain
application techniques. New application techniques designed to
improve performance and decrease costs are being developed that
may be incompatible with Silvues coating technologies.
Further, Silvue competes with a number of large and small
companies in the research, development, and production of
coating systems. A competitor may develop a coating system that
is technologically superior and render Silvues products
less competitive. Any of these conditions may have a material
adverse effect on its financial condition, business and results
of operations.
72
Risks
Related to Fox
Growth
in popularity of alternative recreational activities may reduce
demand for mountain bikes and off road products which would
reduce demand for Foxs products
Mountain biking and other off-road sports compete against
numerous recreational activities for share of time and spend of
enthusiasts. Any growth in popularity of other outdoor
activities at the expense of mountain biking and off-road sports
could lead to a decrease in demand for the companys
products and could materially adversely affect Foxs
financial condition, business and results of operations.
|
|
ITEM 1B.
|
UNRESOLVED
STAFF COMMENTS
|
NONE
Advanced
Circuits
Advanced Circuits operations are located in a 61,058 square
foot building in Aurora, Colorado. This facility is leased and
comprises both the factory and office space. The lease term is
for 15 years with a renewal option for an additional
10 years.
Aeroglide
Aeroglide owns an 110,000 square foot facility in Cary,
North Carolina, which houses its manufacturing operations and
headquarters. It also leases an approximate 8,000 square
foot facility in Cary, North Carolina that is used as a testing
and lab facility. Aeroglide also leases the following five
facilities:
|
|
|
|
|
13,500 square foot storage facility in Raleigh, N.C.;
|
|
|
|
2,650 square foot sales facility in Trevose, Pennsylvania;
|
|
|
|
950 square foot sales/service facility in Stamford, England;
|
|
|
|
1,383 square foot sales facility in Kuala Lumper,
Malaysia; and
|
|
|
|
1,400 square foot sales/service facility in Shanghai, China
|
American
Furniture
American Furniture operates primarily from a manufacturing and
warehousing facility located in Ecru, MS, and the main part of
which was constructed in 1998. This 1.2 million square foot
facility includes 350,000 square feet of manufacturing
space, 750,000 square feet of warehouse space and 82
shipping docks. The facility operates at an average of 73% of
total capacity. AFM can add additional manufacturing lines
within its existing footprint to accommodate demand during peak
times. In addition to AFMs primary manufacturing facility,
AFM leases warehouse and small manufacturing space within the
vicinity of its primary Ecru facility. AFM also leases showroom
space in High Point, North Carolina and Tupelo Mississippi,
allowing it to showcase its products to buyers and during trade
shows held in the area.
On February, 12, 2008, American Furnitures
1.2 million square foot corporate office and manufacturing
facility in Ecru, MS was partially destroyed in a fire.
Approximately 750 thousand square feet of the facility was
impacted by the fire. The executive offices were fundamentally
unaffected. The recliner and motion plant, although largely
unaffected, suffered some smoke damage but resumed operations on
February 21, 2008. There were no injuries related to the
fire.
Temporarily, the Company has moved its stationary production
lines into other facilities. In addition to its 45 thousand
square foot flex facility, management has secured
166 thousand square feet of additional manufacturing and
warehouse space in the surrounding Pontotoc area. The production
lines at the flex facility were operating on
February 18, 2008 and the other temporary production lines
were operating on February 26, 2008. These temporary
stationary production lines are fully operational and provide
the company with approximately 90% of the pre-fire
73
stationary production capabilities. Orders for stationary
products are being addressed by these temporary facilities,
whereas the orders for motion and recliner products are being
addressed by the production facilities that were largely
unaffected by the fire at the Ecru facility. Management
continues to seek additional temporary manufacturing and
warehouse space, and believes that it will be able to secure
additional facilities and bring production back to the pre-fire
levels within 90 days.
Anodyne
Anodyne leases a 32,000 square foot facility in Coral
Springs, Florida, which houses its manufacturing and
distribution operations for the east coast. It also leases an
80,000 square foot facility in Corona, California, which
houses the manufacturing and distribution facilities for the
west coast. Anodyne also leases a 7,500 square foot
facility in Okalahoma City, Okalahoma, which houses its
PrimaTech Medical Systems subsidiary.
CBS
Personnel
CBS Personnels principal executive offices are located in
Cincinnati, Ohio where it leases office space. CBS Personnel
provides staffing services through 435 branch offices located in
35 states which includes branch offices and locations for
its recent Staffmark acquisition. Lease terms for the branch
offices typically run from 3 to 5 years.
HALO
HALO distributes its products through a leased
40,000 square foot office facility and a 20,000 square
foot fulfillment warehouse, both of which are located in
Sterling, IL. Due to its high percentage of drop shipments, HALO
is able to operate from a much smaller warehouse than a similar
size company with a traditional inventory-based business model.
The office facility has a
20-year
lease, expiring in 2018 with two five-year renewal options; the
warehouse has a
10-year
lease, expiring in 2012 with one five-year renewal option. The
facilities are located adjacent to vacant space that could
provide an additional 54,000 square feet if required. HALO
also maintains a small IT department in Oak Brook, IL and an
office for its CEO in Chicago
The following table shows the number of offices located in each
state and the function of each office as of December 31,
2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State
|
|
Function
|
|
Offices
|
|
|
Square Feet
|
|
|
California
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
13,825
|
|
Illinois
|
|
Administration
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
Information Technology
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4,766
|
|
|
|
Warehousing
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1,919
|
|
Ohio
|
|
Administration
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3,796
|
|
Tennessee
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
8,804
|
|
Texas
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
20,292
|
|
Silvue
Silvue leases three facilities as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
13,000 square foot facility in Anaheim, California, which
houses its executive offices and research and development
laboratories. This facility will be replaced on or about
March 31, 2008 with a new 23,210 square foot facility
being leased in Irvine, California.
|
|
|
|
8,000 square foot facility in Cardiff, Wales, which houses
its distribution operations in Europe.
|
|
|
|
12,000 square foot facility in Chiba, Japan, which houses
administrative offices, manufacturing operations and research
and development laboratories. Our corporate offices are located
in Westport, Connecticut, where we lease approximately
1,500 square feet from our Manager.
|
74
We believe that our properties are sufficient to meet our
present needs and we do not anticipate any difficulty in
securing additional space, as needed, on acceptable terms.
|
|
ITEM 3.
|
LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS
|
In the normal course of business, we are involved in various
claims and legal proceedings. While the ultimate resolution of
these matters has yet to be determined, we do not believe that
their outcome will have a material adverse effect on our
financial position or results of operations.
|
|
ITEM 4.
|
SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY
HOLDERS
|
NONE
Part II
|
|
Item 5.
|
Market
for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters
and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
|
Market
Information
Our Trust stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under
the symbol CODI. The following table sets forth the
high and low closing price per share as reported by the Nasdaq
Global Select during the periods indicated from May 16,
2006 (the first day of trading in our Trust stock) through
December 31, 2007 (the ending market date of this report).
The highest and lowest closing prices per share of Trust stock
were $18.32 and $13.45, respectively for the periods presented
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
$
|
15.10
|
|
|
$
|
14.27
|
|
September 30, 2006
|
|
$
|
15.36
|
|
|
$
|
13.45
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
17.67
|
|
|
$
|
15.70
|
|
March 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
18.32
|
|
|
$
|
16.75
|
|
June 30, 2007
|
|
$
|
18.17
|
|
|
$
|
15.58
|
|
September 30, 2007
|
|
$
|
18.23
|
|
|
$
|
13.59
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
17.28
|
|
|
$
|
14.29
|
|
75
COMPARATIVE
PERFORMANCE OF SHARES OF TRUST STOCK
The performance graph shown below compares the change in
cumulative total shareholder return on shares of trust stock
with the NASDAQ Stock Market Index (US) and the NASDAQ Other
Finance Index (US) from May 16, 2006, when we completed our
initial public offering, through the quarter ended
December 31, 2007. The graph sets the beginning value of
shares of trust stock and the indices at $100, and assumes that
all quarterly dividends were reinvested at the time of payment.
This graph does not forecast future performance of shares of
trust stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Data
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
Compass Diversified Trust
|
|
|
$
|
94.88
|
|
|
|
$
|
102.61
|
|
|
|
$
|
116.66
|
|
NASDAQ Stock Market Index
|
|
|
$
|
97.44
|
|
|
|
$
|
101.31
|
|
|
|
$
|
108.35
|
|
NASDAQ Other Finance Index
|
|
|
$
|
94.03
|
|
|
|
$
|
104.02
|
|
|
|
$
|
107.59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Data
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Compass Diversified Trust
|
|
|
$
|
116.13
|
|
|
|
$
|
125.17
|
|
|
|
$
|
115.39
|
|
|
|
$
|
109.84
|
|
NASDAQ Stock Market Index
|
|
|
$
|
108.64
|
|
|
|
$
|
116.78
|
|
|
|
$
|
121.19
|
|
|
|
$
|
118.98
|
|
NASDAQ Other Finance Index
|
|
|
$
|
104.00
|
|
|
|
$
|
112.86
|
|
|
|
$
|
107.18
|
|
|
|
$
|
108.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders
As of February 28, 2008 we had 31,525,000 shares of
Trust Stock outstanding that were held by six holders of
record; however, we believe the number of beneficial owners of
our shares is over 7,000.
76
Dividends
For the years 2006 and 2007 we have declared and paid quarterly
cash distributions to holders of record as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
Declaration Date
|
|
Payment Date
|
|
Distribution per Share
|
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
June 27, 2006
|
|
July 18, 2006
|
|
$
|
0.1327
|
|
September 30, 2006
|
|
September 27, 2006
|
|
October 19, 2006
|
|
$
|
0.2625
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
January 5, 2007
|
|
January 24, 2007
|
|
$
|
0.300
|
|
March 31, 2007
|
|
April 5, 2007
|
|
April 24, 2007
|
|
$
|
0.300
|
|
June 30, 2007
|
|
July 10, 2007
|
|
July 27, 2007
|
|
$
|
0.300
|
|
September 30, 2007
|
|
October 9, 2007
|
|
October 26,2007
|
|
$
|
0.325
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
January 11, 2008
|
|
January 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
0.325
|
|
We intend to continue to declare and pay regular quarterly cash
distributions on all outstanding shares through fiscal 2008 and
beyond. Our distribution policy is based on the predictable and
stable cash flows of our businesses and our intention to make
distributions to our shareholders while reinvesting a portion of
our operating cash flows in our businesses or in the acquisition
of new businesses. If our strategy is successful, we expect to
maintain and increase the level of our distributions to
shareholders in the future.
The declaration and payment of any future distribution is
subject to the approval of the Companys board of
directors, which includes a majority of independent directors.
The Companys board of directors takes into account such
matters as general business conditions, our financial condition,
results of operations, capital requirements and any contractual,
legal and regulatory restrictions on the payment of
distributions by us to our shareholders or by our subsidiaries
to us, and any other factors that the board of directors deems
relevant. However, even in the event that the Companys
board of directors were to decide to declare and pay
distributions, our ability to pay such distributions will be
adversely impacted due to unknown liabilities, government
regulations, financial covenants of the Revolving Credit
Facility of the Company, funds needed for acquisitions and to
satisfy short- and long-term working capital needs of our
businesses, or if our businesses do not generate sufficient
earnings and cash flow to support the payment of such
distributions. In particular, we may incur additional debt in
the future to acquire new businesses, which debt will have
substantial debt commitments, which must be satisfied before we
can make distributions. These factors could affect our ability
to continue to make distributions. See Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources in
Part II, Item 7.
77
|
|
ITEM 6.
|
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
|
The following table sets forth selected historical and other
data of the Company and should be read in conjunction with the
more detailed consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this report.
Selected financial data below includes the results at
operations, cash flow and balance sheet data of the Company for
the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. We were
incorporated on November 18, 2005 (inception).
Financial data included for the year ended December 31,
2005, therefore only includes the minimal activity experienced
from inception to December 31, 2005.
We completed our IPO on May 16, 2006 and used the proceeds
of the IPO, separate private placement transactions that closed
in conjunction with our IPO and from our third party credit
facility to purchase controlling interests in four of our
initial operating subsidiaries. On August 1, 2006, we
purchased a controlling interest in an additional operating
subsidiary, Anodyne. On January 5, 2007, we sold our
interest in Crosman, one of the operating subsidiaries acquired
on May 16, 2006. The operating results for Crosman are
reflected as discontinued operations in 2006 and as such are not
included in the data below. On February 28, 2007 we
purchased a controlling interest in Aeroglide and HALO and on
August 31, 2007 we purchased a controlling interest in
American Furniture. Financial data included below therefore only
includes activity in our operating subsidiaries from their
respective dates of acquisition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
917,903
|
|
|
$
|
410,873
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
673,710
|
|
|
|
311,641
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
244,193
|
|
|
|
99,232
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Staffing
|
|
|
56,207
|
|
|
|
34,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
116,347
|
|
|
|
36,732
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Management fee
|
|
|
10,888
|
|
|
|
4,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental put expense
|
|
|
7,400
|
|
|
|
22,456
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expense
|
|
|
1,455
|
|
|
|
1,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
18,921
|
|
|
|
6,774
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
32,975
|
|
|
$
|
(7,257
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
4,534
|
|
|
$
|
(27,636
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)(1),(2)
|
|
$
|
40,368
|
|
|
$
|
(19,249
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
41,772
|
|
|
$
|
20,563
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(114.158
|
)
|
|
|
(362,286
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
184,882
|
|
|
|
351,073
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash
|
|
$
|
112,496
|
|
|
$
|
9,350
|
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and fully diluted income (loss) from continuing operations
per share
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
(2.18
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and fully diluted net income (loss) per share
|
|
$
|
1.46
|
|
|
$
|
(1.52
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes a gain on the sale of Crosman in 2007 of
$35.8 million. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes a charge to net income of $10. 0 million for
distributions made at the subsidiary (ACI) level in excess of
cumulative earnings in 2007. |
78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
$
|
299,241
|
|
|
$
|
140,356
|
|
|
$
|
3,408
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
828,002
|
|
|
|
525,597
|
|
|
|
3,408
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
106,613
|
|
|
|
162,872
|
|
|
|
3,309
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
148,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
367,426
|
|
|
|
242,755
|
|
|
|
3,309
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
27,726
|
|
|
|
27,131
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Shareholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
432,850
|
|
|
|
255,711
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
ITEM 7.
|
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
|
This item 7 contains forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, some of
which are beyond our control. Our actual results, performance,
prospects or opportunities could differ materially from those
expressed in or implied by the forward-looking statements.
Additional risks of which we are not currently aware or which we
currently deem immaterial could also cause our actual results to
differ, including those discussed in the sections entitled
Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factors
included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Overview
Compass Diversified Holdings, a Delaware statutory trust, was
incorporated in Delaware on November 18, 2005. Compass
Group Diversified Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
Company, was also formed on November 18, 2005. In
accordance with the Trust Agreement, dated as of
April 25, 2006 (the Trust Agreement), the
Trust is sole owner of 100% of the Trust Interests (as
defined in the LLC Agreement) of the Company and, pursuant to
the LLC Agreement, the Company has outstanding, the identical
number of Trust Interests as the number of outstanding
shares of the Trust. The Manager is the sole owner of the
Allocation Interests of the Company. The Company is the
operating entity with a board of directors and other corporate
governance responsibilities, similar to that of a Delaware
corporation.
The Trust and the Company were formed to acquire and manage a
group of small and middle-market businesses headquartered in
North America. We characterize small to middle market businesses
as those that generate annual cash flows of up to
$40 million. We focus on companies of this size because of
our belief that these companies are often more able to achieve
growth rates above those of their relevant industries and are
also frequently more susceptible to efforts to improve earnings
and cash flow.
In pursuing new acquisitions, we seek businesses with the
following characteristics:
|
|
|
|
|
North American base of operations;
|
|
|
|
stable and growing earnings and cash flow;
|
|
|
|
maintains a significant market share in defensible industry
niche (i.e., has a reason to exist);
|
|
|
|
solid and proven management team with meaningful incentives;
|
|
|
|
low technological
and/or
product obsolescence risk; and
|
|
|
|
a diversified customer and supplier base.
|
Our management teams strategy for our subsidiaries
involves:
|
|
|
|
|
utilizing structured incentive compensation programs tailored to
each business to attract, recruit and retain talented managers
to operate our businesses;
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
regularly monitoring financial and operational performance,
instilling consistent financial discipline, and supporting
management in the development and implementation of information
systems to effectively achieve these goals;
|
|
|
|
assisting management in their analysis and pursuit of prudent
organic cash flow growth strategies (both revenue and cost
related);
|
|
|
|
identifying and working with management to execute attractive
external growth and acquisition opportunities; and
|
|
|
|
forming strong subsidiary level boards of directors to
supplement management in their development and implementation of
strategic goals and objectives.
|
Based on the experience of our management team and its ability
to identify and negotiate acquisitions, we believe we are
positioned to acquire additional attractive businesses. Our
management team has a large network of over 2,000 deal
intermediaries to whom it actively markets and who we expect to
expose us to potential acquisitions. Through this network, as
well as our management teams active proprietary
transaction sourcing efforts, we typically have a substantial
pipeline of potential acquisition targets. In consummating
transactions, our management team has, in the past, been able to
successfully navigate complex situations surrounding
acquisitions, including corporate spin-offs, transitions of
family-owned businesses, management buy-outs and
reorganizations. We believe the flexibility, creativity,
experience and expertise of our management team in structuring
transactions provides us with a strategic advantage by allowing
us to consider non-traditional and complex transactions tailored
to fit a specific acquisition target
In addition, because we intend to fund acquisitions through the
utilization of our Revolving Credit Facility, we do not expect
to be subject to delays in or conditions by closing acquisitions
that would be typically associated with transaction specific
financing, as in typically the case in such acquisitions. We
believe this advantage is a powerful one and is highly unusual
in the marketplace for acquisitions in which we operate.
Initial
public offering and company formation
On May 16, 2006, we completed our initial public offering
of 13,500,000 shares of the Trust at an offering price of
$15.00 per share (the IPO). Total net proceeds from
the IPO, after deducting the underwriters discounts,
commissions and financial advisory fee, were approximately
$188.3 million. On May 16, 2006, we also completed the
private placement of 5,733,333 shares to CGI for
approximately $86.0 million and completed the private
placement of 266,667 shares to Pharos I LLC, an entity
controlled by Mr. Massoud, the Chief Executive Officer of
the Company, and owned by our management team, for approximately
$4.0 million. CGI also purchased 666,667 shares for
$10.0 million through the IPO.
Subsequent to the IPO the Companys board of directors
engaged the Manager to externally manage the
day-to-day
operations and affairs of the Company, oversee the management
and operations of the businesses and to perform those services
customarily performed by executive officers of a public Company.
From May 16, 2006 through December 31, 2007, we
purchased eight businesses (each of our businesses is a treated
as separate operating segment) and disposed of one, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
On May 16, 2006, we made loans to and purchased a
controlling interest in CBS Personnel for approximately
$128 million, representing at the time of purchase
approximately 97.3% of the common stock on a primary basis and
94.4% on a fully diluted basis.
|
|
|
|
On May 16, 2006, we made loans to and purchased a
controlling interest in Crosman for approximately
$73 million representing approximately 75.4%.on both a
primary and fully diluted basis.
|
|
|
|
On May 16, 2006, we made loans to and purchased a
controlling interest in Advanced Circuits for
approximately $81 million, representing approximately 70.2%
of the outstanding stock on both a primary and fully diluted
basis .
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
On May 16, 2006, we made loans to and purchased a
controlling interest in Silvue for approximately
$36 million, representing approximately 72.3% of the
outstanding stock on both a primary and fully diluted basis.
|
|
|
|
On August 1, 2006, we made loans to and purchased a
controlling interest in Anodyne for approximately
$31 million, representing at the time of purchase
approximately 47.3% of the outstanding stock on a primary basis
which represented approximately 69.8% of the voting power of
Anodyne.
|
|
|
|
On February 28, 2007, we made loans to and purchased a
controlling interest in Aeroglide for approximately
$58 million, representing approximately 88.9% of the
outstanding stock on a primary basis and approximately 73.9% on
a fully diluted basis.
|
|
|
|
On February 28, 2007, we made loans to and purchased a
controlling interest in HALO was purchased for
approximately $62 million, representing approximately 73.6%
of the outstanding stock on both a primary and fully diluted
basis.
|
|
|
|
On August 28, 2007, we made loans to and purchased a
controlling interest in American Furniture for
approximately $97 million, representing approximately 93.9%
of the outstanding stock on a primary basis and 84.5% on a fully
diluted basis.
|
|
|
|
On January 5, 2007, we sold all of our interest in Crosman,
for approximately $143 million
|
We are dependent upon the earnings of and cash distributions
from, the businesses that we own to meet our corporate overhead
and management fee expenses and to pay distributions. These
earnings, net of any minority interests in these businesses,
will be available:
|
|
|
|
|
First, to meet capital expenditure requirements, management fees
and corporate overhead expenses
|
|
|
|
Second, to fund distributions from the businesses to the
Company; and
|
|
|
|
Third, to be distributed by the Trust to shareholders.
|
2007
follow-on offering
On May 8, 2007, we successfully completed a secondary
public offering of 9,200,000 trust shares (including the
underwriters over-allotment of 1,200,000 shares) at
an offering price of $16.00 per share. Simultaneous with the
sale of the trust shares to the public, CGI purchased, through a
wholly-owned subsidiary, 1,875,000 trust shares at $16.00 per
share in a separate private placement. The net proceeds of the
secondary offering to the Company, after deducting
underwriters discount and offering costs totaled
approximately $168.7 million. We used a portion of the net
proceeds to repay the outstanding balance on our Revolving
Credit Facility.
Debt
Refinancing
In December 2007, we successfully expanded our existing Credit
Agreement, among a group of lenders led by Madison. The amended
Credit Agreement provides for a $325 million Revolving
Credit Facility, as well as a new $150 million Term Loan
Facility. The Credit Agreement includes a provision that allows
us to increase the Revolving Credit Facility by up to
$25 million and the Term Loan Facility by up to
$150 million, subject to certain restrictions, over the
next two years. The Revolving Credit Facility matures on
December 7, 2012. The Term Loan matures on December 7,
2013.
Recent
Developments
Acquisition
of Fox Factory
On January 4, 2008, we purchased a controlling interest in
Fox, headquartered in Watsonville, California. Fox is a
designer, manufacturer and marketer of high end suspension
products for mountain bikes, all-terrain vehicles, snowmobiles
and other off-road vehicles. Fox both acts as a tier one
supplier to leading action sport original equipment
manufacturers and provides after-market products to retailers
and distributors. We made loans to and
81
purchased a controlling interest in Fox for approximately
$80.9 million, representing approximately 76.0% of the
outstanding equity
Acquisition
of Staffmark
On January 21, 2008, CBS Personnel purchased all of the
outstanding equity interests of Staffmark. Staffmark is a
leading provider of commercial staffing services in the United
States. Staffmark provides staffing services in 30 states
through over 200 branches and
on-site
locations. The majority of Staffmarks revenues are derived
from light industrial staffing, with the balance of revenues
derived from administrative and transportation staffing,
permanent placement services and managed solutions. Similar to
CBS Personnel, Staffmark is one of the largest privately held
staffing companies in the United States.
CBS Personnel repaid approximately $80 million of Staffmark
debt and issued CBS personnel common stock valued at
$47.9 million, representing approximately 28% of CBS
Personnels outstanding common stock, on a fully diluted
basis.
American
Furniture Fire
On February, 12, 2008, American Furnitures
1.2 million square foot corporate office and manufacturing
facility in Ecru, MS was partially destroyed in a fire.
Approximately 750 thousand square feet of the facility was
impacted by the fire. The executive offices were fundamentally
unaffected. The recliner and motion plant, although largely
unaffected, suffered some smoke damage but resumed operations on
February 21, 2008. There were no injuries related to the
fire.
Temporarily, the Company has moved its stationary production
lines into other facilities. In addition to its 45 thousand
square foot flex facility, management has secured
166 thousand square feet of additional manufacturing and
warehouse space in the surrounding Pontotoc area. The production
lines at the flex facility were operating on
February 18, 2008 and the other temporary production lines
were operating on February 26, 2008. These temporary
stationary production lines are fully operational and provide
the company with approximately 90% of the pre-fire stationary
production capabilities. Orders for stationary products are
being addressed by these temporary facilities, whereas the
orders for motion and recliner products are being addressed by
the production facilities that were largely unaffected by the
fire at the Ecru facility. Management continues to seek
additional temporary manufacturing and warehouse space, and
believes that it will be able to secure additional facilities
and bring production back to the pre-fire levels within
90 days.
We are committed to exhaust all resources available to fast
track setting up temporary operations in order to minimize the
impact on our employees and curtail delivery delays for our
customers.
American Furniture is currently evaluating its business
interruption and property insurance coverage as it pertains to
this fire. Based upon the information available to date, we
believe that American Furniture, after meeting certain minimal
deductibles, will be fully insured for this loss. The insurance
will cover losses as the result of property damage and from lost
operating profits.
Areas
for focus in 2008
The areas of focus for 2008, which are generally applicable to
each of our businesses, include:
|
|
|
|
|
Achieving productivity savings and price increases to offset
inflation.;
|
|
|
|
Achieving sales growth, technological excellence and
manufacturing capability through global expansion, especially
focused on emerging regions in China;
|
|
|
|
Continuing to grow through disciplined acquisition and rigorous
integration processes;
|
|
|
|
Proactively managing raw material cost increases; and
|
|
|
|
Driving free cash flow through increased net income and
effective working capital management enabling continued
investment in our businesses, strategic acquisitions, and
enabling us to return value to our shareholders;
|
82
Results
of Operations
We were formed on November 18, 2005 and acquired our
existing businesses (segments) as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 16, 2006
|
|
August 1, 2006
|
|
February 28, 2007
|
|
August 31, 2007
|
|
Advanced Circuits
|
|
|
Anodyne
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
|
|
American Furniture
|
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HALO
|
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2007 represents the only full year of operations included
in our consolidated results of operations for four of our
businesses. The remaining three businesses were acquired in
fiscal 2007. As a result, we cannot provide a meaningful
comparison of our consolidated results of operations for the
year ended December 31, 2007 with any prior year. In the
following results of operations, we provide (i) our
consolidated results of operations for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, which includes the
results of operations of our businesses (segments) from the date
of acquisition, (ii) comparative and unconsolidated results
of operations for each of our businesses, on a stand-alone
basis, for each of the years ended December 31, 2007 and
2006.
Consolidated
Results of Operations Compass Diversified
Holdings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
917,903
|
|
|
$
|
410,873
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
673,710
|
|
|
|
311,641
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
244,193
|
|
|
|
99,232
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expense
|
|
|
172,554
|
|
|
|
71,077
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Fees to manager
|
|
|
10,888
|
|
|
|
4,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental put cost
|
|
|
7,400
|
|
|
|
22,456
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
18,921
|
|
|
|
6,774
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expense
|
|
|
1,455
|
|
|
|
1,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
32,975
|
|
|
$
|
(7,257
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We do not generate any revenues apart from those generated by
the businesses we own. We may generate interest income on the
investment of available funds, but expect such earnings to be
minimal. Our investment in our businesses is typically in the
form of loans from the Company to such businesses, as well as
equity interests in those companies. Cash flows coming to the
Trust and the Company is the result of interest payments on
those loans, amortization of those loans and, in the future,
potentially, dividends on our equity ownership. However, on a
consolidated basis these items will be eliminated.
Pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, we pay CGM a
quarterly management fee equal to 0.5% (2.0% annualized) of our
adjusted net assets, which is defined in the Management Services
Agreement (see Related Party Transactions). We accrue for the
management fee on a quarterly basis. For the year ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006 we incurred approximately $10.9
and $4.4 million, respectively, in expense for these fees.
In addition, concurrent with the 2006 IPO, we entered into a
Supplemental Put Agreement with our Manager pursuant to which
our Manager has the right to cause us to purchase the allocation
interests then owned by them upon termination of the Management
Services Agreement. The Company accrued approximately
$7.4 million and $22.5 million in non-cash expense
during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively in connection with this agreement. This expense
represents that portion of the estimated increase in the value
of our original businesses over our basis in those businesses
that our Manager is entitled to if the Management Services
Agreement were terminated or those businesses were sold
(see Related Party Transactions).
83
Results
of Operations Our Businesses
As previously discussed, we acquired our businesses on various
acquisition dates beginning May 16, 2006 (see table above).
As a result, our consolidated operating results only include the
results of operations since the acquisition date associated with
the business. The following discussion reflects a comparison of
the historical results of operations for each of our businesses
for the entire twelve-month period ending December 31, 2007
and 2006, irrespective of the acquisition date, which we believe
is a more meaningful comparison in explaining the historical
financial performance of the business. These results of
operations do not reflect direct one-time seller costs incurred
by the subsidiary resulting from our purchase of the 2006 and
2007 acquisitions. The following results of operations are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the
full year going forward.
Advanced
Circuits
Overview
Advanced Circuits is a provider of prototype, quick-turn and
volume production PCBs to customers throughout the United
States. Collectively, prototype and quick-turn PCBs represent
approximately 66.0% of Advanced Circuits gross revenues.
Prototype and quick-turn PCBs typically command higher margins
than volume production given that customers require high levels
of responsiveness, technical support and timely delivery with
respect to prototype and quick-turn PCBs and are willing to pay
a premium for them. Advanced Circuits is able to meet its
customers demands by manufacturing custom PCBs in as
little as 24 hours, while maintaining over 98.0% error-free
production rate and real-time customer service and product
tracking 24 hours per day.
While global demand for PCBs has remained strong in recent
years, industry wide domestic production has declined over 50%
since 2000. In contrast, Advanced Circuits revenues have
increased steadily as its customers prototype and quick-
turn PCB requirements, such as small quantity orders and rapid
turnaround, are less able to be met by low cost volume
manufacturers in Asia and elsewhere. Advanced Circuits
management anticipates that demand for its prototype and
quick-turn printed circuit boards will remain strong.
Over the past three years, Advanced Circuits has continued to
improve its internal production efficiencies and enhance its
service capabilities, resulting in increased profit margins.
Additionally, Advanced Circuits has benefited from increased
production capacity as a result of a facility expansion that was
completed in 2003.
Advanced Circuits does not depend or expect to depend upon any
customer or group of customers, with no single customer
accounting for more than 2% of its net sales. In 2007, Advanced
Circuits receives orders from over 9,000 customers and adds
approximately 200 new customers per month.
In September 2005, a subsidiary of CGI acquired Advanced
Circuits, Inc. along with R.J.C.S. LLC, an entity previously
established solely to hold Advanced Circuits real estate
and equipment assets. Immediately following the acquisitions,
R.J.C.S. LLC was merged into Advanced Circuits, Inc.
84
Results
of Operations
Fiscal
Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2006
The table below summarizes the combined statement of operations
for Advanced Circuits for the fiscal years ending
December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
52,292
|
|
|
$
|
48,139
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
23,139
|
|
|
|
20,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
29,153
|
|
|
|
28,041
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
8,914
|
|
|
|
12,855
|
|
Fees to manager
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
Amortization of Intangibles
|
|
|
2,661
|
|
|
|
2,731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
17,078
|
|
|
$
|
11,955
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
sales
Net sales for the year ended December, 31 2007 was approximately
$52.3 million compared to approximately $48.1 million
for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of
approximately $4.2 million or 8.6%. The increase in net
sales was largely due to increased sales in quick-turn and
prototype production PCBs, which increased by approximately
$2.2 million and $0.9 million, respectively. These
sales increases were offset in part by an increase in
promotional discounts of approximately $0.8 million.
Quick-turn production PCBs represented approximately 33.0% of
gross sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 as
compared to approximately 32.1% for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2006. Prototype production represented
approximately 32.2% of sales for the year ended
December 31, 2006 compared to approximately 33.4% for the
same period in 2006. Long-lead production sales as a percentage
of sales increased to approximately 22.3% of sales for the
fiscal year 2007 compared to approximately 20.4% for the fiscal
2006.
Cost
of sales
Cost of sales for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007
was approximately $23.1 million compared to approximately
$20.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an
increase of approximately $3.0 million or 16.1%. The
increase in cost of sales was largely due to the increase in
production. Gross profit as a percent of net sales decreased by
approximately 2.8% to approximately 55.4% for the year ended
December 31, 2007 compared to approximately 58.2% for the
year ended December 31, 2006 largely as a result of
significant increases in raw material costs, particularly the
commodity items such as glass, copper and gold, as well as
temporary inefficiencies caused as a result of capacity
expansion at Advanced Circuits Aurora, CO facility.
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2007 were approximately $8.7 million
compared to approximately $12.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006, a decrease of approximately
$3.9 million. Approximately $3.5 million of the
decrease was due to loan forgiveness arrangements provided to
Advanced Circuits management associated with CGIs
acquisition of Advanced Circuits. In 2006 Advanced Circuits
accrued $3.8 million in non-cash charges associated with
this arrangement compared to $0.3 million in 2007. In
addition, cost savings totaling approximately $0.4 million
were realized in fiscal 2007 due to decreases in employee
incentive programs.
85
Amortization
of intangibles
Amortization of intangibles was approximately $2.7 million
in each of the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.
Income
from operations
Income from operations was approximately $17.1 million for
the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to approximately
$12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an
increase of approximately $4.5 million or 35.7%. The
increase in income from operations was principally due to the
significant reduction in non-cash costs associated with loan
forgiveness compensation arrangements of approximately
$3.5 million and other factors, described above.
Aeroglide
Overview
Aeroglide is a designer and manufacturer of industrial drying
and cooling equipment. Aeroglides machinery is used in the
production of a variety of human foods, agriculture and pet
feeds, and industrial products. Management estimates
Aeroglides current worldwide installed based is
approximately 3,000 units. Aeroglide produces specialized
thermal processing equipment designed to remove moisture and
heat, as well as roast, toast, and bake a variety of processed
products. These lines include conveyor driers and coolers,
impingement driers, drum driers, rotary driers, toasters, spin
cookers and coolers, truck and tray driers, and related
auxiliary equipment. Aeroglide is an original equipment
manufacturer fabricating its equipment in carbon or stainless
steel and providing training, aftermarket components, and field
service.
Aeroglide serves a diverse range of markets, including
ready-to-eat
breakfast cereals, snack foods, dried fruits and vegetables, pet
foods, agriculture feeds, specialty chemicals, synthetic rubber,
super-absorbent polymers (SAP), and charcoal
briquettes. The primary market (conveyor driers and coolers)
currently addressed by Aeroglide is over $300 million
worldwide, and Aeroglide commands an estimated 15% to 20% global
share. Aeroglide utilizes an extensive engineering department to
custom engineer each machine for a particular application.
In addition to its headquarters in Cary, North Carolina,
Aeroglide maintains sales and service offices in Trevose, PA,
the U.K., Malaysia and China.
Results
of Operations
Fiscal
Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2006
The table below summarizes the combined statement of operations
for Aeroglide for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2007
and December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
63,966
|
|
|
$
|
48,086
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
38,997
|
|
|
|
27,699
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
24,969
|
|
|
|
20,387
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
16,023
|
|
|
|
14,335
|
|
Fees to manager
|
|
|
418
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of Intangibles
|
|
|
4,801
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
3,727
|
|
|
$
|
6,052
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86
Net
sales
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 were
approximately $64.0 million compared to $48.1 million
for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of
$15.9 million or 33.0%. Machinery sales totaled
approximately $49.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007 compared to approximately
$35.0 million in the corresponding period in 2006, an
increase of $14.8 million. In addition, sales associated
with parts and service increased approximately
$1.1 million. The increase in machinery sales was due to
strong demand for equipment in the food market, particularly in
North America and Europe. Aeroglides sales backlog was
approximately $26.4 million at December 31, 2007 and
$26.2 million at December 31, 2006.
Cost
of sales
Cost of sales increased approximately $11.3 million in the
year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the same period of
2006 and is due principally to the corresponding increase in
sales. Gross profit as a percent of sales was 39.0% in 2007
compared to 42.4% in the corresponding period in 2006. The
decrease of 3.4% is attributable to a mix of lower margin
machinery jobs that flowed through the period compared to
machinery jobs in 2006 in addition to a greater percentage of
total machinery sales in 2007, which carry a lower margin than
parts and service.
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2007 increased approximately $1.7 million
compared to the corresponding period in 2006. This increase is
largely the result of an increase in sales staff and associated
costs necessary to support the significant increase in machinery
sales.
Amortization
expense
Amortization expense increased approximately $4.8 million
for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the
corresponding period in 2006. This increase is entirely due to
the amortization expense of intangible assets recognized in
connection with Aeroglides recapitalization in connection
with our purchase of a controlling interest in Aeroglide on
February 28, 2007. The majority of the amortization expense
is the result of amortizing approximately $3.4 million of
an intangible asset recognized in connection with our purchase
in February, reflecting Aeroglides sales backlog at that
time.
Income
from operations
Income from operations decreased approximately
$2.3 million, to income of $3.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 2007 compared $6.1 million for the
year ended December 31, 2006 due principally to the
significant increase in amortization costs offset in part by a
combination of other factors described above.
American
Furniture
Overview
Founded in 1998 and headquartered in Ecru, Mississippi, American
Furniture is a leading U.S. manufacturer of upholstered
furniture, focused exclusively on the promotional segment of the
furniture industry. American Furniture offers a broad product
line of stationary and motion furniture, including sofas,
loveseats, sectionals, recliners and complementary products,
sold primarily at retail price points ranging between $199 and
$999. American Furniture is a low-cost manufacturer and is able
to ship any product in its line within 48 hours of
receiving an order
American Furnitures products are adapted from established
designs in the following categories: (i) motion and
recliner; (ii) stationary; (iii) occasional chair and
(iv) accent table. American Furnitures products are
manufactured from common components and offer proven select
fabric options, providing manufacturing efficiency and resulting
in limited design risk or inventory obsolescence.
87
Results
of Operations
Fiscal
Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2006
The table below summarizes the combined statement of operations
for American Furniture for the fiscal years ending
December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
156,635
|
|
|
$
|
165,364
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
120,777
|
|
|
|
130,545
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
35,858
|
|
|
|
34,819
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
20,739
|
|
|
|
20,383
|
|
Fees to manager
|
|
|
542
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
Amortization of Intangibles
|
|
|
3,650
|
|
|
|
4,001
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
10,927
|
|
|
$
|
9,935
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
sales
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 were
$156.6 million compared to $165.4 million for the same
period in 2006, a decrease of $8.7 million or 5.3%.
Stationary sales decreased approximately $2.2 million for
the twelve month period over prior year while Motion and
Recliner sales decreased approximately $4.1 million. Table
and Occasional sales increased $1.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 2007 compared to 2006. The raw material
surcharge that was eliminated late in 2006 is largely
responsible for the remaining decrease in net sales in 2007
compared to 2006
Cost
of sales
Cost of sales decreased approximately $9.8 million for the
year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the same period of
2006 and is due to the corresponding decrease in sales Raw
material savings on suede product imported from China and
improvement in labor efficiencies which contributed to
eliminating excess overtime. Gross profit as a percent of sales
was 22.9% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to
21.1% in the corresponding period in 2006. This increase in
margin is attributable to the raw material savings and
improvement in labor efficiencies.
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2007 increased approximately $0.4 million
over the corresponding period in 2006. This increase is due to
increases in rent and health insurance expense, in 2007 totaling
approximately $1.6 million, offset in part by reduced:
(i) direct selling costs (commissions, etc), and,
(ii) headcount costs (workers compensation, payroll
taxes, fringes, etc) associated with decrease in net sales and
production.
Amortization
expense
Amortization expense decreased approximately $0.4 million
in for the year ended December 31, 2007 over the
corresponding period in 2006 due principally to the amortization
expense related to financing costs incurred in 2006 associated
with the sale leaseback of a building.
Income
from operations
Income from operations increased approximately $1.0 million
for the year ended December 31, 2007 over the corresponding
period in 2006 primarily due to the increase in gross profit
margins and other factors as described above.
88
Anodyne
Overview
Anodyne, a specialty manufacturer and distributor of medical
devices, specifically medical support surfaces, was formed in
February 2006 to purchase the assets and operations of AMF and
SenTech on February 15, 2006. Both AMF and SenTech
manufacture and distribute medical support surfaces. On
October 5, 2006, Anodyne purchased a third manufacturer and
distributor of patient positioning devices, Anatomic Concepts.
Anatomic Concepts operations were merged into the AMF
operations. On June 27, 2007 Anodyne purchased PrimaTech
Medical Systems (Primatech), a distributor of
medical support surfaces focusing on the lower price point
long-term and home, care markets . The purchase price was
$5.1 million and consisted of a combination of cash and
Anodyne stock. Management anticipates that Primatech will
contribute revenues in excess of $3.0 million on an
annualized basis.
The medical support surfaces industry is fragmented. We believe
the market is comprised of many small participants who design
and manufacture products for preventing and treating decubitus
ulcers. Decubitus ulcers, or pressure ulcers, are formed on
immobile medical patients through continued pressure on one area
of skin. In these cases, the person lying in the same position
for an extended period of time puts pressure on a small portion
of the body surface. Contributing factors to the development of
pressure ulcers are sheer, or pull on the skin due to the
underlying fabric, and moisture, which increases propensity to
breakdown.
Anodynes strategy for approaching this market includes
offering its customers consistently high quality, FDA compliant
products on a national basis leveraging its scale to provide
industry leading research and development while pursuing cost
savings through purchasing scale and operational efficiencies.
Anodyne began operations on February 15, 2006 and as such,
the following comparative results of operation reflect only ten
and one-half months of operations in fiscal 2006.. We purchased
Anodyne from CGI on July 31, 2006.
Results
of Operations
Fiscal
Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2006
The table below summarizes the combined statement of operations
for Anodyne for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2007
and December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
44,189
|
|
|
$
|
23,367
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
33,073
|
|
|
|
17,505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
11,116
|
|
|
|
5,862
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
6,502
|
|
|
|
4,596
|
|
Fees to manager
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
|
305
|
|
Amortization of Intangibles
|
|
|
1,328
|
|
|
|
709
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
2,936
|
|
|
$
|
252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
sales
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 were
$44.2 million compared to $23.4 million for the same
period in 2006, an increase of $20.8 million or 89.1%.
Sales associated with Anatomic, which was purchased in October
2006, accounted for $9.1 million of this increase and sales
associated with Primatech, purchased in June 2007 accounted for
approximately $2.6 million of this increase. Sales
reflecting new product introductions to new customers and year
over year growth to existing customers totaled approximately
$5.9 million. The remaining increase in net sales is a
function of twelve months activity in 2007 vs. ten and one-half
months in 2006
89
Cost
of sales
Cost of sales increased approximately $15.6 for the year ended
December 31, 2007 compared to the same period in 2006 and
is principally due to the corresponding increase in sales and
manufacturing infrastructure costs. Gross profit as a percent of
sales remained constant at approximately 25.2% for the year
ended December 31, 2007 compared to 25.1% in 2006.
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31 2007 increased $1.9 million compared to the
same period in 2006. This increase is largely the result of
increases in administrative staff and associated costs necessary
to support the increase in sales and new product development.
Amortization
expense
Amortization expense increased approximately $0.6 million
in the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the
corresponding period in 2006, due principally to the full year
impact of amortization in fiscal 2007, and the effect of
amortization expense resulting from the acquisition of Anatomic
in October 2006 and Prima Tech in June 2007.
Income
from operations
Income from operations increased approximately $2.7 million
to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007
compared to the same period in 2006, principally as a result of
the significant increase in net sales offset in part by higher
infrastructure costs necessary to support the increase in sales
volume and other factors described above
CBS
Personnel
Overview
CBS Personnel, a provider of temporary staffing services in the
United States, provides a wide range of human resources
services, including temporary staffing services, employee
leasing services, and permanent staffing and
temporary-to-permanent
placement services. CBS Personnel derives a majority of its
revenues from its temporary staffing services, which generated
over 97% of its of revenues for fiscal years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. CBS Personnel
serves over 4,000 corporate and small business clients and
during an average week places over 23,000 temporary employees in
a broad range of industries, including manufacturing,
transportation, retail, distribution, warehousing, automotive
supply, and construction, industrial, healthcare and financial
sectors.
CBS Personnels business strategy includes maximizing
production in existing offices, increasing the number of offices
within a market when conditions warrant, and expanding
organically into contiguous markets where it can benefit from
shared management and administrative expenses. CBS Personnel
typically enters into new markets through acquisition. In
keeping with these strategies, CBS Personnel acquired
substantially all of the assets of SES on November 27,
2006. This acquisition gave CBS Personnel a presence in the
Baltimore, Maryland area, while increasing its presence in the
Chicago, Illinois area. SES derives its revenues primarily from
the light industrial market In addition, subsequent to year end,
effective January 21, 2008 CBS Personnel acquired
Staffmark, a privately held, provider of temporary staffing
services headquartered in Little Rock, Arkansas.
90
Results
of Operations
Fiscal
Year Ended December 31, 2007 as Compared to Fiscal Year
Ended December 31, 2006
The table below summarizes the consolidated statement of
operations data for CBS Personnel for the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
569,880
|
|
|
$
|
551,080
|
|
Direct cost of revenues
|
|
|
464,343
|
|
|
|
446,270
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
105,537
|
|
|
|
104,810
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
80,817
|
|
|
|
79,472
|
|
Fees to manager
|
|
|
1,055
|
|
|
|
1,041
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
1,123
|
|
|
|
1,084
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
22,542
|
|
|
$
|
23,213
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007 were
$569.9 million compared to $551.1 million for the
corresponding period in 2006, an increase of $18.8 million
or 3.4%. This increase is due to incremental revenue of
approximately $28.5 million attributable to SES, acquired
on November 27, 2006, offset by decreases in revenue
attributable to severe winter storms in the first quarter of
fiscal 2007, which affected many clients, curtailing their
operations and resulting in an estimated $2.5 million
negative impact on CBS revenues. The remaining decrease in
revenues of approximately $7.2 million reflects reduced
demand for staffing services (primarily clerical and technical)
as clients were affected by weaker economic environment.
Cost
of revenues
Direct cost of revenues increased approximately
$18.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007
compared to the same period in 2006. Costs associated with the
increased revenue from SES accounts, described above, represents
$23.5 of the increase. This was offset by an approximate
$5.4 million decrease due to the costs associated with the
revenues attributable to lower overall demand for staffing
services and favorable workers compensation actuarial
adjustments. Favorable workers compensation adjustments of
approximately $1.1 million and $2.5 million were
recorded in years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively, reflecting CBS Personnels progress in
proactively settling claims and its initiatives in reducing
overall workers compensation exposure.
Gross profit was approximately 18.5% and 19.0% of revenues for
each of the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively. The decrease is primarily attributable to
increases in revenues of lower-margin, light industrial
accounts, resulting from both the SES acquisition, which
primarily provides light industrial staffing, and incremental
growth in this sector. Light industrial accounts comprised
approximately 56.3% of net revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2007, compared to 48.7% for the same period a
year ago.
Selling,
general and administrative expense
Selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended
December 31, 2007 increased approximately $1.3 million
compared to the same period in 2006. SG&A expenses directly
related to SES field operations increased approximately
$3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007
compared to the same period in 2006. This increase was offset in
part by decreases in staffing expenses, including incentive pay
of approximately $0.7 million in the year ended
December 31, 2007 compared to the same period a year ago.
Also, CBS incurred one-time expenses of approximately
$0.3 million in 2006 related to the Companys IPO.
Overall cost control initiatives in a number of other areas
accounts for the remaining decrease.
91
Income
from operations
Income from operations decreased approximately $0.7 million
for year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the same
period in 2006 based on those factors described above.
HALO
Overview
Operating under the brand names of HALO and Lee Wayne,
headquartered in Sterling, IL, HALO is an independent provider
of customized drop-ship promotional products in the U.S. Through
an extensive group of dedicated sales professionals, HALO serves
as a one-stop shop for over 40,000 customers throughout the
U.S. HALO is involved in the design, sourcing, management
and fulfillment of promotional products across several product
categories, including apparel, calendars, writing instruments,
drink ware and office accessories. HALOs sales
professionals work with customers and vendors to develop the
most effective means of communicating a logo or marketing
message to a target audience. Approximately 95% of products sold
are drop shipped, resulting in minimal inventory risk. HALO has
established itself as a leader in the promotional products and
marketing industry through its focus on service through its
approximately 700 account executives.
Distribution of promotional products is seasonal. Typically,
HALO expects to realize approximately 45% of its sales and 70%
of its operating income in the months of September through
December, due principally to calendar sales and corporate
holiday promotions.
Results
of Operations
Fiscal
Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2006
The table below summarizes the combined statement of operations
for HALO for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2007 and
December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
144,342
|
|
|
$
|
115,646
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
88,939
|
|
|
|
71,210
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
55,403
|
|
|
|
44,436
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
46,725
|
|
|
|
38,121
|
|
Fees to manager
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
Amortization of Intangibles
|
|
|
1,809
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
6,419
|
|
|
$
|
6,115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 were
$144.3 million, compared to $115.6 million for the
same period in 2006, an increase $28.7 million or 24.8%.
Sales increases to accounts from acquisitions made since
December 31, 2006 and the full year impact for 2006
acquisitions, accounted for approximately $22.3 million of
this increase. The remaining increase is attributable to
increased sales to existing customers across all product lines.
Cost
of sales
Cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2007
increased approximately $17.7 million compared to the same
period in 2006. The increase in cost of sales is primarily
attributable to the increase in net sales for the same period.
Gross profit as a percentage of net sales totaled approximately
38.4% of net sales in each of the years ended December 31,
2007 and 2006.
92
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2007, increased approximately
$8.6 million over the same period in 2006. This increase is
largely the result of increased direct commission expense
attributable to the increase in net sales totaling approximately
$5.3 million and to a lesser extent, increased
administrative and personnel costs incurred as a result of the
increase in the number of independent sales representatives in
2007.
Amortization
expense
Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2007
increased approximately $1.8 million compared to the same
period in 2006. This increase is to due principally the
amortization expense of intangible assets recognized in
connection with HALOs recapitalization in connection with
our purchase of a controlling interest in HALO on
February 28, 2007.
Income
from operations
Income from operations increased approximately $0.3 million
to income of $6.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007 compared to income of $6.1 million
for the year ended December 31, 2006 due principally to the
increase in net sales and accompanying margins offset in part by
the increase in selling costs and to a lesser extent increased
amortization costs recognized in connection with the February
2007 acquisition of HALO, as described above, and
$0.2 million increase in management fees paid in the year
ended December 31, 2007 compared to 2006.
Silvue
Overview
Silvue is a developer and producer of proprietary, high
performance liquid coating systems used in the high-end eyewear,
aerospace, automotive and industrial markets. Silvues
coating systems, which impart properties such as abrasion
resistance, improved durability, chemical resistance,
ultraviolet, or UV protection, can be applied to a wide variety
of materials, including plastics, such as polycarbonate and
acrylic, glass, metals and other surfaces.
We believe that the hardcoatings industry will experience growth
as the use of existing materials requiring hardcoatings
continues to grow, new materials requiring hardcoatings are
developed and new uses of hardcoatings are discovered.
Silvues management expects additional growth in the
industry as manufacturers continue to outsource the development
and application of hardcoatings used on their products.
To respond to increasing demand for coating systems, Silvue is
focused on growth through the development of new products
providing either greater functionality or better value to its
customers. Silvue currently owns nine patents relating to its
coatings portfolio and continues to invest in the research and
development of additional proprietary products. Further, driven
by input from customers and the changing demands of the
marketplace, Silvue actively endeavors to identify new
applications for its existing products.
On August 31, 2004, Silvue was formed by CGI and management
to acquire SDC Technologies, Inc. and on September 2, 2004,
it acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of SDC Technologies,
Inc. Following this acquisition, on April 1, 2005, SDC
Technologies, Inc. purchased the remaining 50% it did not
previously own of Nippon Arc, which was formerly operated as a
joint venture with Nippon Sheet Glass Co., LTD., for
approximately $3.6 million.
In November 2005, Silvues management made the strategic
decision to halt operations at its application facility in
Henderson, Nevada. The operations included substantially all of
Silvues application services business, which has
historically applied Silvues coating systems and other
coating systems to customers products and materials. The
facility was shut down in November 2006.
93
Results
of Operations
Fiscal
Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2006
The table below summarizes the consolidated statement of
operations for Silvue for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2007 and for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
22,521
|
|
|
$
|
24,068
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
4,626
|
|
|
|
7,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
17,895
|
|
|
|
16,970
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
8,837
|
|
|
|
8,426
|
|
Research and development costs
|
|
|
1,455
|
|
|
|
1,129
|
|
Fees to manager
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
|
350
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
733
|
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
6,520
|
|
|
$
|
6,320
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
sales
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 were
$22.5 million compared to $24.1 million for the same
period in 2006, a decrease of $1.5 million or 6.4%. This
decrease is principally the result of sales totaling
approximately $2.8 million attributable to Silvues
Henderson, Nevada application facility that was shut down in
2006, offset in part by an increase in coating sales to existing
customers in the European market, totaling approximately
$1.3 million.
Cost
of sales
Cost of sales decreased $2.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007 compared to the same period in 2006.
Approximately $1.9 million of the decrease is attributable
to cost of sales at the aforementioned Henderson facility. The
remaining decrease is the result of proportionately lower
percentage of sales in Asia in 2007 compared to 2006, where
margins are lower than other markets. Sales to the Asian market
represented approximately 25.7% of net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2007 compared to 30.4% in the same period in
2006 (exclusive of coating sales attributable to the closed
Henderson facility). Gross profit as a percent of net sales,
(exclusive of sales and cost at the Henderson facility), was
approximately 79.5% in 2007 compared to 70.5% in 2006.
Selling,
general and administrative expense
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2007 increased approximately $0.4 million
compared to the same period in 2006. This increase is
principally the result of approximately $0.4 million of
costs incurred in 2007 in connection with establishing a
presence in China, additional engineering personnel hired for
manufacturing totaling approximately $0.2 million and
increases attributable to minor increases across a broad
spectrum of cost categories of an additional $0.2 million.
These cost increases were offset in part by approximately
$0.4 million of Henderson Facility costs not incurred
during fiscal 2007.
Research
and development costs
Research and development costs for the year ended
December 31, 2006 increased $0.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 2007 compared to the same period in 2006
as a result of costs incurred for European patents and the
addition of one chemist to the research and development staff.
94
Amortization
of intangibles
Amortization costs were approximately $0.7 million in each
of the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Income
from operations
Income from operations increased approximately $0.2 million
to income of $6.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007 compared to income of $6.3 million
for the year ended December 31, 2006 due a combination of
those factors described above.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
At December 31, 2007, on a consolidated basis, cash flows
provided by operating activities totaled approximately
$41.8 million, which represents the inclusion of the
results of operations of our initial businesses for twelve
months ended December 31, 2007 and the inclusion of the
results of operations of our 2007 acquisitions as follows:
(i) Aeroglide and HALO for the ten months ended
December 31, 2007 and (ii) American Furniture for the
four months ended December 31, 2007.
Cash flows used in investing activities totaled approximately
$114.2 million, which reflects the costs to acquire
Aeroglide, HALO and American Furniture of approximately
$217.1 million, the costs associated with add-on
acquisitions at the segment level totaling approximately
$8.0 million and capital expenditures of approximately
$8.7 million offset in part by the proceeds received from
the sale of Crosman totaling approximately $119.7 million.
Cash flows provided by financing activities totaled
approximately $184.9 million, principally reflecting:
(i) net proceeds of the follow-on offering in May 2007 of
approximately $168.7 million; (ii) $150.0 million
draw down on our Term Loan Facility in December 2007, offset in
part by: (i) distributions paid to shareholders during the
year totaling approximately $32.0 million;
(ii) repayment of our outstanding borrowings under our
Revolving Credit Facility totaling $85.0 million; and,
(ii) distributions made to minority shareholders at our
subsidiary, Advanced Circuits of approximately
$14.0 million.
At December 31, 2007 we had approximately
$119.4 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand and the
following outstanding loans due from each of our businesses:
|
|
|
|
|
Advanced Circuits approximately $72.9 million;
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide approximately $32.6 million;
|
|
|
|
American Furniture approximately $69.0 million;
|
|
|
|
Anodyne approximately $24.5 million;
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel approximately $51.0 million;
|
|
|
|
HALO approximately $45.6 million; and
|
|
|
|
Silvue approximately $14.0 million
|
On October 10, 2007, we entered into an amendment to the
credit agreement, dated as of May 16, 2006, between us and
Advanced Circuits (the AC Credit Agreement). The AC
Credit Agreement was amended to (i) provide for additional
term loan borrowings of $47,000,000 and to permit the proceeds
thereof to fund cash distributions totaling $47.0 million
by ACI to Compass AC Holdings, Inc. (ACH),
ACIs sole shareholder, and by ACH to its shareholders,
including the Company, (ii) extend the maturity dates of
the loans under the AC Credit Agreement, and (iii) modify
certain financial covenants of ACI under the AC Credit
Agreement. The Companys share of the cash distribution was
approximately $33.0 million with approximately
$14.0 million being distributed to ACHs other
shareholders. All other material terms and conditions of the
Credit Agreement were unchanged.
Each loan has a scheduled maturity and each business is entitled
to repay all or a portion of the principal amount of the
outstanding loans, without penalty, prior to maturity.
95
Our primary source of cash is from the receipt of interest and
principal on our outstanding loans to our businesses.
Accordingly, we are dependent upon the earnings of and cash flow
of these businesses, which are available for (i) operating
expenses; (ii) payment of principal and interest under our
Credit Agreement,; (iii) payments to CGM due or potentially
due pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, the LLC
Agreement, and the Supplemental Put Agreement; (iv) cash
distributions to our shareholders and (v) investments in
future acquisitions. Payments made under (iii) above are
required to be paid before distributions to shareholders and may
be significant and exceed the funds held by us, which may
require us to dispose of assets or incur debt to fund such
expenditures. A non-cash charge to earnings of approximately
$7.4 million was recorded during the year ended
December 31, 2007 in order to recognize our estimated,
potential liability in connection with the Supplemental Put
Agreement between us and CGM. Approximately $7.9 million of
the accrued profit allocation was paid in the first quarter of
fiscal 2007 in connection with the sale of Crosman. A liability
of approximately $22.0 million is reflected in our
condensed consolidated balance sheet, which represents our
estimated liability for this obligation at December 31,
2007.
We believe that we currently have sufficient liquidity and
resources to meet our existing obligations including anticipated
distributions to our shareholders over the next twelve months.
On December 7, 2007 we amended our existing
$250 million credit facility with a group of lenders led by
Madison Capital, LLC. The Credit Agreement provides for a
Revolving Credit Facility totaling $325 million which
matures in November 2012 and a Term Loan Facility totaling
$150 million. The Term Loan Facility requires quarterly
payments of $500,000 commencing March 31, 2008 with a final
payment of the outstanding principal balance due on
December 7, 2013. The Revolving Credit Facility matures on
December 7, 2012. The Credit Agreement permits the Company
to increase, over the next two years, the amount available under
the Revolving Credit Facility by up to $25 million and the
Term Loan Facility by up to $150 million, subject to
certain restrictions and Lender approval.
The Revolving Credit Facility allows for loans at either base
rate or LIBOR. Base rate loans bear interest at a fluctuating
rate per annum equal to the greater of (i) the prime rate
of interest published by the Wall Street Journal and
(ii) the sum of the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5% for the
relevant period, plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.50% based
upon the ratio of total debt to adjusted consolidated earnings
before interest expense, tax expense, and depreciation and
amortization expenses for such period (the Total Debt to
EBITDA Ratio). LIBOR loans bear interest at a fluctuating
rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offer Rate, or
LIBOR, for the relevant period plus a margin ranging from 2.50%
to 3.50% based on the Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio We are required
to pay commitment fees ranging between 0.75% and 1.25% per annum
on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility
The Term Loan Facility bears interest at either base rate or
LIBOR. Base rate loans bear interest at a fluctuating rate per
annum equal to the greater of (i) the prime rate of
interest published by the Wall Street Journal and (ii) the
sum of the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5% for the relevant period
plus a margin of 3.0%. LIBOR loans bear interest at a
fluctuating rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offer
Rate, or LIBOR, for the relevant period plus a margin of 4.0%.
On December 31, 2007 our Term Loan Facility bore interest
at 8.949%.
Our Term Loan Facility received a B1 rating from Moodys
Investors Service (Moodys), and a BB- rating
from Standard and Poors Rating Services and our Revolving
Credit Facility received a Ba1 rating from Moodys,
reflective of our strong cash flow relative to debt, and
industry diversification of our businesses.
We intend to use the availability under our Credit Agreement to
pursue acquisitions of additional businesses to the extent
permitted under our Credit Agreement and to provide for working
capital needs.
On January 22, 2008 we entered into a three-year interest
rate swap agreement with a bank, fixing the rate of
$140 million at 7.35% on a like amount of variable rate
Term Loan Facility borrowings. The interest rate swap is
intended to mitigate the impact of fluctuations in interest
rates and effectively converts $140 million of our
floating-rate Term Facility Debt to a fixed rate basis for a
period of three years.
96
The table below details cash receipts and payments that are not
reflected on our income statement in order to provide an
additional measure of managements estimate of cash flow
available for distribution (CAD). CAD is a non-GAAP
measure that we believe provides additional information to
evaluate our ability to make anticipated quarterly
distributions. It is not necessarily comparable with similar
measures provided by other entities. We believe that CAD,
together with future distributions and cash available from our
businesses (net of reserves) will be sufficient to meet our
anticipated distributions over the next twelve months. The table
below reconciles CAD to net income and to cash flow provided by
operating activities, which we consider to be the most directly
comparable financial measure calculated and presented in
accordance with GAAP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
40,368
|
|
Adjustment to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating
activities
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
24,107
|
|
Supplemental put expense
|
|
|
7,400
|
|
Minority shareholders notes and charges
|
|
|
1,080
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
11,940
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
(1,295
|
)
|
Gain on sale of Crosman
|
|
|
(35,834
|
)
|
Amortization of debt issuance cost
|
|
|
1,224
|
|
Other
|
|
|
86
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
|
|
|
(7,304
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
41,772
|
|
Plus:
|
|
|
|
|
Unused fee on credit facilities(1)
|
|
|
2,665
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
|
|
|
7,304
|
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
Maintenance capital expenditures(2)
|
|
|
|
|
Advanced Circuits
|
|
|
396
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
|
420
|
|
American Furniture
|
|
|
140
|
|
Anodyne
|
|
|
1,521
|
|
CBS personnel
|
|
|
2,148
|
|
HALO
|
|
|
326
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated cash flow available for distribution
|
|
$
|
46,335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution paid April 2007
|
|
$
|
(6,135
|
)
|
Distribution paid July 2007
|
|
|
(9,458
|
)
|
Distribution paid October 2007
|
|
|
(10,246
|
)
|
Distribution paid January 2008
|
|
|
(10,246
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total distributions
|
|
$
|
(36,085
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents the commitment fee on the unused portion of our
third-party loans. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents maintenance capital expenditures that were funded
from operating cash flow and excludes approximately
$3.3 million of growth capital expenditures for the year
ended December 31, 2007. |
Cash flows of certain of our businesses are seasonal in nature.
Cash flows from American Furniture are typically highest in the
months of March through June of each year, coinciding with
homeowners tax refunds. Cash flows from CBS Personnel are
typically lower in the March 31 quarter of each year than in
other quarters due to
97
reduced seasonal demand for temporary staffing services and to
lower gross margins during that period associated with the
front-end loading of certain taxes and other payments associated
with payroll paid to our employees. Cash flows from HALO are
typically highest in the months of September through December of
each year primarily as the result of calendar sales and holiday
promotions. HALO generates approximately two-thirds of its
operating income in the months of September through December
Related
Party Transactions
We have entered into the following agreements with CGM. Any fees
associated with the agreements described below must be paid, if
applicable, prior to the payment of any distributions to
shareholders.
|
|
|
|
|
Management Services Agreement
|
|
|
|
LLC Agreement
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Put Agreement
|
Management Services Agreement We
entered into a Management Services Agreement with CGM effective
May 16, 2006. The Management Services Agreement provides
for CGM to perform services for us in exchange for a management
fee paid quarterly and equal to 0.5% of our adjusted net assets.
We amended the Management Services Agreement on November 8,
2006 and March 12, 2008, to clarify that adjusted net
assets are not reduced by non-cash charges associated with the
Supplemental Put, and that the Manager is entitled to
reimbursement of non-compensatory expenses incurred by the
Manager and its personnel to the extent specifically permitted
under the provisions of the Management Services Agreement
dealing with the reimbursement of Manager expenses, which
amendments were unanimously approved by the Compensation
Committee and the Board of Directors. The management fee is
required to be paid prior to the payment of any distributions to
shareholders. For the year ended December 31, 2007 we
incurred approximately $10.9 million to CGM for its
quarterly management fees.
LLC Agreement As distinguished from
its position of providing management services to us, pursuant to
the Management Services Agreement, CGM is also an equity holder
of our allocation interests. As such, CGM has the right to a
distribution pursuant to a profit allocation formula upon the
occurrence of certain events. CGM paid $100,000 for the
aforementioned allocation interests and has the right to cause
the Company to purchase the allocation interests it owns under
certain circumstances, (see Supplemental Put Agreement below).
Supplemental
Put Agreement
As distinct from its role as our Manager, CGM is also the owner
of 100% of the allocation interests in the Company. Concurrent
with the IPO, CGM and the Company entered into a Supplemental
Put Agreement, which may require the Company to acquire these
allocation interests upon termination of the Management Services
Agreement. Essentially, the put rights granted to CGM require us
to acquire CGMs allocation interests in the Company at a
price based on a percentage of the increase in fair value in the
Companys businesses over its basis in those businesses.
Each fiscal quarter we estimate the fair value of our businesses
for the purpose of determining our potential liability
associated with the Supplemental Put Agreement. Any change in
the potential liability is accrued currently as a non-cash
adjustment to earnings. For the year ended December 31,
2007, we recognized approximately $7.4 million in non-cash
expense related to the Supplemental Put Agreement. As a result
of the sale of Crosman we paid CGM approximately
$7.9 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2007, which
represented the profit allocation due.
Anodyne
Acquisition
On July 31, 2006, we acquired from CGI and its
wholly-owned, indirect subsidiary, Compass Medical Mattress
Partners, LP (CMMP) approximately 47.3% of the
outstanding capital stock, on a fully-diluted basis, of Anodyne,
representing approximately 69.8% of the voting power of all
Anodyne stock. Pursuant to the same agreement, we also acquired
from CMMP all of the Original Loans. On the same date, we
entered into a Note Purchase and Sale Agreement with CGI and
CMMP for the purchase from CMMP of a Promissory Note issued by a
borrower controlled by Anodynes chief executive officer
totaling $5.2 million. The promissory Note accrues interest
at the
98
rate of 13% per annum and is added to the Notes principal
balance. The Note matures in August, 2008. The balance of the
Promissory Note and accrued interest totals approximately
$6.4 million at December 31, 2007.
2007
acquisitions
CGM acted as an advisor to us in these transactions for which it
received transaction services fees and expense payments totaling
approximately $2.1 million.
Advanced
Circuits Transactions
On October 10, 2007, we entered into an amendment to the AC
Credit Agreement. The AC Credit Agreement was amended to
(i) provide for additional term loan borrowings of
$47,000,000 and to permit the proceeds thereof to fund cash
distributions totaling $47.0 million by ACH, ACIs
sole shareholder, and by ACH to its shareholders, including the
Company, (ii) extend the maturity dates of the loans under
the AC Credit Agreement, and (iii) modify certain financial
covenants of ACI under the AC Credit Agreement. The
Companys share of the cash distribution was approximately
$33.0 million with approximately $14.0 million being
distributed to ACHs other shareholders. All other material
terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement were unchanged.
The ACI minority interest share of the distribution exceeded
ACIs cumulative minority interest earnings by
approximately $10.0 million (excess
distribution) as of December 31, 2007. As a result,
in accordance with
EITF 95-7;
Implementation Issues Related to the Minority Interests
in Certain Real Estate Investment Trusts, the excess
distribution is charged to minority interest in the
Companys consolidated income statement, and is effectively
absorbed by the majority interest. This excess distribution will
be credited in the future against ACI minority interest income,
if any, of Advanced Circuits until such time that the excess
distribution charge to the Companys equity is reduced to
zero.
American
Furniture Supplier
AFMs largest supplier, Independent Furniture Supply
(Independent), is 50% owned by Mike Thomas,
AFMs CEO. AFM purchases polyfoam from Independent on an
arms-length basis and AFM performs regular audits to verify
market pricing. AFM does not have any long-term supply contracts
with Independent. Total purchases from Independent during the
12 months ended December 31, 2007 totaled
approximately $19.3 million and from September 1, 2007
(our acquisition date) purchases from Independent were
approximately $8.4 million
Contractual
Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no special purpose entities or off balance sheet
arrangements, other than operating leases entered into in the
ordinary course of business.
Long-term contractual obligations, except for our long-term debt
obligations, are generally not recognized in our consolidated
balance sheet. Non-cancelable purchase obligations are
obligations we incur during the normal course of business, based
on projected needs.
The table below summarizes the payment schedule of our
contractual obligations at December 31, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
1-3
|
|
|
3-5
|
|
|
More than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Long-term debt obligations(a)
|
|
$
|
241,675
|
|
|
$
|
18,583
|
|
|
$
|
36,728
|
|
|
$
|
36,144
|
|
|
$
|
150,220
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Lease Obligations(b)
|
|
|
43,238
|
|
|
|
9,419
|
|
|
|
14,159
|
|
|
|
8,255
|
|
|
|
11,405
|
|
Purchase Obligations(c)
|
|
|
136,583
|
|
|
|
70,178
|
|
|
|
35,313
|
|
|
|
31,092
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Put Obligation(d)
|
|
|
21,976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
443,976
|
|
|
$
|
98,328
|
|
|
$
|
86,556
|
|
|
$
|
75,491
|
|
|
$
|
161,625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Reflects commitment fees and letter of credit fees under our
Revolving Credit Facility and amounts due, together with
interest on our Term Loan Facility. |
|
(b) |
|
Reflects various operating leases for office space,
manufacturing facilities and equipment from third parties with
various lease terms running from one to fourteen years. |
|
(c) |
|
Reflects non-cancelable commitments as of December 31,
2007, including: (i) shareholder distributions of
$41 million, (ii) management fees of
$15.5 million per year over the next five years and;
(iii) other obligations, including amounts due under
employment agreements. |
|
(d) |
|
The supplemental put obligation represents the long-term portion
of an estimated liability accrued as if our management services
agreement with CGM had been terminated. This agreement has not
been terminated and there is no basis upon which to determine a
date in the future, if any, that this amount will be paid. |
The table does not include the long-term portion of the
actuarially developed reserve for workers compensation, which
does not provide for annual estimated payments beyond one year.
This liability, totaling approximately $16.8 million at
December 31, 2007, is included in our balance sheet as a
component of other non-current liabilities.
Critical
Accounting Estimates
The following discussion relates to critical accounting policies
for the Company, the Trust and each of our businesses.
The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with
GAAP will require management to adopt accounting policies and
make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in
the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results
could differ from these estimates under different assumptions
and judgments and uncertainties, and potentially could result in
materially different results under different conditions. Our
critical accounting estimates are discussed below. These
critical accounting estimates are reviewed by our independent
auditors and the audit committee of our board of directors.
Supplemental
Put Agreement
In connection with our Managers agreement, we entered into
a supplemental put agreement with our Manager pursuant to which
our Manager has the right to cause the Company to purchase the
allocation interests then owned by our Manager upon termination
of the management services agreement for a price to be
determined in accordance with the supplemental put agreement. We
record the supplemental put agreement at its fair value
quarterly by recording any change in value through the income
statement. The fair value of the supplemental put agreement is
largely related to the value of the profit allocation that our
Manager, as holder of allocation interests, will receive. The
valuation of the supplemental put agreement requires the use of
complex models, which require highly sensitive assumptions and
estimates. The impact of over-estimating or under-estimating the
value of the supplemental put agreement could have a material
effect on operating results. In addition, the value of the
supplemental put agreement is subject to the volatility of our
operations which may result in significant fluctuation in the
value assigned to this supplemental put agreement.
Revenue
Recognition
We recognize revenue when it is realized or realizable and
earned. We consider revenue realized or realizable and earned
when it has persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the product
has been shipped or the services have been provided to the
customer, the sales price is fixed or determinable and
collectibility is reasonably assured. Provisions for customer
returns and other allowances based on historical experience are
recognized at the time the related sale is recognized.
CBS Personnel recognizes revenue for temporary staffing services
at the time services are provided by CBS Personnel employees and
reports revenue based on gross billings to customers. Revenue
from CBS Personnel employee leasing services is recorded at the
time services are provided. Such revenue is reported on a net
basis (gross billings to clients less worksite employee
salaries, wages and payroll-related taxes). We believe that net
100
revenue accounting for leasing services more closely depicts the
transactions with its leasing customers and is consistent with
guidelines outlined in Emerging Issue Task Force
(EITF)
No. 99-19,
Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an
Agent. The effect of using this method of accounting is to
report lower revenue than would be otherwise reported.
Aeroglide, a majority owned subsidiary, enters into long-term
contracts with customers to design and build specialized
machinery, based on a customers specific needs, for drying
and cooling a wide range of natural and man-made products.
Revenue under these long-term sales contracts is recognized
using the percentage of completion method prescribed by
Statement of Position
No. 81-1
due to the length of time to manufacture and assemble the
equipment. Aeroglide measures revenue based on the ratio of
actual labor hours incurred in relation to the total estimated
labor hours to be incurred related to the contract. Provision
for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts, if any, are made
in the period in which losses are determined. Unanticipated
changes in job performance, job conditions and estimated
profitability may result in revisions to costs and income and
are recognized in the period in which the revisions are
determined. We believe that the percentage of completion method
of accounting for these contracts most accurately reflects the
status of these uncompleted contracts in the our consolidated
financial statements
Business
Combinations
The acquisitions of our businesses are accounted for under the
purchase method of accounting. The amounts assigned to the
identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in
connection with acquisitions are based on estimated fair values
as of the date of the acquisition, with the remainder, if any,
to be recorded as identifiable intangibles or goodwill. The fair
values are determined by our management team, taking into
consideration information supplied by the management of the
acquired entities and other relevant information. Such
information typically includes valuations supplied by
independent appraisal experts for significant business
combinations. The valuations are generally based upon future
cash flow projections for the acquired assets, discounted to
present value. The determination of fair values requires
significant judgment both by our management team and by outside
experts engaged to assist in this process. This judgment could
result in either a higher or lower value assigned to amortizable
or depreciable assets. The impact could result in either higher
or lower amortization
and/or
depreciation expense.
Goodwill,
Intangible Assets and Property and Equipment
Trademarks are considered to be indefinite life intangibles.
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the
fair value of the assets acquired. Trademarks and goodwill will
not be amortized. However, we are required to perform impairment
reviews at least annually and more frequently in certain
circumstances.
The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process, which
requires management to make judgments in determining certain
assumptions used in the calculation. The first step of the
process consists of estimating the fair value of each of our
reporting units based on a discounted cash flow model using
revenue and profit forecasts and comparing those estimated fair
values with the carrying values, which include the allocated
goodwill. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying
value, a second step is performed to compute the amount of the
impairment by determining an implied fair value of
goodwill. The determination of a reporting units
implied fair value of goodwill requires the
allocation of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to
the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. Any
unallocated fair value represents the implied fair
value of goodwill, which is then compared to its
corresponding carrying value. The impairment test for trademarks
requires the determination of the fair value of such assets. If
the fair value of the trademark is less than its carrying value,
an impairment loss will be recognized in an amount equal to the
difference. We cannot predict the occurrence of certain future
events that might adversely affect the reported value of
goodwill
and/or
intangible assets. Such events include, but are not limited to,
strategic decisions made in response to economic and competitive
conditions, the impact of the economic environment on our
customer base, and material adverse effects in relationships
with significant customers.
The implied fair value of reporting units is
determined by management and generally is based upon future cash
flow projections for the reporting unit, discounted to present
value. We use outside valuation experts when management
considers that it would be appropriate to do so.
101
Intangibles subject to amortization, including customer
relationships, non-compete agreements and technology are
amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the intangible assets, which we determine based
on the consideration of several factors including the period of
time the asset is expected to remain in service. We evaluate the
carrying value and remaining useful lives of intangibles subject
to amortization whenever indications of impairment are present.
Property and equipment are initially stated at cost.
Depreciation on property and equipment computed using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
property and equipment after consideration of historical results
and anticipated results based on our current plans. Our
estimated useful lives represent the period the asset is
expected to remain in service assuming normal routine
maintenance. We review the estimated useful lives assigned to
property and equipment when our business experience suggests
that they may have changed from our initial assessment. Factors
that lead to such a conclusion may include physical observation
of asset usage, examination of realized gains and losses on
asset disposals and consideration of market trends such as
technological obsolescence or change in market demand.
We perform impairment reviews of property and equipment, when
events or circumstances indicate that the value of the assets
may be impaired. Indicators include operating or cash flow
losses, significant decreases in market value or changes in the
long-lived assets physical condition. When indicators of
impairment are present, management determines whether the sum of
the undiscounted future cash flows estimated to be generated by
those assets is less than the carrying amount of those assets.
In this circumstance, the impairment charge is determined based
upon the amount by which the carrying value of the assets
exceeds their fair value. The estimates of both the undiscounted
future cash flows and the fair values of assets require the use
of complex models, which require numerous highly sensitive
assumptions and estimates.
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts on an
entity-by-entity
basis with consideration for historical loss experience,
customer payment patterns and current economic trends. The
Company reviews the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful
accounts on a periodic basis and adjusts the balance, if
necessary. The determination of the adequacy of the allowance
for doubtful accounts requires significant judgment by
management. The impact of either over or under estimating the
allowance could have a material effect on future operating
results.
Workers
Compensation Liability
CBS Personnel self-insures its workers compensation
exposure for certain employees. CBS Personnel establishes
reserves based upon its experience and expectations as to its
ultimate liability for those claims using developmental factors
based upon historical claim experience. CBS Personnel
continually evaluates the potential for change in loss estimates
with the support of qualified actuaries. As of December 31,
2007, CBS Personnel had approximately $23.7 million of
workers compensation liability. The ultimate settlement of
this liability could differ materially from the assumptions used
to calculate this liability, which could have a material adverse
effect on future operating results.
Deferred
Tax Assets
Several of the majority owned subsidiaries have deferred tax
assets recorded at December 31, 2007 which in total amount
to approximately $12.4 million. These deferred tax assets
are comprised of reserves not currently deductible for tax
purposes. The temporary differences that have resulted in the
recording of these tax assets may be used to offset taxable
income in future periods, reducing the amount of taxes we might
otherwise be required to pay. Realization of the deferred tax
assets is dependent on generating sufficient future taxable
income. Based upon the expected future results of operations, we
believe it is more likely than not that we will generate
sufficient future taxable income to realize the benefit of
existing temporary differences, although there can be no
assurance of this. The impact of not realizing these deferred
tax assets would result in an increase in income tax expense for
such period when the determination was made that the assets are
not realizable. (See Note K Income
taxes)
102
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation (FIN)
No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an
interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48). FIN 48 requires companies to
recognize the tax benefits of uncertain tax positions only where
the position is more likely than not to be sustained
assuming examination by tax authorities. The tax benefit is
measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than
50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate
settlement. If a tax position is not considered more likely than
not to be sustained then no benefits of the position are to be
recognized. FIN 48 requires additional annual disclosures
including interest and penalties. We adopted FIN 48 as of
January 1, 2007. The adoption of FIN 48 did not have a
material impact on our consolidated financial statements. .
In September 2006 the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standard (SFAS) No. 157, Fair Value
Measurements. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a
framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about
fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for
financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007. We are currently evaluating the impact,
if any, that SFAS 157 may have on our future
consolidated financial statements.
In February 2007 the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities Including an amendment of FASB Statement
No. 115, or SFAS 159. SFAS 159 allows companies
to elect to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value
and is effective for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007. This standard is not expected to have a
material impact on our future consolidated financial statements.
In June 2007 the FASB ratified EITF
No. 07-3,
or
EITF 07-3,
Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Goods or
Services to Be Used in Future Research and Development
Activities .
EITF 07-3
requires non-refundable advance payments for goods and services
to be used in future research and development activities to be
recorded as an asset and the payments to be expensed when the
research and development activities are performed.
EITF 07-3
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2007. This standard is not expected to have a material impact on
our future consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141R,
Business Combinations , or SFAS 141R. SFAS 141R
establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer of
a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements
the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and
any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. The statement also
provides guidance for recognizing and measuring the goodwill
acquired in the business combination and determines what
information to disclose to enable users of the financial
statement to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the
business combination. SFAS 141R is effective for financial
statements issued for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008. Accordingly, any business combinations
we engage in will be recorded and disclosed following existing
GAAP until January 1, 2009. We expect
SFAS No. 141R will have an impact on our consolidated
financial statements when effective, but the nature and
magnitude of the specific effects will depend upon the nature,
terms and size of the acquisitions we consummate after the
effective date. We are still assessing the impact of this
standard on our future consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160,
Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statements an amendment of ARB No. 51, or
SFAS 160, which we will adopt on January 1, 2009.
SFAS 160 will significantly change the accounting and
reporting related to a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary.
Specifically, this statement requires the recognition of a
noncontrolling interest (minority interest) as equity in the
consolidated financial statements and separate from the
parents equity. The amount of net income attributable to
the noncontrolling interest will be included in consolidated net
income on the face of the income statement. SFAS 160
clarifies that changes in a parents ownership interest in
a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation are equity
transactions if the parent retains its controlling financial
interest. In addition, this statement requires that a parent
recognize a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is
deconsolidated. Such gain or loss will be measured using the
fair value of the noncontrolling equity investment on the
deconsolidation. SFAS 160 also includes expanded disclosure
requirements regarding the interests of the parent and its
noncontrolling interest. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal
years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning
on or after December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is
prohibited. After adoption, non-controlling interests will be
classified as
103
shareholders equity, a change from its current
classification between liabilities and shareholders
equity. Earnings attributable to minority interests will be
included in net income, although such earnings will continue to
be deducted to measure earnings per share. Purchases and sales
of minority interests will be reported in equity.
|
|
ITEM 7A.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
|
Interest
Rate Sensitivity
At December 31, 2007, we were exposed to interest rate risk
primarily through borrowings under our Credit Agreement because
borrowings under this agreement are subject to variable interest
rates. We had outstanding $150.0 million under the Term
Loan Facility portion of our Credit Agreement at
December 31, 2007. On January 22, 2008 we fixed
$140.0 million of these outstanding borrowings with a
floating-to-fixed interest rate swap with a bank.
Our exposure to fluctuation in variable interest on the
remaining $10.0 million is not deemed to be material to our
financial condition or results of operations
We expect to borrow under our Revolving Credit Facility in the
future in order to finance our short term working capital needs
and future acquisitions.
Exchange
Rate Sensitivity
At December 31, 2007, we were not exposed to significant
foreign currency exchange rate risks that could have a material
effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Credit
Risk
We are exposed to credit risk associated with cash equivalents,
investments, and trade receivables. We do not believe that our
cash equivalents or investments or foreign present significant
credit risks because the counterparties to the instruments
consist of major financial institutions and we manage the
notional amount of contracts entered into with any one
counterparty. Substantially all trade receivable balances of our
businesses are unsecured. The concentration of credit risk with
respect to trade receivables is limited by the large number of
customers in our customer base and their dispersion across
various industries and geographic areas. Although we have a
large number of customers who are dispersed across different
industries and geographic areas, a prolonged economic downturn
could increase our exposure to credit risk on our trade
receivables. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our
customers and maintain an allowance for potential credit losses.
|
|
ITEM 8.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
|
The consolidated financial statements and financial statement
schedules referred to in the index contained on
page F-1
of this report are incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
ITEM 9.
|
CHANGES
AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
|
NONE
|
|
ITEM 9A (T)
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
(a) Managements Evaluation of Disclosure Controls
and Procedures. The Companys management,
with the participation of the Companys Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the
effectiveness of the Companys disclosure controls and
procedures (as such term is defined in
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
Exchange Act)) as of the end of the period covered
by this report. Based on such evaluation, the Companys
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have
concluded that, as of December 31, 2007, the Companys
disclosure controls and procedures are effective in recording,
processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis,
information required to be disclosed by the Company in the
reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act and in
ensuring that
104
information required to be disclosed by the Company in such
reports is accumulated and communicated to the Companys
management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely discussions
regarding require disclosure.
(b) Information with respect to Report of Management on
Internal Control over Financial Reporting is contained on
page F-
2 of this report and is incorporated herein by reference.
(c) Information with respect to Report of Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over
Financial Reporting is contained on
page F-
3 of this report and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d) Changes in Internal Control over Financial
Reporting. There have not been any changes in the
Companys internal control over financial reporting (as
such term is defined in
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f)
under the Exchange Act) during our fourth fiscal quarter to
which this report relates that have materially affected, or are
reasonably likely to materially affect, the Companys
internal control over financial reporting.
|
|
ITEM 9B.
|
OTHER
INFORMATION
|
None
PART III
|
|
ITEM 10.
|
DIRECTORS,
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
|
Information concerning our executive officers is incorporated
herein by reference to information included in the Proxy
Statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
Information with respect to our directors and the nomination
process is incorporated herein by reference to information
included in the Proxy Statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders.
Information regarding our audit committee and our audit
committee financial experts is incorporated herein by reference
to information included in the Proxy Statement for our 2008
Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
Information required by Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is incorporated herein by reference to information included in
the Proxy Statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
The audit committee operates under a written charter, which
reflects NASDAQ listing standards and Sarbanes-Oxley Act
requirements regarding audit committees. A copy of the charter
is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit A to the
Proxy Statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and
is available on the companys website at
www.compassdiversifiedholdings.com. We intend to
satisfy any disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of
Form 8-K
regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this
charter by posting such information on our web site at the
address and location specified above.
|
|
ITEM 11.
|
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
|
Information with respect to executive compensation is
incorporated herein by reference to information included in the
Proxy Statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
|
|
ITEM 12.
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
|
Information with respect to security ownership of certain
beneficial owners and management is incorporated herein by
reference to information included in the Proxy Statement for our
2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
|
Information with respect to such contractual relationships is
incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy
Statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
105
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
|
Information with respect to principal accounting fees and
services and pre-approval policies are incorporated herein by
reference to information included in the Proxy Statement for our
2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders
PART IV
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
EXHIBITS AND
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
|
See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and
Supplemental Data set forth on
page F-1.
|
|
|
|
2.
|
Financial Statement schedule
|
See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and
Supplemental Data set forth on
page F-1.
See Index to Exhibits set forth on page 108.
106
INDEX TO
EXHIBITS
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Stock and Note Purchase Agreement dated as of July 31,
2006, among Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass
Group Investments, Inc. and Compass Medical Mattress Partners,
LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the
8-K filed on
August 1, 2006)
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Certificate of Trust of Compass Diversified Trust (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the
S-1 filed on
December 14, 2005)
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Trust of Compass
Diversified Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1
of the 8-K
filed on September 13, 2007)
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Compass Group Diversified Holdings
LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the
S-1 filed on
December 14, 2005)
|
|
3
|
.4
|
|
Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Compass Diversified
Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 of the
Amendment No. 4 to
S-1 filed on
April 26, 2006)
|
|
3
|
.5
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated
Trust Agreement, dated as of April 25, 2006, of
Compass Diversified Trust among Compass Group Diversified
Holdings LLC, as Sponsor, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as
Delaware Trustee, and the Regular Trustees named therein
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the
8-K filed on
May 29, 2007)
|
|
3
|
.6
|
|
Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated
Trust Agreement, dated as of April 25, 2006, as
amended on May 23, 2007, of Compass Diversified Trust among
Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, as Sponsor, The Bank of
New York (Delaware), as Delaware Trustee, and the Regular
Trustees named therein (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2 of the
8-K filed on
September 13, 2007)
|
|
3
|
.7
|
|
Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement
dated as of April 25, 2006, as amended on May 25, 2007
and September 14, 2007, of Compass Diversified Holdings
among Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, as Sponsor, The
Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware Trustee, and the
Regular Trustees named therein (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 of the
8-K filed on
December 21, 2007)
|
|
3
|
.8
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Compass Group
Diversified Holdings, LLC dated January 9, 2007
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the
8-K filed on
January 10, 2007)
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Specimen Certificate evidencing a share of trust of Compass
Diversified Holdings (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 of the
S-3 filed on
November 7, 2007)
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Specimen Certificate evidencing an interest of Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 of the
8-K filed on
January 10, 2007)
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Form of Registration Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.3 of the Amendment No. 5 to
S-1 filed on
May 5, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Form of Supplemental Put Agreement by and between Compass Group
Management LLC and Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Amendment
No. 4 to
S-1 filed on
April 26, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Employment Agreement by and between Compass Group Management LLC
and James Bottiglieri dated as of September 28, 2005
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Amendment
No. 3 to
S-1 filed on
April 13, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Form of Share Purchase Agreement by and between Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass Diversified Trust and CGI
Diversified Holdings, LP (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.6 of the Amendment No. 5 to
S-1 filed on
May 5, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Form of Share Purchase Agreement by and between Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass Diversified Trust and Pharos I
LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the
Amendment No. 5 to
S-1 filed on
May 5, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Credit Agreement among Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC,
the financial institutions party thereto and Madison Capital
Funding LLC, dated as of November 21, 2006 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the
8-K filed on
November 22, 2006)
|
107
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.7*
|
|
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, entered into as of
December 19, 2006, among Compass Group Diversified Holdings
LLC, the financial institutions party thereto and Madison
Capital Funding LLC
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Increase Notice, Consent and Second Amendment to Credit
Agreement, effective as of May 23, 2007, by and among
Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, the financial
institutions party thereto and Madison Capital Funding LLC
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the
8-K filed on
May 29, 2007)
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement as of December 7, 2007,
among Madison Capital Funding LLC, as Agent for the Lenders, the
Existing Lenders and New Lenders and Compass Group Diversified
Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of
the 8-K
filed on December 11, 2007)
|
|
10
|
.10*
|
|
Increase Notice and Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement,
entered into as of January 30, 2008, among Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC, the financial institutions party
thereto and Madison Capital Funding LLC
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Amended and Restated Management Services Agreement by and
between Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, and Compass
Group Management LLC, dated as of April 2, 2007 and
effective as of May 16, 2006 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.13 of the
S-1 filed on
April 3, 2007)
|
|
10
|
.12*
|
|
Amendment of Management Services Agreement by and between
Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, and Compass Group
Management LLC, dated as of March 12, 2008
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement by and among Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass Diversified Trust and CGI
Diversified Holdings, LP, dated as of April 3, 2007
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Amendment
No. 1 to the
S-1 filed on
April 20, 2007)
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Form of Share Purchase Agreement by and between Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass Diversified Trust and CGI
Diversified Holdings, LP (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.16 of the Amendment No. 1 to the
S-1 filed on
April 20, 2007)
|
|
21
|
.1*
|
|
List of Subsidiaries
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
31
|
.1*
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer of Registrant
|
|
31
|
.2*
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
Certification of Chief Financial Officer of Registrant
|
|
32
|
.1*
|
|
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer of
Registrant
|
|
32
|
.2*
|
|
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer of
Registrant
|
|
99
|
.1
|
|
Note Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of July 31, 2006
among Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass Group
Investments, Inc. and Compass Medical Mattress Partners, LP
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the
8-K filed on
August 1, 2006)
|
|
99
|
.2
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2007,
among Aeroglide Corporation, the shareholders of Aeroglide
Corporation and Aeroglide Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.2 of the
8-K filed on
March 1, 2007)
|
|
99
|
.3
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2007, by
and between HA-LO Holdings, LLC and Halo Holding Corporation
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 of the
8-K filed on
March 1, 2007)
|
|
99
|
.4
|
|
Purchase Agreement dated December 19, 2007, among CBS
Personnel Holdings, Inc. and Staffing Holding LLC, Staffmark
Merger LLC, Staffmark Investment LLC, SF Holding Corp., and
Stephens-SM LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1
of the 8-K
filed on December 20, 2007)
|
|
99
|
.5
|
|
Share Purchase Agreement dated January 4, 2008, among Fox
Factory Holding Corp., Fox Factory, Inc. and Robert C. Fox, Jr.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the
8-K filed on
January 8, 2008)
|
108
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized.
COMPASS GROUP DIVERSIFIED HOLDINGS LLC
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ I.
Joseph Massoud
|
I. Joseph Massoud
Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 13, 2008
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ I.
Joseph Massoud
I.
Joseph Massoud
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
and Director
|
|
March 13, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ James
J. Bottiglieri
James
J. Bottiglieri
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
and Director
|
|
March 13, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ C.
Sean Day
C.
Sean Day
|
|
Director
|
|
March 13, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ D.
Eugene Ewing
D.
Eugene Ewing
|
|
Director
|
|
March 13, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Ted
Waitman
Ted
Waitman
|
|
Director
|
|
March 13, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Harold
S. Edwards
Harold
S. Edwards
|
|
Director
|
|
March 13, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Mark
H. Lazarus
Mark
H. Lazarus
|
|
Director
|
|
March 13, 2008
|
109
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.
COMPASS DIVERSIFIED HOLDINGS LLC
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ James
J. Bottiglieri
|
James J. Bottiglieri
Regular Trustee
Date: March 13, 2008
110
Compass
Diversified Holdings
INDEX TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL DATA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
Numbers
|
|
Historical Financial Statements:
|
|
|
|
|
Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on
Internal Control over Financial Reporting
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006 and for the Period
November 18, 2005 (date of inception) through
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders Equity for the
Years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 and for the Period
November 18, 2005 (date of inception) through
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006 and for the Period
November 18, 2005 (date of inception) through
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
F-9
|
|
Supplemental Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
The following supplementary financial data of the registrant and
its subsidiaries required to be included in
Item 15(a)(2) of
Form 10-K
are listed below:
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
|
F-37
|
|
All other schedules not listed above have been omitted as not
applicable or because the required information is included in
the Consolidated Financial Statements or in the notes thereto
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF
MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL
REPORTING
Management of Compass Diversified Holdings (Compass)
is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate
internal control over financial reporting as defined in
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Compass
internal control over financial reporting is a process designed
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements
for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. Compass internal control over
financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
|
|
|
|
|
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable
detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of assets of the company;
|
|
|
|
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as
necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and
that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made
only in accordance with authorizations of management and
directors of the company; and
|
|
|
|
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of
assets of the company that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
|
Internal control over financial reporting includes the controls
themselves, monitoring and internal auditing practices and
actions taken to correct deficiencies as identified.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of Compass internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007.
In making this assessment, management used the criteria set
forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this
assessment, management determined that Compass maintained
effective internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2007.
The audited consolidated financial statements of Compass
included in this annual report on Form
10-K,
includes the results of the 2007 acquisitions from their
respective dates of acquisition. These acquisitions are fully
described in Note C to the consolidated financial
statements. Compass management assessment of internal
control for the year ended December 31, 2007 does not
include an assessment of internal control over the financial
reporting of the 2007 acquisitions which together constituted
36% of the Companys assets as of December 31, 2007
and 25% of the Companys revenue for the year then ended.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting has been audited by Grant Thornton, LLP an independent
registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report
which appears on
page F-3.
March 13, 2008
F-2
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and
Shareholders of Compass Diversified Holdings
We have audited Compass Diversified Holdings (formerly Compass
Diversified Trust) (a Delaware Trust) and Subsidiaries
internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO). Compass Diversified Holdings and
Subsidiaries management is responsible for maintaining
effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report of
Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on Compass Diversified
Holdings and Subsidiaries internal control over financial
reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on
the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Compass Diversified Holdings and Subsidiaries
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on
criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by COSO.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated balance sheets of Compass Diversified Holdings and
Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the
related consolidated statements of operations,
stockholders equity, cash flows, and financial statement
schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2)
for each of the two years in the period ended December 31,
2007, and for the period from inception (November 18,
2005) to December 31, 2005 and our report dated
March 13, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion.
New York, New York
March 13, 2008
F-3
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and
Shareholders of Compass Diversified Holdings
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Compass Diversified Holdings (formerly Compass Diversified
Trust) (a Delaware Trust) and Subsidiaries as of
December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders equity, and cash
flows for each of the two years in the period ended
December 31, 2007 and for the period from inception
(November 18, 2005) to December 31, 2005. Our
audits of the basic financial statements include the financial
statement schedule listed in the index appearing under
Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and financial
schedule are the responsibility of the Companys
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements and financial statement schedule based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Compass Diversified Holdings and Subsidiaries as of
December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each for each of the two years
in the period ended December 31, 2007 and for the period
from inception (November 18, 2005) to
December 31, 2005 in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our
opinion, the related financial statement schedule when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken
as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the
information set forth therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
Compass Diversified Holdings and Subsidiaries internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007,
based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated
March 13, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
New York, New York
March 13, 2008
F-4
Compass
Diversified Holdings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
119,358
|
|
|
$
|
7,006
|
|
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $3,313 and $3,327 at Dec
31, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
125,043
|
|
|
|
74,899
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
38,339
|
|
|
|
4,756
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
16,501
|
|
|
|
7,059
|
|
Current assets of discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
299,241
|
|
|
|
140,356
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
28,743
|
|
|
|
10,858
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
267,141
|
|
|
|
159,151
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
204,298
|
|
|
|
128,890
|
|
Deferred debt issuance costs, less accumulated amortization of
$1,348 and $114 at December 31, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
9,613
|
|
|
|
5,190
|
|
Other non-current assets
|
|
|
18,966
|
|
|
|
15,894
|
|
Assets of discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65,258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
828,002
|
|
|
$
|
525,597
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
40,410
|
|
|
$
|
14,314
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
49,819
|
|
|
|
38,586
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
10,756
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to related party
|
|
|
814
|
|
|
|
469
|
|
Revolving credit facilities
|
|
|
2,814
|
|
|
|
87,604
|
|
Current portion, long-term debt
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of supplemental put obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,880
|
|
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
106,613
|
|
|
|
162,872
|
|
Supplemental put obligation
|
|
|
21,976
|
|
|
|
14,576
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
69,230
|
|
|
|
41,337
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
148,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
21,607
|
|
|
|
17,336
|
|
Non-current liabilities of discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
367,426
|
|
|
|
242,755
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
27,726
|
|
|
|
27,131
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trust shares, no par value, 500,000 authorized;
31,525 shares issued and outstanding at December 31,
2007 and 20,450 shares issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
443,705
|
|
|
|
274,961
|
|
Accumulated earnings (deficit)
|
|
|
(10,855
|
)
|
|
|
(19,250
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
432,850
|
|
|
|
255,711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
828,002
|
|
|
$
|
525,597
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
Compass
Diversified Holdings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
348,023
|
|
|
$
|
58,452
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Service revenues
|
|
|
569,880
|
|
|
|
352,421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
917,903
|
|
|
|
410,873
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
209,367
|
|
|
|
27,106
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of services
|
|
|
464,343
|
|
|
|
284,535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
244,193
|
|
|
|
99,232
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Staffing expense
|
|
|
56,207
|
|
|
|
34,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
116,347
|
|
|
|
36,732
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Supplemental put expense
|
|
|
7,400
|
|
|
|
22,456
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees to Manager
|
|
|
10,888
|
|
|
|
4,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expense
|
|
|
1,455
|
|
|
|
1,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
18,921
|
|
|
|
6,774
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
32,975
|
|
|
|
(7,257
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
2,536
|
|
|
|
807
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(7,072
|
)
|
|
|
(6,130
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
(1,234
|
)
|
|
|
(779
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on debt extinguishment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,275
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
541
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
and minority interests
|
|
|
27,165
|
|
|
|
(21,093
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
10,691
|
|
|
|
5,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
11,940
|
|
|
|
1,245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
4,534
|
|
|
|
(27,636
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,387
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of income tax
|
|
|
35,834
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
40,368
|
|
|
$
|
(19,249
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and fully diluted income (loss) per share from continuing
operations
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
(2.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Basic and fully diluted income (loss) per share from
discontinued operations
|
|
|
1.30
|
|
|
|
0.66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and fully diluted net income (loss) per share
|
|
$
|
1.46
|
|
|
$
|
(1.52
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of shares of Trust stock
outstanding basic and fully diluted
|
|
|
27,629
|
|
|
|
12,686
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash dividends paid per share
|
|
$
|
1.225
|
|
|
$
|
0.3952
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
Compass
Diversified Holdings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
Issuance of Trust shares, net of offering costs
|
|
|
19,500
|
|
|
|
269,816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
269,816
|
|
Issuance of Trust shares Anodyne acquisition
|
|
|
950
|
|
|
|
13,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,100
|
|
Dividends paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,955
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,955
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,249
|
)
|
|
|
(19,249
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31, 2006
|
|
|
20,450
|
|
|
|
274,961
|
|
|
|
(19,250
|
)
|
|
|
255,711
|
|
Issuance of Trust shares, net of offering costs
|
|
|
11,075
|
|
|
|
168,744
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
168,744
|
|
Dividends paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31,973
|
)
|
|
|
(31,973
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,368
|
|
|
|
40,368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31, 2007
|
|
|
31,525
|
|
|
$
|
443,705
|
|
|
$
|
(10,855
|
)
|
|
$
|
432,850
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-7
Compass
Diversified Holdings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
40,368
|
|
|
$
|
(19,249
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on sale of Crosman
|
|
|
(35,834
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation of property and equipment
|
|
|
5,010
|
|
|
|
2,494
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
20,321
|
|
|
|
7,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental put expense
|
|
|
7,400
|
|
|
|
22,456
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on debt extinguishment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,275
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
11,940
|
|
|
|
2,950
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholder notes and option costs
|
|
|
1,080
|
|
|
|
2,760
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
(1,295
|
)
|
|
|
(2,281
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
In-process research and development expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in accounts receivable
|
|
|
(13,233
|
)
|
|
|
(7,867
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in inventories
|
|
|
(5,772
|
)
|
|
|
(6,314
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
2,003
|
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
16,736
|
|
|
|
8,555
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Increase (decrease) in due to related party
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
(1,308
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease in supplemental put obligation
|
|
|
(7,880
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in other liabilities
|
|
|
769
|
|
|
|
2,251
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(553
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
41,772
|
|
|
|
20,563
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(225,112
|
)
|
|
|
(356,464
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(8,698
|
)
|
|
|
(5,822
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Crosman disposition
|
|
|
119,652
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(114,158
|
)
|
|
|
(362,286
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under our Credit Agreement
|
|
|
311,977
|
|
|
|
85,004
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayments under our Credit Agreement
|
|
|
(246,800
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from the issuance of Trust shares, net
|
|
|
168,744
|
|
|
|
284,969
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Debt issuance costs
|
|
|
(5,776
|
)
|
|
|
(11,560
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions paid
|
|
|
(31,973
|
)
|
|
|
(7,955
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions paid Advanced Circuits
|
|
|
(13,987
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,697
|
|
|
|
615
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
184,882
|
|
|
|
351,073
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
112,496
|
|
|
|
9,350
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Foreign currency adjustment
|
|
|
(144
|
)
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents beginning of period
|
|
|
7,006
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents end of period
|
|
|
119,358
|
|
|
|
9,710
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Cash reflected in discontinued operations at December 31,
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,704
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
119,358
|
|
|
$
|
7,006
|
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements
F-8
Compass
Diversified Holdings
December 31, 2007
|
|
Note A
|
Organization
and Business Operations
|
Compass Diversified Holdings, a Delaware statutory trust (the
Trust), was incorporated in Delaware on
November 18, 2005. Compass Group Diversified Holdings, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability Company (the Company),
was also formed on November 18, 2005. Compass Group
Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability Company
(CGM or the Manager), was the sole owner
of 100% of the interests of the Company (as defined in the
Companys operating agreement, dated as of
November 18, 2005, which were subsequently reclassified as
the Allocation Interests pursuant to the
Companys amended and restated operating agreement, dated
as of April 25, 2006 (as amended and restated, the
LLC Agreement) (see Note O Related
Parties)
The Trust and the Company were formed to acquire and manage a
group of small and middle-market businesses headquartered in the
United States. In accordance with the amended and restated
Trust Agreement, dated as of April 25, 2006 (the
Trust Agreement), the Trust is sole owner of
100% of the Trust Interests (as defined in the LLC
Agreement) of the Company and, pursuant to the LLC Agreement,
the Company has, outstanding, the identical number of
Trust Interests as the number of outstanding shares of the
Trust. Compass Group Diversified Holdings, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company is the operating entity with a board
of directors and other corporate governance responsibilities,
similar to that of a Delaware corporation.
|
|
Note B
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Basis
of Presentation
The results of operations for the years ended December 31,
2007 and 2006 represents the results of operations of our
acquired businesses from the date of their acquisition by the
Company, and therefore are not indicative of the results to be
expected for the full year. Certain prior year amounts have been
reclassified to conform with the current years
presentation.
Principles
of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Trust and the Company, as well as the businesses acquired as
of their respective acquisition date. All significant
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation. On January 5, 2007, the Company sold its
interest in Crosman. In accordance with SFAS No. 144,
Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived
Assets, Crosman is reflected as discontinued operations in
the Companys results of operations and statements of
financial position as of and for the year ended
December 31, 2006.
The acquisition of businesses that the Company owns or controls
more than a 50% share of the voting interest are accounted for
under the purchase method of accounting. The amount assigned to
the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed is
based on the estimated fair values as of the date of
acquisition, with the remainder, if any, is recorded as goodwill.
Discontinued
Operations
In October 2006, the Board of Directors approved the divestiture
of our recreational products company, Crosman. On
January 5, 2007, we executed a purchase and sale agreement
and sold our majority-owned subsidiary Crosman to Wachovia
Partners for approximately $143 million in cash. As a
result, the operating results of Crosman for the period of its
acquisition by us (May 16, 2006) through
December 31, 2006 are reported as discontinued operations
in accordance with SFAS 144, Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, . We recognized a
gain of approximately $35.8 million from the sale of
Crosman in the first fiscal quarter 2007 (see Note D
Discontinued Operations)
F-9
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Use of
estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles generally requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from
those estimates.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying value of the Companys financial instruments,
including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and
long-term debt, approximates their fair value.
Revenue
and deferred revenue recognition
In accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin 104,
Revenue Recognition, the Company recognizes revenues when
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has
occurred or services have been rendered, the sellers price to
the buyer is fixed and determinable, and collection is
reasonably assured. Shipping and handling costs are charged to
operations when incurred and are classified as a component of
cost of sales.
Advanced
Circuits
Revenue is recognized upon shipment of product to the customer,
net of sales returns and allowances. Appropriate reserves are
established for anticipated returns and allowances based on past
experience. Revenue is typically recorded at F.O.B. shipping
point but for sales of certain custom products, revenue is
recognized upon completion and customer acceptance.
Aeroglide
Aeroglide enters into long-term contracts with customers to
design and build specialized machinery, based on a
customers specific needs, for drying and cooling a wide
range of natural and man-made products. Revenue under these
long-term sales contracts is recognized using the percentage of
completion method prescribed by Statement of Position
No. 81-1
(Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and
Certain Production-Type Contracts) due to the length
of time to manufacture and assemble the equipment. Aeroglide
measures revenue based on the ratio of actual labor hours
incurred in relation to the total estimated labor hours to be
incurred related to the contract. Provision for estimated losses
on uncompleted contracts, if any, are made in the period in
which losses are determined. Unanticipated changes in job
performance, job conditions and estimated profitability may
result in revisions to costs and income and are recognized in
the period in which the revisions are determined. We believe
that the percentage of completion method of accounting for these
contracts most accurately reflects the status of these
uncompleted contracts in the consolidated financial statements.
Deferred revenue represents amounts billed or cash received in
advance from customers that exceed the corresponding revenue
recognition.
Revenues on sales of spare parts to customers are recorded at
F.O.B. shipping point.
American
Furniture
Revenue is recognized upon shipment of product to the customer,
net of sales returns and allowances. Appropriate reserves are
established for anticipated returns and allowances based on past
experience. Revenue is typically recorded at F.O.B. shipping
point.
F-10
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Anodyne
Revenue is recognized upon shipment of product to the customer,
net of sales returns and allowances. Appropriate reserves are
established for anticipated returns and allowances based on past
experience. Revenue is typically recorded at F.O.B. shipping
point.
CBS
Personnel
Revenue from temporary staffing services is recognized at the
time services are provided by the Company employees and is
reported based on gross billings to customers. Revenue from
employee leasing services is recorded at the time services are
provided and is reported on a net basis (gross billings to
clients less worksite employee salaries and payroll-related
taxes). Revenue is recognized for permanent placement services
at the employee start date. Permanent placement services are
fully guaranteed to the satisfaction of the customer for a
specified period.
HALO
Revenue is recognized when an arrangement exists, the
promotional or premium products have been shipped, fees are
fixed and determinable, and the collection of the resulting
receivables is probable. Over 90% of HALOs sales are
drop-shipped.
Silvue
Revenue is recognized upon shipment of product to the customer,
net of sales returns and allowances. Appropriate reserves are
established for anticipated returns and allowances based on past
experience. For certain UK customers, revenue is recognized
after receipt by the customer as the terms are F.O.B.
destination.
Cash
and cash equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with
original maturities of three months or less to be cash
equivalents.
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
The Company uses estimates to determine the amount of the
allowance for doubtful accounts in order to reduce accounts
receivable to their net realizable value. The Company estimates
the amount of the required allowance by reviewing the status of
past-due receivables and analyzing historical bad debt trends.
In cases where we are aware of circumstances that may impair a
specific customers ability to meet its financial
obligations subsequent to the original sale, the Company will
record an allowance against amounts due, and thereby reduce the
net receivable to the amount we reasonably believe will be
collectible. Accounts receivable balances are not collateralized.
Inventories
Inventories consist of manufactured goods and purchased goods
acquired for resale. Manufactured inventory costs include raw
materials, direct and indirect labor and factory overhead.
Inventories are stated at lower of cost or market and are
determined using the
first-in,
first-out method.
Property,
plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment, is recorded at cost. The cost of
major additions or betterments is capitalized, while maintenance
and repairs that do not improve or extend the useful lives of
the related assets are expensed as incurred.
F-11
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Depreciation is provided principally on the straight-line method
over estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are
amortized over the life of the lease or the life of the
improvement, whichever is shorter.
The useful lives are as follows:
|
|
|
Machinery and Equipment
|
|
2 to 7 years
|
Office Furniture and Equipment
|
|
3 to 7 years
|
Buildings and Building Improvements
|
|
2 to 15 years
|
Vehicles
|
|
2 to 10 years
|
Leasehold Improvements
|
|
Shorter of useful life or lease term
|
Property, plant and equipment and other long-lived assets are
evaluated for impairment when events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be
recoverable. Upon the occurrence of a triggering event, the
asset is reviewed to assess whether the estimated undiscounted
cash flows expected from the use of the asset plus residual
value from the ultimate disposal exceeds the carrying value of
the asset. If the carrying value exceeds the estimated
recoverable amounts, the asset is written down to the estimated
discounted present value of the expected future cash flows from
using the asset.
Goodwill
and intangible assets
Goodwill represents the difference between purchase cost and the
fair value of net assets acquired in business acquisitions.
Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually as of April
30th of each year, unless circumstances otherwise dictate, by
comparing the fair value of each reporting unit with its
carrying value. Fair value is determined using a discounted cash
flow methodology and includes managements assumptions on
revenue growth rates, operating margins, appropriate discount
rates and expected capital expenditures. Impairments, if any,
are charged directly to earnings. Intangible assets, which
include customer relations, trade names, technology and
licensing agreements that are subject to amortization are
evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may
not be fully recoverable.
Deferred
charges
Deferred charges representing the costs associated with the
issuance of debt instruments are amortized over the life of the
related debt instrument.
Insurance
reserves
Insurance reserves represent estimated costs of self insurance
associated with workers compensation at the Companys
subsidiary CBS Personnel. The reserves for workers
compensation are based upon actuarial assumptions of individual
case estimates and incurred but not reported (IBNR)
losses. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the current portion
of these reserves are included as a component of accounts
payable and accrued liabilities and the non-current portion is
included as a component of other non-current liabilities.
Supplemental
Put
As distinct from its role as Manager of the Company, CGM is also
the owner of 100% of the allocation interests in the Company.
Concurrent with the IPO, CGM and the Company entered into a
Supplemental Put Agreement, which may require the Company to
acquire these allocation interests upon termination of the
Management Services Agreement. Essentially, the put rights
granted to CGM require the Company to acquire CGMs
allocation interests in the Company at a price based on a
percentage of the increase in fair value in the Companys
businesses over its basis in those businesses. Each fiscal
quarter the Company estimates the fair value of its businesses
for the purpose of determining its potential liability
associated with the Supplemental Put Agreement. Any change in
the potential liability is accrued currently as a non-cash
adjustment to earnings. For the years ended December 31,
2007 and
F-12
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
2006, the Company recognized approximately $7.4 million and
$22.5 million, respectively, in non-cash expense related to
the Supplemental Put Agreement. Upon the sale of any of our
majority owned subsidiaries, the Company will be obligated to
pay CGM the amount of the accrued supplemental put liability
allocated to the sold subsidiary. Approximately
$7.9 million of this liability is reflected in current
liabilities at December 31, 2006 as the Company paid CGM
this amount in the first quarter of fiscal 2007, upon the sale
of Crosman.
Income
taxes
Deferred income taxes are calculated under the liability method.
Deferred income taxes are provided for the differences between
the basis of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and
income tax purposes at the enacted tax rates. A valuation
allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax
assets to the amount expected to be realized.
The effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate of 34%,
principally due to the pass through effect of passing the
expenses of Compass Group Diversified Holdings, LLC onto the
shareholders of the Trust and for state and foreign taxes.
Earnings
per share
Basic and diluted income per share is computed on a weighted
average basis. The weighted average number of Trust shares
outstanding for fiscal 2006 was computed based on
100 shares of allocation interests outstanding for the
period January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006,
19,500,000 Trust shares, for the period from May 16, 2006
through December 31, 2006 and 950,000 additional Trust
shares (issued in connection with the acquisition of Anodyne)
for the period from August 1, 2006 through
December 31, 2006.
The weighted average number of Trust shares outstanding for
fiscal 2007 was computed based on 20,450,000 shares
outstanding for the period January 1, 2007 through
December 31, 2007 and 9,875,000 additional shares
outstanding issued in connection with our secondary offering for
the period May 8, 2007 through December 31, 2007, and
1,200,000 shares outstanding issued in connection with the
over-allotment for the period May 20, 2007 through
December 31, 2007. The Company did not have any option plan
or other potentially dilutive securities outstanding at
December 31, 2007.
Minority
Interest
Minority interest represents the portion of a subsidiarys
net income that is owned by minority shareholders. The following
table reflects the Companys percent ownership (on a
primary basis), of its majority owned subsidiaries, which we
refer to as our businesses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Ownership
|
|
|
% Ownership
|
|
Business
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
Advanced Circuits
|
|
|
70.2
|
|
|
|
70.2
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
|
88.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
American Furniture
|
|
|
93.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anodyne
|
|
|
43.5
|
|
|
|
47.3
|
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
|
96.5
|
|
|
|
96.1
|
|
HALO
|
|
|
73.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
72.3
|
|
|
|
72.7
|
|
Advertising
costs
All advertising costs are expensed in operations as incurred.
Advertising costs were $4.2 million and $2.5 million
during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
F-13
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Research
and development
Research and development costs are charged to operations when
incurred. Research and development expense was approximately
$1.5 million and $1.8 million for the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, which includes
approximately $1.1 million of in-process research and
development costs charged to expense in fiscal 2006 in
connection with the purchase asset allocation of Silvue on
May 16, 2006.
Loss
on debt extinguishment
Loss on debt extinguishment for the year ended December 31,
2006 consisted of approximately $2.6 million incurred in
prepayment fees and $5.7 million in unamortized debt
issuance costs written off all in connection with terminating
our Prior Financing Agreement on November 21, 2006.
Employee
retirement plans
The Company and each of its subsidiaries sponsor defined
contribution retirement plans, such as 401(k) or profit sharing
plans. Employee contributions to the plan are subject to
regulatory limitations and the specific plan provisions. The
Company and its subsidiaries may match these contributions up to
levels specified in the plans and may make additional
discretionary contributions as determined by management. The
total employer contributions to these plans were $1.7 and
$0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and
2006, respectively.
Foreign
Currency Translation
The Companys subsidiary, Silvue has foreign operations.
These operations of Silvues have been translated into
U.S. dollars in accordance with FASB Statement No. 52,
Foreign Currency Translation. All assets and liabilities
of Silvues foreign operations have been translated using
the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date. Statement
of operations amounts have been translated using the average
exchange rate for the period.
Recent
accounting pronouncements
In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation (FIN)
No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an
interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48). FIN 48 requires companies to
recognize the tax benefits of uncertain tax positions only where
the position is more likely than not to be sustained
assuming examination by tax authorities. The tax benefit is
measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than
50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate
settlement. If a tax position is not considered more likely than
not to be sustained then no benefits of the position are to be
recognized. FIN 48 requires additional annual disclosures
including interest and penalties. The Company adopted
FIN 48 as of January 1, 2007. The adoption of
FIN 48 did not have a material impact on the Companys
consolidated financial statements. .
In September 2006 the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standard (SFAS) No. 157, Fair Value
Measurements. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a
framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about
fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for
financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007. This standard is not expected to have a
material impact on the Companys future consolidated
financial statements.
In February 2007 the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities Including an amendment of FASB Statement
No. 115, or SFAS 159. SFAS 159 allows companies
to elect to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value
and is effective for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007. This standard is not expected to have a
material impact on our future consolidated financial statements.
F-14
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
In June 2007 the FASB ratified EITF
No. 07-3,
or
EITF 07-3,
Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Goods or
Services to Be Used in Future Research and Development
Activities .
EITF 07-3
requires non-refundable advance payments for goods and services
to be used in future research and development activities to be
recorded as an asset and the payments to be expensed when the
research and development activities are performed.
EITF 07-3
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2007. This standard is not expected to have a material impact on
our future consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141R,
Business Combinations or SFAS 141R. SFAS 141R
establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer of
a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements
the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and
any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. The statement also
provides guidance for recognizing and measuring the goodwill
acquired in the business combination and determines what
information to disclose to enable users of the financial
statement to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the
business combination. SFAS 141R is effective for financial
statements issued for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008. Accordingly, any business combinations
we engage in will be recorded and disclosed following existing
GAAP until January 1, 2009. We expect
SFAS No. 141R will have an impact on our consolidated
financial statements when effective, but the nature and
magnitude of the specific effects will depend upon the nature,
terms and size of the acquisitions we consummate after the
effective date. This Statement will have an impact on future
acquisitions that we make in fiscal 2009. We are still assessing
the impact this Standard may have on our future consolidated
financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160,
Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statements an amendment of ARB No. 51, or
SFAS 160, which we will adopt on January 1, 2009.
SFAS 160 will significantly change the accounting and
reporting related to a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary.
Specifically, this statement requires the recognition of a
noncontrolling interest (minority interest) as equity in the
consolidated financial statements and separate from the
parents equity. The amount of net income attributable to
the noncontrolling interest will be included in consolidated net
income on the face of the income statement. SFAS 160
clarifies that changes in a parents ownership interest in
a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation are equity
transactions if the parent retains its controlling financial
interest. In addition, this statement requires that a parent
recognize a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is
deconsolidated. Such gain or loss will be measured using the
fair value of the noncontrolling equity investment on the
deconsolidation. SFAS 160 also includes expanded disclosure
requirements regarding the interests of the parent and its
noncontrolling interest. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal
years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning
on or after December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is
prohibited. After adoption, non-controlling interests will be
classified as shareholders equity, a change from its
current classification between liabilities and
shareholders equity. Earnings attributable to minority
interests will be included in net income, although such earnings
will continue to be deducted to measure earnings per share.
Purchases and sales of minority interests will be reported in
equity.
|
|
Note C
|
Acquisition
of Businesses
|
From May 16, 2006 through December 31, 2007 the
Company completed eight acquisitions as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 16, 2006
|
|
August 1, 2006
|
|
|
February 28, 2007
|
|
|
August 31, 2007
|
|
|
Advanced Circuits
|
|
|
Anodyne
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
|
|
American Furniture
|
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HALO
|
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Crosman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One of the Companys acquisitions, Crosman Acquisition
Corporation (Crosman) was sold in January 2007 (see
Note D Discontinued Operations)
The acquisition of majority interests in each of the
Companys businesses has been accounted for under the
purchase method of accounting. The preliminary purchase price
allocation was based on estimates of the fair value
F-15
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The fair values
assigned to the acquired assets were developed from information
supplied by management and valuations supplied by independent
appraisal experts.
Allocation
of Purchase Price
The Companys acquisitions in 2007 and 2006 have been
accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The
results of operations of each of the Companys acquisitions
are included in the consolidated financial statements from their
date of acquisition. In accordance with SFAS No. 141 a
deferred tax liability, aggregating $24.6 million and
$34.3 million, was recorded to reflect the net increase in
the financial accounting basis of the assets acquired over their
related income tax basis in 2007 and 2006 respectively. For the
2007 acquisitions initial purchase price allocations may be
adjusted within one year of the purchase date for changes in
estimates of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities
assumed.
As part of the acquisition of the businesses the Company
allocated approximately $70.7 million and
$110.9 million of the purchase price in 2007 and 2006,
respectively, to customer relations in accordance with
EITF 02-17.
Recognition of Customer Relationship Intangible Assets
Acquired in a Business Combination. The Company will
amortize the amount allocated to customer relationships over
periods ranging from 9 to16 years. In addition, the Company
allocated approximately $16.9 million and
$23.6 million of the purchase price in 2007 and 2006,
respectively, to trade names and technology. The Company will
amortize these amounts over periods ranging from 7 to
14 years. Trade names totaling approximately
$28.8 million of the allocations have indefinite lives.
The estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities
assumed that were accounted for as a business combination
relating to the acquisitions of the Companys businesses in
2006 and 2007 are summarized below:
2006
acquisitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CBS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Personnel
|
|
|
Crosman(2)
|
|
|
ACI
|
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
Anodyne
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets(1)
|
|
$
|
65,033
|
|
|
$
|
34,793
|
|
|
$
|
5,737
|
|
|
$
|
6,597
|
|
|
$
|
6,347
|
|
|
$
|
118,507
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
2,617
|
|
|
|
9,983
|
|
|
|
3,158
|
|
|
|
2,137
|
|
|
|
1,909
|
|
|
|
19,804
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
71,200
|
|
|
|
19,150
|
|
|
|
20,700
|
|
|
|
26,920
|
|
|
|
10,890
|
|
|
|
148,860
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
60,073
|
|
|
|
28,783
|
|
|
|
59,563
|
|
|
|
18,034
|
|
|
|
21,507
|
|
|
|
187,960
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
1,927
|
|
|
|
3,500
|
|
|
|
592
|
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
|
5,867
|
|
|
|
12,403
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
200,850
|
|
|
|
96,209
|
|
|
|
89,750
|
|
|
|
54,205
|
|
|
|
46,520
|
|
|
|
487,534
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
34,741
|
|
|
|
15,442
|
|
|
|
5,669
|
|
|
|
6,668
|
|
|
|
2,991
|
|
|
|
65,511
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
108,149
|
|
|
|
48,944
|
|
|
|
46,396
|
|
|
|
21,891
|
|
|
|
12.636
|
|
|
|
238,016
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
3,401
|
|
|
|
5,703
|
|
|
|
2,259
|
|
|
|
2,427
|
|
|
|
10,593
|
|
|
|
24,383
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and minority interests
|
|
|
146,291
|
|
|
|
70,089
|
|
|
|
54,324
|
|
|
|
30,986
|
|
|
|
26,220
|
|
|
|
327,910
|
|
Costs of net assets acquired
|
|
|
54,559
|
|
|
|
26,120
|
|
|
|
35,426
|
|
|
|
23,219
|
|
|
|
20,300
|
|
|
|
159,624
|
|
Loans to businesses
|
|
|
73,228
|
|
|
|
46,477
|
|
|
|
45,606
|
|
|
|
14,294
|
|
|
|
10,750
|
|
|
|
190,355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
127,787
|
|
|
$
|
72,597
|
|
|
$
|
81,032
|
|
|
$
|
37,513
|
|
|
$
|
31,050
|
|
|
$
|
349,979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes approximately $8.2 million in cash. |
|
(2) |
|
See Footnote D Discontinued Operations. |
F-16
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
2007
acquisitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
HALO
|
|
AFM
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets(3)
|
|
$
|
15,517
|
|
|
$
|
25,468
|
|
|
$
|
35,898
|
|
|
$
|
76,883
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
7,003
|
|
|
|
1,877
|
|
|
|
5,174
|
|
|
|
14,054
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
22,250
|
|
|
|
35,270
|
|
|
|
33,480
|
|
|
|
91,000
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
29,239
|
|
|
|
32,120
|
|
|
|
40,598
|
|
|
|
101,957
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
903
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
1,652
|
|
|
|
3,605
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
74,912
|
|
|
|
95,785
|
|
|
|
116,802
|
|
|
|
287,499
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
14,327
|
|
|
|
16,377
|
|
|
|
7,378
|
|
|
|
38,082
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
39.000
|
|
|
|
55,908
|
|
|
|
80,674
|
|
|
|
175,582
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
2,350
|
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
|
|
1,750
|
|
|
|
6,850
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and minority interests
|
|
|
55,677
|
|
|
|
75,035
|
|
|
|
89,802
|
|
|
|
220,514
|
|
Costs of net assets acquired
|
|
|
19,235
|
|
|
|
20,750
|
|
|
|
27,000
|
|
|
|
66,985
|
|
Loans to businesses
|
|
|
39,000
|
|
|
|
41,576
|
|
|
|
69,969
|
|
|
|
150,545
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
58,235
|
|
|
$
|
62,326
|
|
|
$
|
96,969
|
|
|
$
|
217,530
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Includes approximately $1.7 million in cash. |
Unaudited
Pro Forma Information
The following unaudited pro forma data for the years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively gives effect to
the acquisition of the businesses as described above, as if the
acquisitions had been completed as of January 1, 2006. The
pro forma data gives effect to actual operating results and
adjustments to interest expense, depreciation and amortization
expense and minority interests in the acquired businesses. The
information is provided for illustrative purposes only and is
not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would
have occurred if the transactions had been consummated on the
date indicated, nor is it necessarily indicative of future
operating results of the consolidated companies, and should not
be construed as representative of these results for any future
period.
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2006
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands,
|
|
|
|
except per share data)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
970,956
|
|
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and minority
interests
|
|
$
|
(18,250
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(23,267
|
)
|
Basic and fully diluted loss per share
|
|
$
|
(1.14
|
)
|
F-17
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2007
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands,
|
|
|
|
except per share data)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
1,053,421
|
|
Income from continuing operations before income taxes and
minority interests
|
|
$
|
31,327
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
40,389
|
|
Basic and fully diluted income per share
|
|
$
|
1.46
|
|
In addition to the acquisitions reflected above, the
Companys subsidiaries Anodyne and HALO acquired two add-on
businesses during 2007 for a total purchase price aggregating
approximately $8.1 million. Goodwill totaling approximately
$4.3 million was initially recorded in connection with
these transactions.
|
|
Note D
|
Discontinued
Operations
|
On January 5, 2007, the Company sold all of its interest in
Crosman, an operating segment for approximately
$143.0 million. Closing and other transactions costs
totaled approximately $2.4 million. The Companys
share of the net proceeds, after accounting for the redemption
of Crosmans minority holders and the payment of CGMs
profit allocation was approximately $110.0 million. The
Company recognized a gain in fiscal 2007 of approximately
$35.8 million. $85.0 million of the net proceeds were
used to repay amounts outstanding under the Companys
Revolving Credit Facility. The remaining net proceeds were
invested in short term investment securities pending future
applications.
The components of discontinued operations of the Crosman
operating segment for the period of May 16, 2006 to
December 31, 2006, are as follows, (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
72,316
|
|
Costs and expenses
|
|
|
59,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from discontinued operations
|
|
|
13,277
|
|
Other income , net
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from discontinued operations before taxes
|
|
|
13,459
|
|
Provision for taxes
|
|
|
3,367
|
|
Minority interests
|
|
|
1,705
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income from discontinued operations(1)
|
|
$
|
8,387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
This amount does not include intercompany interest expense
incurred totaling approximately $3.2 million. |
F-18
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
The following reflects summarized financial information for the
Crosman operating segment as of December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
2,706
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
23,550
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
16,211
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
4,169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets of discontinued operations
|
|
|
46,636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
12,567
|
|
Investment in joint venture
|
|
|
3,526
|
|
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
49,165
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current assets of discontinued operations
|
|
|
65,258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets of discontinued operations
|
|
$
|
111,894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
7,472
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
6,547
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
|
|
$
|
14,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current liabilities of discontinued operations
|
|
$
|
6,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note E
|
Business
Segment Data
|
At December 31, 2007, the Company had seven reportable
operating business segments. The Company had no reportable
segments as of December 31, 2005. The Companys
reportable segments are strategic business units that offer
different products and services. They are managed separately
because each business requires different technology and
marketing strategies.
A description of each of the reportable segments and the types
of products and services from which each segment derives its
revenues is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Advanced Circuits, Inc. (ACI or Advanced
Circuits), is an electronic components manufacturing
company and a provider of prototype and quick-turn printed
circuit boards. ACI manufactures and delivers custom printed
circuit boards to customers in the United States.
|
|
|
|
Aeroglide Corporation (Aeroglide), is a
leading global designer and manufacturer of industrial drying
and cooling equipment. Aeroglide provides specialized thermal
processing equipment designed to remove moisture and heat as
well as roast, toast and bake a variety of processed products.
Its machinery includes conveyer driers and coolers, impingement
driers, drum driers, rotary driers, toasters, spin cookers and
coolers, truck and tray driers and related auxiliary equipment
and is used in the production of a variety of human foods,
animal and pet feeds and industrial products. Aeroglide utilizes
an extensive engineering department to custom engineer each
machine for a particular application.
|
|
|
|
American Furniture Manufacturing, Inc. (AFM or
American Furniture), is a leading domestic
manufacturer of upholstered furniture for the promotional
segment of the marketplace. AFM offers a broad product line of
stationary and motion furniture, including sofas, loveseats,
sectionals, recliners and
|
F-19
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
complementary products, sold primarily at retail price points
ranging between $199 and $699. AFM is a low-cost manufacturer
and is able to ship any product in its line within 48 hours
of receiving an order.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anodyne Medical Device, Inc (Anodyne) is a
manufacturer of medical support surfaces primarily used for the
prevention and treatment of pressure wounds experienced by
patients with limited or no mobility and patient positioning
devices Anodyne is headquartered in California and its products
are sold primarily in North America.
|
|
|
|
CBS Personnel Holdings, Inc. (CBS Personnel)
is a human resources outsourcing firm and a provider of
temporary staffing services in the United States. CBS Personnel
serves approximately 4,000 corporate and small business clients.
CBS Personnel also offers employee leasing services, permanent
staffing and temporary-to-permanent placement services.
|
|
|
|
HALO Branded Solutions, Inc. (HALO),
operating under the brand names of HALO and Lee Wayne,
serves as a one-stop shop for over 30,000 customers providing
design, sourcing, management and fulfillment services across all
categories of its customer promotional product needs. HALO has
established itself as a leader in the promotional products and
marketing industry through its focus on service through its
approximately 700 account executives.
|
|
|
|
Silvue Technologies Group, Inc. (Silvue), is
a global hard-coatings company and a developer and producer of
proprietary, high performance liquid coating systems used in the
high end eye-ware, aerospace, automotive and
industrial markets. Silvue has sales and distribution operations
in the United States, Europe and Asia as well as manufacturing
operations in the United States and Asia.
|
In January 2008, the Company purchased a majority interest in
two additional businesses. (See Note P Subsequent
Events.)
The tabular information that follows shows data of reportable
segments reconciled to amounts reflected in the consolidated
financial statements. There are no inter-segment transactions.
A disaggregation of the Companys consolidated revenue,
which are primarily from sales within the United States, and
other financial data for the years ended December 31, 2007
and 2006 is presented below, (in thousands):
Net
sales of business segments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
ACI
|
|
$
|
52,292
|
|
|
$
|
30,581
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
|
53,591
|
|
|
|
|
|
American Furniture
|
|
|
46,981
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anodyne
|
|
|
44,189
|
|
|
|
12,171
|
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
|
569,880
|
|
|
|
352,421
|
|
HALO
|
|
|
128,449
|
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
22,521
|
|
|
|
15,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
917,903
|
|
|
|
410,873
|
|
Reconciliation of segment revenues to consolidated net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated net sales
|
|
$
|
917,903
|
|
|
$
|
410,873
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-20
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Profit
of business segments(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
ACI
|
|
$
|
17,078
|
|
|
$
|
7,483
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
|
2,488
|
|
|
|
|
|
American Furniture
|
|
|
2,702
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anodyne
|
|
|
2,936
|
|
|
|
(557
|
)
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
|
22,542
|
|
|
|
17,079
|
|
HALO
|
|
|
7,006
|
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
6,520
|
|
|
|
4,694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
61,272
|
|
|
|
28,699
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of segment profit to consolidated income from
continuing operations before income taxes and minority interests:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest , net
|
|
|
(4,536
|
)
|
|
|
(5,323
|
)
|
Loss on debt extinguishment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,275
|
)
|
Other income (loss)
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
541
|
|
Corporate and other(2)
|
|
|
(29,531
|
)
|
|
|
(36,735
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated loss from continuing operations before income
taxes and minority interests
|
|
$
|
27,165
|
|
|
$
|
(21,093
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Segment profit represents operating income |
|
(2) |
|
Corporate and other consists of charges at the corporate level
and purchase accounting adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts
|
|
Accounts
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
ACI
|
|
$
|
2,913
|
|
|
$
|
3,054
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
|
10,555
|
|
|
|
|
|
American Furniture
|
|
|
10,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anodyne
|
|
|
8,687
|
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
|
62,537
|
|
|
|
68,133
|
|
HALO
|
|
|
29,820
|
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
2,879
|
|
|
|
2,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
128,356
|
|
|
|
78,226
|
|
Reconciliation of segments to consolidated amount:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
128,356
|
|
|
|
78,226
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts and other
|
|
|
(3,313
|
)
|
|
|
(3,327
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated net accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
125,043
|
|
|
$
|
74,899
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Goodwill
and identifiable assets of business segments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expense for
|
|
|
Goodwill December 31,
|
|
Identifiable Assets December 31,(3)
|
|
the Year Ended
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
ACI
|
|
$
|
50,659
|
|
|
|
50,659
|
|
|
$
|
22,608
|
|
|
$
|
24,438
|
|
|
$
|
3,588
|
|
|
$
|
2,040
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
|
29,863
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.536
|
|
|
|
|
|
American Furniture
|
|
|
41,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,160
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anodyne
|
|
|
19,555
|
|
|
|
18,418
|
|
|
|
25,713
|
|
|
|
21,990
|
|
|
|
2,338
|
|
|
|
763
|
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
|
60,768
|
|
|
|
60,569
|
|
|
|
24,808
|
|
|
|
23,395
|
|
|
|
2,316
|
|
|
|
1,372
|
|
HALO
|
|
|
33,381
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,645
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,280
|
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
11,328
|
|
|
|
11,255
|
|
|
|
15,852
|
|
|
|
15,269
|
|
|
|
1,099
|
|
|
|
690
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
247,025
|
|
|
|
140,901
|
|
|
|
235,836
|
|
|
|
85,092
|
|
|
|
18,317
|
|
|
|
4,865
|
|
Reconciliation of segments to consolidated amount:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate and other identifiable assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
199,982
|
|
|
|
206,455
|
|
|
|
5,790
|
|
|
|
3,600
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,224
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill carried at Corporate level
|
|
|
20,116
|
|
|
|
18,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
267,141
|
|
|
$
|
159,151
|
|
|
$
|
435,818
|
|
|
$
|
291,547
|
|
|
$
|
25,331
|
|
|
$
|
8,465
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Not including accounts receivable scheduled above |
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market determined
on the
first-in,
first-out method. Cost includes raw materials, direct labor and
manufacturing overhead. Market value is based on current
replacement cost for raw materials and supplies and on net
realizable value for finished goods. Inventory consisted of the
following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Raw materials and supplies
|
|
$
|
23,465
|
|
|
$
|
3,663
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
15,509
|
|
|
|
1,135
|
|
Less: obsolescence reserve
|
|
|
(635
|
)
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
38,339
|
|
|
$
|
4,756
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-22
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
Note G
|
Property,
plant and equipment
|
Property, plant and equipment is comprised of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Land and improvements
|
|
|
1,843
|
|
|
|
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
15,900
|
|
|
|
4,489
|
|
Office furniture and equipment
|
|
|
9,213
|
|
|
|
5,190
|
|
Buildings and building improvements
|
|
|
4,519
|
|
|
|
886
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
4,002
|
|
|
|
1,873
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,477
|
|
|
|
12,438
|
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(6,734
|
)
|
|
|
(1,580
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,743
|
|
|
$
|
10,858
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense was approximately $5.0 million and
$1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and
2006, respectively.
|
|
Note H
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Leases
The Company leases office facilities, computer equipment and
software under operating arrangements. The future minimum rental
commitments at December 31, 2007 under operating leases
having an initial or remaining non-cancelable term of one year
or more are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
9,419
|
|
2009
|
|
|
8,320
|
|
2010
|
|
|
5,839
|
|
2011
|
|
|
4,502
|
|
2012
|
|
|
3,753
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
11,405
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
43,238
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys rent expense for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006 totaled $8.9 million and
$4.2 million, respectively.
In the normal course of business, the Company and its
subsidiaries are involved in various claims and legal
proceedings. While the ultimate resolution of these matters has
yet to be determined, the Company does not believe that their
outcome will have a material adverse effect on the
Companys consolidated financial position or results of
operations.
F-23
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
Note I
|
Goodwill
and other intangible assets
|
A reconciliation of the change in the carrying value of goodwill
for the periods ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
159,151
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Acquisition of businesses
|
|
|
106,250
|
|
|
|
159,151
|
|
Adjustments to purchase accounting
|
|
|
1,740
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
$
|
267,141
|
|
|
$
|
159,151
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximately $128.7 million of goodwill is deductible for
income tax purposes.
Other intangible assets subject to amortization are comprised of
the following at December 31, 2007 and 2006 (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Weighted.
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Average Life
|
|
|
Customer relations
|
|
$
|
181,537
|
|
|
$
|
110,876
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Technology
|
|
|
11,691
|
|
|
|
9,600
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Distributor relations and backlog
|
|
|
4,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Licensing agreements and anti-piracy covenants
|
|
|
3,561
|
|
|
|
1,217
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
201,569
|
|
|
|
121,693
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization customer and distributor relations
|
|
|
(19,168
|
)
|
|
|
(5,913
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization technology
|
|
|
(2,015
|
)
|
|
|
(694
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization distributor relations and backlog
|
|
|
(3,863
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization licensing and anti-piracy covenants
|
|
|
(995
|
)
|
|
|
(166
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
175,528
|
|
|
|
114,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade names, not subject to amortization
|
|
|
28,770
|
|
|
|
13,970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
204,298
|
|
|
$
|
128,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated charges to amortization expense of intangible assets
over the next five years, is as follows, (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
16,306
|
|
2009
|
|
|
15,735
|
|
2010
|
|
|
14,704
|
|
2011
|
|
|
14,461
|
|
2012
|
|
|
14,445
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
75,651
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys amortization expense of intangible assets for
the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 totaled
$19.1 million and $6.8 million, respectively.
F-24
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
On May 16, 2006, the Company entered into a Financing
Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2006 (the Initial
Financing Agreement), which was a $225.0 million
secured credit facility with Ableco Finance LLC, as collateral
and administrative agent. Specifically, the Initial Financing
Agreement provided for a $60.0 million revolving line of
credit commitment, a $50.0 million term loan and a
$115.0 million delayed draw term loan commitment. This
agreement was terminated on November 21, 2006.
On November 21, 2006, the Company obtained a
$250.0 million Revolving Credit Agreement with an optional
$50.0 million increase from a group of lenders led by
Madison Capital, LLC (Madison) as Agent for all
lenders. The Revolving Credit Agreement provided for a revolving
line of credit. The initial proceeds of the Revolving Credit
Agreement were used to repay $89.2 million of existing
indebtedness and accrued interest and $2.6 million in
prepayment fees under our Initial Financing Agreement which the
Company terminated on November 21, 2006. In addition, the
company wrote off the balance of its deferred loan fees
capitalized in connection with the Initial Financing Agreement
totaling approximately $5.7 million.
On December 7, 2007 we amended our $250 million
Revolving Credit Agreement with a group of lenders led by
Madison Capital, LLC. The amended agreement provides for a
Revolving Credit Facility totaling $325 million and a Term
Loan Facility totaling $150 million (collectively
Credit Agreement). The Term Loan Facility requires
quarterly payments of $500,000 commencing March 31, 2008
with a final payment of the outstanding principal balance due on
December 7, 2013. The Revolving Credit Facility matures on
December 7, 2012. The Credit Agreement permits the Company
to increase, over the next two years, the amount available under
the Revolving Credit Facility by up to $25 million and the
Term Loan Facility by up to $150 million, subject to
certain restrictions and Lender approval. Availability under the
Revolving Credit Facility is limited to the lesser of
$325 million or the Companys borrowing base at the
time of borrowing. The Company incurred approximately
$5.8 million in fees and costs for the arrangement of the
Credit Agreement during 2007. These costs were capitalized and
are being amortized over the life of the loans. Approximately
$1.2 million was amortized to debt issuance cost in 2007 in
connection with these capitalized costs.
The Revolving Credit Facility allows for loans at either base
rate or LIBOR. Base rate loans bear interest at a fluctuating
rate per annum equal to the greater of (i) the prime rate
of interest published by the Wall Street Journal and
(ii) the sum of the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5% for the
relevant period, plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.50% based
upon the ratio of total debt to adjusted consolidated earnings
before interest expense, tax expense, and depreciation and
amortization expenses for such period (the Total Debt to
EBITDA Ratio). LIBOR loans bear interest at a fluctuating
rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offer Rate, or
LIBOR, for the relevant period plus a margin ranging from 2.50%
to 3.50% based on the Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio. We are
required to pay commitment fees ranging between 0.75% and 1.25%
per annum on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility
The Company is subject to certain customary affirmative and
restrictive covenants arising under the Revolving Credit
Facility, in addition to financial covenants that require the
Company:
|
|
|
|
|
to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of at least
1.5 to 1.0;
|
|
|
|
to maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio of at least 2.75
to 1.0; and
|
|
|
|
to maintain a total debt to EBITDA ratio not to exceed 3.5: 1.0.
|
The Lenders have agreed to issue letters of credit in an
aggregate face amount of up to $100.0 million. Letters of
credit outstanding at December 31, 2007 total approximately
$26.0 million. These fees aggregating approximately
$0.6 million are reflected as a component of interest
expense.
A breach of any of these covenants will be an event of default
under the Revolving Credit Facility. Upon the occurrence of an
event of default under the Credit Agreement, the Revolving
Credit Facility may be terminated, the
F-25
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Term Loan and all outstanding loans and other obligations under
the Credit Agreement may become immediately due and payable and
any letters of credit then outstanding may be required to be
cash collateralized, and the Agent and the Lenders may exercise
any rights or remedies available to them under the Credit
Agreement, the Collateral Agreement or any other documents
delivered in connection therewith. Any such event may materially
impair the Companys ability to conduct its business.
The Term Loan Facility bears interest at either base rate or
LIBOR. Base rate loans bear interest at a fluctuating rate per
annum equal to the greater of (i) the prime rate of
interest published by the Wall Street Journal and (ii) the
sum of the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5% for the relevant period
plus a margin of 3.0%. LIBOR loans bear interest at a
fluctuating rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offer
Rate, or LIBOR, for the relevant period plus a margin of 4.0%.
The Credit Agreement is secured by a first priority lien on all
the assets of the Company, including, but not limited to, the
capital stock of the businesses, loan receivables from the
Companys businesses, cash and other assets. The Revolving
Credit Facility also requires that the loan agreements between
the Company and its businesses be secured by a first priority
lien on the assets of the businesses subject to the letters of
credit issued by third party lenders on behalf of such
businesses.
At December 31, 2007 the Company had no revolving credit
commitments outstanding and availability of approximately
$325.0 million under its Revolving Credit Facility and
$150 million in Term Loans outstanding. The Company was in
compliance with all covenants. The Company intends to use the
availability under the Revolving Credit Facility to pursue
acquisitions of additional businesses to the extent permitted
under its Financing Agreement and to provide for working capital
needs.
On January 22, 2008 we entered into a three-year interest
rate swap (Swap) agreement with a bank, fixing the
rate of $140 million at 7.35% on a like amount of variable
rate Term Loan Facility borrowings. The Swap is designated as a
cash flow hedge and is anticipated to be highly effective.
On September 6, 2006, our majority owned subsidiary, Silvue
entered into an unsecured working capital credit facility for
its operations in Japan with The Chiba Bank Ltd. This credit
facility provides Silvue with the ability to borrow up to
approximately $3.25 million (400,000,000 yen) for working
capital needs. The facility was renewed under substantially the
same terms in May 2007. Outstanding obligations under this
facility bear interest at the rate of 2.375% per annum. As of
December 31, 2007, the Company had approximately
$2.8 million outstanding under this facility. The facility
expires in May 2008 and is guaranteed by Silvue.
F-26
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Compass Diversified Holdings and Compass Group Diversified
Holdings LLC are classified as partnerships for
U.S. Federal income tax purposes and are not subject to
income taxes. Each of the Companys majority owned
subsidiaries are subject to Federal and state income taxes.
Components of the Companys income tax expense (benefit)
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Current taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
9,716
|
|
|
$
|
5,752
|
|
State
|
|
|
1,303
|
|
|
|
855
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
967
|
|
|
|
665
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current taxes
|
|
|
11,986
|
|
|
|
7,272
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(1,105
|
)
|
|
|
(1,673
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
(476
|
)
|
|
|
(267
|
)
|
Foreign
|
|
|
286
|
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred taxes
|
|
|
(1,295
|
)
|
|
|
(1,974
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total tax expense
|
|
$
|
10,691
|
|
|
$
|
5,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-27
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
The tax effects of temporary difference that have resulted in
the creation of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities
at December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax credits
|
|
$
|
2,096
|
|
|
$
|
1,728
|
|
Accounts receivable and allowances
|
|
|
975
|
|
|
|
929
|
|
Workers compensation
|
|
|
8,007
|
|
|
|
6,547
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
1,931
|
|
|
|
2,134
|
|
Loan forgiveness
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
993
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,772
|
|
|
|
1,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
14,849
|
|
|
|
13,447
|
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(2,455
|
)
|
|
|
(1,728
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset
|
|
$
|
12,394
|
|
|
$
|
11,719
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
$
|
(64,650
|
)
|
|
$
|
(41,328
|
)
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
(1,997
|
)
|
|
|
(346
|
)
|
Prepaid and other expenses
|
|
|
(1,791
|
)
|
|
|
(550
|
)
|
Deferred income
|
|
|
(792
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
(69,230
|
)
|
|
$
|
(42,224
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net deferred tax liability
|
|
$
|
(56,836
|
)
|
|
$
|
(30,505
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the tax years ending December 31, 2007 and 2006, the
Company recognized approximately $69.2 and $42.2 million,
respectively in deferred tax liabilities. A significant portion
of the balance in deferred tax liabilities reflects temporary
differences in the basis of property and equipment and
intangible assets related to the Companys purchase
accounting adjustments in connection with the acquisition of the
businesses. For financial accounting purposes the Company
recognized a significant increase in the fair values of the
intangible assets and property and equipment. For income tax
purposes the existing tax basis of the intangible assets and
property and equipment is utilized. In order to reflect the
increase in the financial accounting basis over the existing tax
basis, a deferred tax liability was recorded. This liability
will decrease in future periods as these temporary differences
reverse.
A valuation allowance relating to the realization of foreign tax
credits and net operating losses of approximately $2.5 and
$1.7 million has been provided at December 31, 2007
and 2006. A valuation allowance is provided whenever it is more
likely than not that some or all of deferred assets recorded may
not be realized. For the tax years ending December 31, 2007
and 2006, the Company believes that a portion of deferred tax
assets recorded will not be realized in the future.
F-28
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
The reconciliation between the Federal Statutory Rate and the
effective income tax rate for 2007 and 2006 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
United States Federal Statutory Rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
(34.0
|
)%
|
Foreign and state income taxes (net of Federal benefits)
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
Expenses of Compass Group Diversified Holdings, LLC representing
a pass through to shareholders
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
53.7
|
|
Loss on foreign debt refinancing not deductible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
Credits and other
|
|
|
(4.4
|
)
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
|
39.4
|
%
|
|
|
25.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation
No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
(FIN 48) on January 1, 2007. The adoption did not
result in a cumulative adjustment to the Companys
accumulated earnings. A reconciliation of the beginning and
ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in
thousands) :
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the beginning of the year
|
|
$
|
|
|
Additions for current year tax provisions
|
|
|
245
|
|
Additions for prior years tax positions
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
$
|
348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in the unrecognized tax benefits of $348 at
December 31, 2007 is $251 of tax benefits that, if
recognized, would affect our effective tax rate. The Company
accrues interest and penalties related to uncertain tax
positions, as of January 1, 2007 and December 31,
2007, there is $0 and $42 accrued, respectively. The Company
does not expect our unrecognized tax benefits to change
significantly over the next twelve months.
The Company and its majority owned subsidiaries file U.S., state
and foreign income tax returns in many jurisdictions with
varying statutes of limitations. The 2003 through 2007 tax years
generally remain subject to examinations by the taxing
authorities. Currently, there are no income tax examinations in
process.
Note L
Stockholders equity
The Trust is authorized to issue 500,000,000 Trust shares and
the Company is authorized to issue a corresponding number of LLC
interests. The Company will at all times have the identical
number of LLC interests outstanding as Trust shares. Each Trust
share represents an undivided beneficial interest in the Trust,
and each Trust share is entitled to one vote per share on any
matter with respect to which members of the Company are entitled
to vote.
On May 16, 2006, the Company completed its initial public
offering of 13,500,000 shares of the Trust at an offering
price of $15.00 per share (the IPO). Total net
proceeds from the IPO, after deducting the underwriters
discounts, commissions and financial advisory fee, were
approximately $188.3 million. On May 16, 2006, the
Company also completed the private placement of
5,733,333 shares to Compass Group Investments, Inc
(CGI) for approximately $86.0 million and
completed the private placement of 266,667 shares to Pharos
I LLC, an entity controlled by Mr. Massoud, the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company, and owned by our management
team, for approximately $4.0 million. CGI also purchased
666,667 shares for $10.0 million through the IPO
In connection with the purchase of Anodyne on July 31,
2006, the Company issued 950,000 shares of the Trust as
part of the payment price. The shares were valued at $13.77 per
share for a total of $13.1 million.
F-29
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
On May 8, 2007 the Company completed a secondary public
offering of 9,200,000 trust shares (including the
underwriters over-allotment of 1,200,000 shares) at
an offering price of $16.00 per share. Simultaneous with the
sale of the trust shares to the public, Compass Group
Investments, Inc. purchased, through a wholly-owned subsidiary,
1,875,000 trust shares at $16.00 per share in a separate private
placement. The net proceeds of the secondary offering to the
Company, after deducting underwriters discount and
offering costs totaled approximately $168.7 million. The
Company used a portion of the net proceeds to repay the
outstanding balance on its Revolving Credit Facility.
On October 10, 2007, Advanced Circuits distributed
approximately $47.0 million in cash distributions to
Compass AC Holdings, Inc. (ACH), Advanced
Circuitss sole shareholder, and by ACH to its
shareholders, including the Company,. The Companys share
of the cash distribution was approximately $33.0 million
with approximately $14.0 million being distributed to
ACHs other shareholders. The Company funded this
distribution by making additional borrowings to ACI of
$47.0 million.
The minority interests share of the distribution exceeded
Advanced Circuits cumulative earnings (excess
distribution) by approximately $10.0 million as of
December 31, 2007. As a result, in accordance with
EITF 95-7,
Implementation Issues Related to the Minority Interests
in Certain Real Estate Investment Trusts, the excess
distribution of approximately $10.0 million was charged to
minority interest in the Companys consolidated income
statement, where it is effectively absorbed by the majority
interest. This excess distribution will be absorbed in the
future against minority interest income, if any, of Advanced
Circuits.
During the year ended December 31, 2007 the company paid
the following distributions:
|
|
|
|
|
On January 24, 2007, the Company paid a distribution of
$0.30 per share to holders of record as of January 18, 2007.
|
|
|
|
On April 24, 2007, the Company paid a distribution of $0.30
per share to holders of record as of April 18, 2007.
|
|
|
|
On July 27, 2007, the Company paid a distribution of $0.30
per share to holders of record as of July 25, 2007.
|
|
|
|
On October 26, 2007 the Company paid a distribution of
$0.325 per share to holders of record as of October 23, 2007
|
On January 30, 2008 the Company paid a distribution of
$0.325 per share to holders of record as of January 25,
2008.
The Trust and the Company have a current shelf registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
under which it may issue additional Trust shares that may be
offered in one or more offerings on terms to be determined at
the time of the offering. Net proceeds of any offering would be
used for general corporate purposes, including repayment of
existing indebtedness, capital expenditures and acquisitions and
distributions.
|
|
Note M
|
Unaudited
Quarterly Financial Data
|
The following table presents our unaudited quarterly financial
data. This information has been prepared on a basis consistent
with that of our audited consolidated financial statements and
all necessary material adjustments, consisting of normal
recurring accruals and adjustments, have been included to
present fairly the unaudited
F-30
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
quarterly financial data. Our quarterly results of operations
for these periods are not necessarily indicative of future
results of operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mar. 31
|
|
|
Jun. 30
|
|
|
Sep. 30
|
|
|
Dec. 31
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
176,319
|
|
|
$
|
218,249
|
|
|
$
|
235,382
|
|
|
$
|
287,953
|
|
|
$
|
917,903
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
42,616
|
|
|
$
|
58,175
|
|
|
$
|
62,992
|
|
|
$
|
80,410
|
|
|
$
|
244,193
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
3,406
|
|
|
$
|
5,509
|
|
|
$
|
8,382
|
|
|
$
|
15,678
|
|
|
$
|
32,975
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
883
|
|
|
$
|
2,532
|
|
|
$
|
4,355
|
|
|
$
|
(3,236
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,534
|
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
|
|
$
|
36,038
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(204
|
)
|
|
$
|
35,834
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
36,921
|
|
|
$
|
2,532
|
|
|
$
|
4,355
|
|
|
$
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
$
|
40,368
|
|
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share from continuing
operations
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
(0.10
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
(a)
|
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share from discontinued
operations
|
|
$
|
1.77
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.30
|
(a)
|
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share
|
|
$
|
1.81
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
(0.11
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.46
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mar. 31
|
|
|
Jun. 30
|
|
|
Sep. 30
|
|
|
Dec. 31
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
80,194
|
|
|
$
|
159,073
|
|
|
$
|
171,606
|
|
|
$
|
410,873
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,898
|
|
|
$
|
38,158
|
|
|
$
|
42,176
|
|
|
$
|
99,232
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,101
|
|
|
$
|
(954
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,404
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,257
|
)
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
210
|
|
|
$
|
(7,288
|
)
|
|
$
|
(20,558
|
)
|
|
$
|
(27,636
|
)
|
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,902
|
|
|
$
|
3,404
|
|
|
$
|
3,081
|
|
|
$
|
8,387
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,112
|
|
|
$
|
(3,884
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17,477
|
)
|
|
$
|
(19,249
|
)
|
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share from continuing
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
(0.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.00
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.18
|
)(a)
|
Basic and diluted net income per share from discontinued
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
0.66
|
(a)
|
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.85
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.52
|
)(a)
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Per-share data does not cross-foot due to share issuance during
the year and its impact on weighted shares outstanding during
the periods. |
F-31
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
Note N
|
Supplemental
Data
|
Supplemental
Balance Sheet Data (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Summary of accrued expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued payroll and fringes
|
|
$
|
28,923
|
|
|
$
|
21,419
|
|
Current portion of workers compensation liability
|
|
|
6,881
|
|
|
|
7,664
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
2,077
|
|
|
|
1,680
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
1,300
|
|
|
|
941
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
10,638
|
|
|
|
6,882
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
49,819
|
|
|
$
|
38,586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Summary of other non-current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Workers compensation
|
|
$
|
16,791
|
|
|
$
|
13,198
|
|
Liabilities associated with stock purchase agreements at
Advanced Circuits
|
|
|
3,690
|
|
|
|
3,375
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
1,126
|
|
|
|
763
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
21,607
|
|
|
$
|
17,336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental
Cash Flow Statement Data (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Other cash flow data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
6,489
|
|
|
$
|
4,686
|
|
Taxes paid
|
|
|
12,136
|
|
|
|
7,821
|
|
|
|
Note O
|
Related
party transactions
|
The Company has entered into the following agreements with
Compass Group Management LLC:
|
|
|
|
|
Management Services Agreement
|
|
|
|
LLC Agreement
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Put Agreement
|
Management Services Agreement The
Company entered into a Management Services Agreement
(Agreement) with CGM effective May 16, 2006.
The Agreement provides for, among other things, CGM to perform
services for the Company in exchange for a management fee paid
quarterly and equal to 0.5% of the Companys adjusted net
assets. The Company amended the Agreement on November 8,
2006, to clarify that adjusted net assets are not reduced by
non-cash charges associated with the Supplemental Put Agreement,
which amendment was unanimously approved by the Compensation
Committee and the Board of Directors. The management fee is
F-32
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
required to be paid prior to the payment of any distributions to
shareholders. For the year ended December 31, 2007 and
2006, the Company incurred the following management fees to CGM,
by entity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Advanced Circuits
|
|
$
|
500
|
|
|
$
|
315
|
|
Aeroglide
|
|
|
417
|
|
|
|
|
|
American Furniture
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anodyne
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
CBS Personnel
|
|
|
1,055
|
|
|
|
674
|
|
HALO
|
|
|
417
|
|
|
|
|
|
Silvue
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
7,632
|
|
|
|
3,024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
10,888
|
|
|
$
|
4,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximately $0.8 and $0.5 million of the management fees
incurred were unpaid as of December 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
LLC Agreement As distinguished from
its provision of providing management services to the Company,
pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, CGM is also an
equity holder of the Companys allocation interests. As
such, CGM has the right to distributions pursuant to a profit
allocation formula upon the occurrence of certain events. CGM
paid $100,000 for the aforementioned allocation interests and
has the right to cause the Company to purchase the allocation
interests it owns.
Supplemental Put Agreement As distinct
from its role as Manager of the Company, CGM is also the owner
of 100% of the allocation interests in the Company. Concurrent
with the IPO, CGM and the Company entered into a Supplemental
Put Agreement, which may require the Company to acquire these
allocation interests upon termination of the Management Services
Agreement. Essentially, the put rights granted to CGM require
the Company to acquire CGMs allocation interests in the
Company at a price based on a percentage of the increase in fair
value in the Companys businesses over its basis in those
businesses. Each fiscal quarter the Company estimates the fair
value of its businesses for the purpose of determining its
potential liability associated with the Supplemental Put
Agreement. Any change in the potential liability is accrued
currently as a non-cash adjustment to earnings. For the years
ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company recognized
approximately $7.4 million and $22.5 million in
non-cash expense related to the Supplemental Put Agreement.
On January 5, 2007, the Company sold its majority owned
subsidiary, Crosman (see Note D Discontinued
Operations). As a result of the sale, the Company was
obligated to pay CGM its profit allocation, per the management
services agreement. The profit allocation related to Crosman
totaled approximately $7.9 million and was paid during the
first quarter of 2007.
Anodyne
Acquisition
On July 31, 2006, the Company acquired from CGI and its
wholly-owned, indirect subsidiary, Compass Medical Mattress
Partners, LP (the Seller) approximately 47.3% of the
outstanding capital stock, on a fully-diluted basis, of Anodyne,
representing approximately 69.8% of the voting power of all
Anodyne stock. Pursuant to the same agreement, the Company also
acquired from the Seller all of the Original Loans. On the same
date, the Company entered into a Note Purchase and Sale
Agreement with CGI and the Seller for the purchase from the
Seller of a Promissory Note (Note) issued by a
borrower controlled by Anodynes chief executive officer.
The Note is secured by shares of Anodyne stock and guaranteed by
Anodynes chief executive officer. The Note accrues
interest
F-33
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
at the rate of 13% per annum and is added to the Notes
principal balance. The balance of the Note plus accrued interest
totaled approximately $6.4 million at December 31,
2007. The Note matures in August, 2008. The Company recorded
interest income totaling $0.8 and $0.3 million in 2007 and
2006, respectively, related to this note.
CGM acted as an advisor to the Company in the Anodyne
transaction for which it received transaction services fees and
expense payments totaling approximately $300,000 in 2006.
2007
Acquisitions
CGM acted as an advisor for each of the 2007 acquisitions
(Aeroglide, HALO and American Furniture) for which it received
transaction service and expense payments totaling approximately
$2.1 million.
Advanced
Circuits
In connection with the acquisition of Advanced Circuits by CGI
in September 2005, Advanced Circuits loaned certain officers and
members of management of Advanced Circuits $3,409,100 for the
purchase of 136,364 shares of Advanced Circuits
common stock. On January 1, 2006, Advanced Circuits loaned
certain officers and members of management of Advanced Circuits
$4,834,150 for the purchase of an additional 193,366 shares
of Advanced Circuits common stock. The notes bear interest
at 6% and interest is added to the notes. The notes are due in
September 2010 and December 2010 and are subject to mandatory
prepayment provisions if certain conditions are met.
In connection with the issuance of the notes as described above,
Advanced Circuits implemented a performance incentive program
whereby the notes could either be partially or completely
forgiven based upon the achievement of certain pre-defined
financial performance targets. The measurement date for
determination of any potential loan forgiveness is based on the
financial performance of Advanced Circuits for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2010. The Company believes that the
achievement of the loan forgiveness is probable and is accruing
any potential forgiveness over a service period measured from
the issuance of the notes until the actual measurement date of
December 31, 2010. During fiscal 2007 and 2006, ACI accrued
approximately $1.6 million for this loan forgiveness. This
expense has been classified as a component of general and
administrative expense.
Approximately $3.7 million is reflected as a component of
other non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets
in connection with these two agreements at Advanced Circuits.
On October 10, 2007, the Company entered into an amendment
to its Credit Agreement (the Amendment) with ACI, to
amend that certain credit agreement, dated as of May 16,
2006, between the Company and ACI (the Credit
Agreement). The Credit Agreement was amended to
(i) provide for additional term loan borrowings of
$47,000,000 and to permit the proceeds thereof to fund cash
distributions totaling $47.0 million by ACI to Compass AC
Holdings, Inc. (ACH), ACIs sole shareholder,
and by ACH to its shareholders, including the Company,
(ii) extend the maturity dates of the loans under the
Credit Agreement, and (iii) modify certain financial
covenants of ACI under the Credit Agreement. The Companys
share of the cash distribution was approximately
$33.0 million with approximately $14.0 million being
distributed to ACHs other shareholders. All other material
terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement were unchanged.
American
Furniture
AFMs largest supplier, Independent Furniture Supply
(Independent), is 50% owned by Mike Thomas,
AFMs CEO. AFM purchases polyfoam from Independent on an
arms-length basis and AFM performs regular audits to verify
market pricing. AFM does not have any long-term supply contracts
with Independent. Total purchases from Independent during the
12 months ended December 31, 2007 31, 2007 totaled
approximately $19.3 million and from August 31, 2007
(acquisition date) purchases from Independent were approximately
$8.4 million
F-34
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Cost
Reimbursement
The Company reimbursed CGI, which owns 22.3% of the Trust
shares, approximately $2.5 million for costs incurred by
CGI in connection with the Companys IPO in 2006. In
addition, the Company reimbursed its Manager, CGM, approximately
$1.8 million and $0.7 million, principally for
occupancy and staffing costs incurred by CGM on the
Companys behalf during the years ended December 31,
2007 and 2006 respectively.
|
|
Note P
|
Subsequent
Events
|
Acquisition
of Fox Factory
On January 4, 2008, we purchased a controlling interest in
Fox Factory, Inc. (Fox). Headquartered in
Watsonville, California, Fox is a designer, manufacturer and
marketer of high end suspension products for mountain bikes,
all-terrain vehicles, snowmobiles and other off-road vehicles.
Fox both acts as a tier one supplier to leading action sport
original equipment manufacturers and provides after-market
products to retailers and distributors. The Company made loans
to and purchased a controlling interest in Fox for approximately
$80.9 million, representing approximately 76.0% of the
outstanding common stock on a primary basis and 64.8% on a fully
diluted basis
Compass Group Management LLC, our manager, acted as an advisor
to the Company in the transaction, and received fees and expense
payments totaling approximately $0.85 million.
Acquisition
of Staffmark
On January 21, 2008, CBS Personnel acquired Staffmark
Investment LLC (Staffmark). Under the terms of the
Purchase Agreement, CBS Personnel purchased all of the
outstanding equity interests of Staffmark, and Staffmark has
become a wholly-owned subsidiary of CBS Personnel. Staffmark is
a leading provider of commercial staffing services in the United
States. Staffmark provides staffing services in 30 states
through 222 branches and
on-site
locations. The majority of Staffmarks revenues are derived
from light industrial staffing, with the balance of revenues
derived from administrative and transportation staffing,
permanent placement services and managed solutions. Similar to
CBS Personnel, Staffmark is one of the largest privately held
staffing companies in the United States.
At closing, CBS Personnel repaid approximately $80 million
of Staffmark debt and issued CBS common stock valued at
approximately $47.9 million, representing approximately 28%
of CBS Personnels outstanding common stock on a fully
diluted basis.
Compass Group Management LLC, our manager, acted as an advisor
to CBS Personnel in the transaction, and received fees and
expense payments totaling approximately $1.23 million.
American
Furniture Fire (unaudited)
On February, 12, 2008, American Furnitures
1.2 million square foot corporate office and manufacturing
facility in Ecru, MS was partially destroyed in a fire.
Approximately 750 thousand square feet of the facility was
impacted by the fire. The executive offices were fundamentally
unaffected. The recliner and motion plant, although largely
unaffected, suffered some smoke damage but resumed operations on
February 21, 2008. There were no injuries related to the
fire.
F-35
Compass
Diversified Holdings
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Temporarily, the Company has moved its stationary production
lines into other facilities. In addition to its 45 thousand
square foot flex facility, management has secured
166 thousand square feet of additional manufacturing and
warehouse space in the surrounding Pontotoc area. The production
lines at the flex facility were operating on
February 18, 2008 and the other temporary production lines
were operating on February 26, 2008. These temporary
stationary production lines are fully operational and provide
the company with approximately 90% of the pre-fire stationary
production capabilities. Orders for stationary products are
being addressed by these temporary facilities, whereas the
orders for motion and recliner products are being addressed by
the production facilities that were largely unaffected by the
fire at the Ecru facility. Management continues to seek
additional temporary manufacturing and warehouse space, and
believes that it will be able to secure additional facilities
and bring production back to the pre-fire levels within
90 days.
American Furniture is currently evaluating its business
interruption and property insurance coverage as it pertains to
this fire. The Company is unable at this time to reasonably
determine the amount of loss, if any, that may ultimately be
realized as a result of the fire.
F-36
SCHEDULE II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
beginning
|
|
|
Charge to Costs and
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of
|
|
|
|
of Year(1)
|
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
Charges
|
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts 2006
|
|
$
|
3,136
|
|
|
$
|
1,087
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
896(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,327
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts 2007
|
|
$
|
3,327
|
|
|
$
|
3,094
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,108(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,313
|
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets - 2006
|
|
$
|
1,589
|
|
|
$
|
139
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,728
|
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets - 2007
|
|
$
|
1,728
|
|
|
$
|
727
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,455
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Balance at beginning of year for 2006, is May 16, 2006, the
date we acquired our initial businesses. |
|
(2) |
|
Represent write-offs and rebate payments. |
F-37
INDEX TO
EXHIBITS
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Stock and Note Purchase Agreement dated as of July 31,
2006, among Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass
Group Investments, Inc. and Compass Medical Mattress Partners,
LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the
8-K filed on
August 1, 2006)
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Certificate of Trust of Compass Diversified Trust (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the
S-1 filed on
December 14, 2005)
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Trust of Compass
Diversified Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1
of the 8-K
filed on September 13, 2007)
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Compass Group Diversified Holdings
LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the
S-1 filed on
December 14, 2005)
|
|
3
|
.4
|
|
Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Compass Diversified
Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 of the
Amendment No. 4 to
S-1 filed on
April 26, 2006)
|
|
3
|
.5
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated
Trust Agreement, dated as of April 25, 2006, of
Compass Diversified Trust among Compass Group Diversified
Holdings LLC, as Sponsor, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as
Delaware Trustee, and the Regular Trustees named therein
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the
8-K filed on
May 29, 2007)
|
|
3
|
.6
|
|
Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated
Trust Agreement, dated as of April 25, 2006, as
amended on May 23, 2007, of Compass Diversified Trust among
Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, as Sponsor, The Bank of
New York (Delaware), as Delaware Trustee, and the Regular
Trustees named therein (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2 of the
8-K filed on
September 13, 2007)
|
|
3
|
.7
|
|
Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement
dated as of April 25, 2006, as amended on May 25, 2007
and September 14, 2007, of Compass Diversified Holdings
among Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, as Sponsor, The
Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware Trustee, and the
Regular Trustees named therein (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 of the
8-K filed on
December 21, 2007)
|
|
3
|
.8
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Compass Group
Diversified Holdings, LLC dated January 9, 2007
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the
8-K filed on
January 10, 2007)
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Specimen Certificate evidencing a share of trust of Compass
Diversified Holdings (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 of the
S-3 filed on
November 7, 2007)
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Specimen Certificate evidencing an interest of Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 of the
8-K filed on
January 10, 2007)
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Form of Registration Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.3 of the Amendment No. 5 to
S-1 filed on
May 5, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Form of Supplemental Put Agreement by and between Compass Group
Management LLC and Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Amendment
No. 4 to
S-1 filed on
April 26, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Employment Agreement by and between Compass Group Management LLC
and James Bottiglieri dated as of September 28, 2005
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Amendment
No. 3 to
S-1 filed on
April 13, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Form of Share Purchase Agreement by and between Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass Diversified Trust and CGI
Diversified Holdings, LP (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.6 of the Amendment No. 5 to
S-1 filed on
May 5, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Form of Share Purchase Agreement by and between Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass Diversified Trust and Pharos I
LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the
Amendment No. 5 to
S-1 filed on
May 5, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Credit Agreement among Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC,
the financial institutions party thereto and Madison Capital
Funding LLC, dated as of November 21, 2006 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the
8-K filed on
November 22, 2006)
|
|
10
|
.7*
|
|
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, entered into as of
December 19, 2006, among Compass Group Diversified Holdings
LLC, the financial institutions party thereto and Madison
Capital Funding LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Increase Notice, Consent and Second Amendment to Credit
Agreement, effective as of May 23, 2007, by and among
Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, the financial
institutions party thereto and Madison Capital Funding LLC
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the
8-K filed on
May 29, 2007)
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement as of December 7, 2007,
among Madison Capital Funding LLC, as Agent for the Lenders, the
Existing Lenders and New Lenders and Compass Group Diversified
Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of
the 8-K
filed on December 11, 2007)
|
|
10
|
.10*
|
|
Increase Notice and Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement,
entered into as of January 30, 2008, among Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC, the financial institutions party
thereto and Madison Capital Funding LLC
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Amended and Restated Management Services Agreement by and
between Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, and Compass
Group Management LLC, dated as of April 2, 2007 and
effective as of May 16, 2006 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.13 of the
S-1 filed on
April 3, 2007)
|
|
10
|
.12*
|
|
Amendment of Management Services Agreement by and between
Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, and Compass Group
Management LLC, dated as of March 12, 2008
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement by and among Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass Diversified Trust and CGI
Diversified Holdings, LP, dated as of April 3, 2007
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Amendment
No. 1 to the
S-1 filed on
April 20, 2007)
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Form of Share Purchase Agreement by and between Compass Group
Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass Diversified Trust and CGI
Diversified Holdings, LP (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.16 of the Amendment No. 1 to the
S-1 filed on
April 20, 2007)
|
|
21
|
.1*
|
|
List of Subsidiaries
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
31
|
.1*
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer of Registrant
|
|
31
|
.2*
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
Certification of Chief Financial Officer of Registrant
|
|
32
|
.1*
|
|
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer of
Registrant
|
|
32
|
.2*
|
|
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer of
Registrant
|
|
99
|
.1
|
|
Note Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of July 31, 2006
among Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC, Compass Group
Investments, Inc. and Compass Medical Mattress Partners, LP
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the
8-K filed on
August 1, 2006)
|
|
99
|
.2
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2007,
among Aeroglide Corporation, the shareholders of Aeroglide
Corporation and Aeroglide Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.2 of the
8-K filed on
March 1, 2007)
|
|
99
|
.3
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2007, by
and between HA-LO Holdings, LLC and Halo Holding Corporation
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 of the
8-K filed on
March 1, 2007)
|
|
99
|
.4
|
|
Purchase Agreement dated December 19, 2007, among CBS
Personnel Holdings, Inc. and Staffing Holding LLC, Staffmark
Merger LLC, Staffmark Investment LLC, SF Holding Corp., and
Stephens-SM LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1
of the 8-K
filed on December 20, 2007)
|
|
99
|
.5
|
|
Share Purchase Agreement dated January 4, 2008, among Fox
Factory Holding Corp., Fox Factory, Inc. and Robert C. Fox, Jr.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the
8-K filed on
January 8, 2008)
|